eSCRIBE Agenda Package - Festivals & Events - Wellington ...

The Corporation of the County of WellingtonCounty Council

Agenda

Thursday, September 27, 2018

10:00 am

County Administration Centre

Council Chambers

Pages

1. Call to Order

2. O Canada

3. Warden's Remarks

4. Roll Call

5. Declaration of Pecuniary Interest

6. Confirmation of Council Minutes - Councillor Breen

6.1 June 28, 2018 3 - 11

6.2 August 30, 2018 12 - 14

7. Resolution to Permit Delegations - Councillor Brianceau

8. Resolution First and Second Reading of By-Laws - Councillor Lennox

5587-18 A by-law to confirm the proceedings of the Council of the Corporation ofthe County of Wellington at its meeting held September 27, 2018.

9. Resolution Moving Council into Committee of the Whole - Councillor Driscoll

10. Closed Meeting - Councillor Davidson

(Agenda emailed under separate cover)

11. Report from Closed Meeting - Warden Lever

12. Committee Minutes and By-Laws For Action

12.1 Roads Committee - September 11 15 - 75

12.2 Solid Waste Services Committee - September 11 76 - 97

12.3 Police Services Board - September 12 98 - 183

12.4 Social Services Committee - September 12 184 - 229

12.5 Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee - September 12 230 - 290

12.6 Planning Committee - September 13 291 - 325

12.7 Economic Development Committee - September 18 326 - 379

12.8 Administration, Finance and Human Resources - September 18 380 - 460

13. Proposed By-Laws Resolution to Refer to Council - Councillor Linton

14. Reports from Staff

15. Correspondence for Council's Information

16. Resolution that the Committee of the Whole Rise and Report - Councillor Lloyd

17. Resolution to Adopt Action of Council in Committee of the Whole - CouncillorBrianceau

18. Resolution for Third Reading of By-Laws - Councillor McKay

19. Notice of Motion

20. Cultural Moment

21. Adjournment

2

The Corporation of the County of Wellington

County Council

Minutes

June 28, 2018

County Administration Centre Council Chambers

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order

At 10:00 am, the Warden called the meeting to order.

2. O Canada

Councillor Watters led Council in the singing of O Canada.

3. Warden's Remarks

Warden Lever welcomed everyone to the Chambers.

4. Roll Call

Present: Warden Dennis Lever, Councillors Allan Alls, David Anderson, Doug Breen, Pierre Brianceau, George Bridge, Gregg Davidson, Andy Lennox, Kelly Linton, Mary Lloyd, Don McKay, Shawn Watters, Chris White, Lynda White and Gary Williamson. Regrets: Councillor Neil Driscoll


There were no declarations of pecuniary interest.

6. Confirmation of Council Minutes

1/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Alls That the minutes of the Council Meetings in Committee of the Whole and Council Session held on May 24, 2018 be confirmed as recorded and distributed.

Carried

3

Council Minutes June 28, 2018

2

7. Resolution to Permit Delegations 2/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Breen Seconded by: Councillor Williamson That persons desiring to address Council be permitted to do so.

Carried

7.1 Smart Cities Circular Food Economy Presentation Mr. Derrick Thomson, CAO, Ms. Barb Swartzentruber, Executive Director, Strategy, Innovation and Intergovernmental Services, and Ms. Cathy Kennedy, Manager of Policy and Intergovernmental Relations, City of Guelph provided Council with an update on the Smart Cities Circular Food Economy initiative. 3/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Councillor L. White That the CAO direct senior County staff to participate in the Smart Cities Initiative as outlined in the presentation by City of Guelph staff; and That up to $40,000 from the 2018 Economic Development Operating Budget be available for data collection and/or temporary staff support during the preparation of the final proposal scheduled for completion by the end of December 2018.

Carried

7.2 Continuum of Care Community Presentation Mr. Ed Starr, Partner, SHS Consulting, presented the Wellington Terrace Continuum of Care Feasibility Study findings to Council.

7.3 County Community Improvement Plan Presentation

Ms. Nancy Reid, Senior Planner, Stantec Consulting Ltd., outlined details of the Invest Wellington Community Improvement Plan for Council.

4


3

8. Resolution First and Second Reading of By-Laws 4/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Linton Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That By-Laws 5581-18 to 5585-18 inclusive, be taken as read by the Clerk; and that they be given consideration in Committee of the Whole.

Carried

9. Resolution Moving Council into Committee of the Whole 5/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lennox Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That Council now go into Committee of the Whole to consider correspondence, minutes and by-laws.

Carried

10. Closed Meeting 6/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That Council move into a closed meeting for the purposes of considering acquisition or disposition of land by the municipality and litigation or potential litigation.

Carried

11. Report from Closed Meeting There was nothing to report from the closed meeting.

5


4

12. Committee Minutes and By-Laws For Action 12.1 Roads Committee

7/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Williamson Seconded by: Councillor Watters That the June 12, 2018 Minutes of the Roads Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption. Councillor Linton requested that Item 12 dealing with the Reclassification of a Local Road as a County Road - Connecting Links be dealt with separately. Motion 7/7/18 dealing with the Roads Committee Minutes, with the exception of Item 12, carried. 8/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lennox Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the Reclassification of a Local Road as a County Road - Connecting Links report be referred back to staff for report and review of the policy.

Carried

12.2 Solid Waste Services Committee 9/7/18 Moved by: Councillor McKay Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That the June 12, 2018 Minutes of the Solid Waste Services Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption. Councillor Davidson requested that Item 4 dealing with Food and Organic Waste Framework be dealt with separately. Motion 9/7/18 dealing with the Solid Waste Services Committee Minutes, with the exception of Item 4, carried.

6


5

10/7/18 Moved by: Councillor McKay Seconded by: Councillor Lennox Item 4 – That the Food and Organics Framework Report be received for information.

Carried

11/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That Solid Waste Services staff, with assistance from consultants as required, initiate the process of creating a report to outline the County's direction in Solid Waste with regards to organics collection in the urban areas of the County. Lost

12.3 Police Services Board 12/7/18 Moved by: Councillor L. White Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the June 13, 2018 Minutes of the Police Services Board be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

12.4 Social Services Committee 13/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Anderson Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the June 13, 2018 Minutes of the Social Services Committee, be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

7


6

12.5 Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee 14/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Watters Seconded by: Councillor Williamson That the June 13, 2018 Minutes of the Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption. Councillor Watters requested that Item 3.3 dealing with Wellington Place Street Names and Civic Addresses be dealt with separately, so that Streets B and C could be referred back to staff for further review. 15/7/18 Moved by: Councillor L. White Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the Committee recommendation in Item 3.3 be approved with the naming of Streets B and C being referred back to staff for review.

Carried

Motion 14/7/18 dealing with the Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee, with the exception of Item 3.3, carried.

12.6 Planning Committee

16/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Alls Seconded by: Councillor Breen That the June 14, 2018 Minutes of the Planning Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

8


7

12.7 Economic Development Committee 17/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the June 19, 2018 Minutes of the Economic Development Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

12.8 Administration, Finance and Human Resources 18/7/18 Moved by: Councillor C. White Seconded by: Councillor Breen That the June 19, 2018 Minutes of the Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

13. Proposed By-Laws Resolution to Refer to Council

19/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That By-Laws 5581-18 to 5585-18 inclusive, be considered and referred to Council for third reading.

Carried

14. Reports from Staff There were no reports from staff.

15. Correspondence for Council's Information

There was no correspondence for Council’s information.

9


8

16. Resolution that the Committee of the Whole Rise and Report 20/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Linton That the Committee rise as Council to report and confirm the actions taken in Committee of the Whole.

Carried

17. Resolution to Adopt Action of Council in Committee of the Whole 21/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Linton That the actions taken in Committee of the Whole today be confirmed by this Council and the Minutes of the Committees be adopted.

Carried

18. Resolution for Third Reading of By-Laws 22/7/18 Moved by: Councillor McKay Seconded by: Councillor Linton That By-Laws 5581-18 to 5585-18 inclusive be taken as read a third time and passed.

Carried

19. Notice of Motion There were no notices of motion.

10


9

20. Moment of Excellence Ms. Laura Holtom, Wellington Terrace Administrator highlighted how the environment at Wellington Terrace can help improve an individual's quality of life through social inclusion, consistency and routines. Beyond the medical care provided, there is a focus on building relationships, promoting independence and engaging the residents in meaningful activities. Residents engage in recreation and leisure opportunities within the building and within the community, which helps promote a sense of enjoyment and connectedness.

21. Adjournment At 1:00 pm, the Warden adjourned the meeting until September 27, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

________________________________

________________________________ Dennis Lever - Warden Donna Bryce - County Clerk

11


County Council

Minutes

August 30, 2018

County Administration Centre Council Chambers

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order

At 11:30 am, the Warden called the meeting to order.



3. Resolution First and Second Reading of By-laws

1/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Williamson Seconded by: Councillor Driscoll That by-law 5586-18 be considered and referred to Council for third reading.

Carried

4. Resolution Moving Council into Committee of the Whole 2/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor L. White That Council now go into Committee of the Whole to consider correspondence, minutes and by-laws.

Carried

12

Special Council Meeting Minutes

August 30, 2018

2

5. Committee Minutes and By-laws for Action 5.1 Special Social Services Committee

3/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Anderson Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the August 30, 2018 Minutes of the Special Social Services Committee be received and referred to Council for adoption.

Carried

6. Proposed By-laws Resolution Refer to Council 4/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Williamson

That by-law 5586-18 be considered and referred to Council for third reading. 7. Resolution that the Committee of the Whole Rise and Report

5/8/18 Moved by: Councillor L. White Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That the Committee of the Whole rise as Council to report and confirm the actions taken in Committee of the Whole.

Carried

13

Special Council Meeting Minutes

August 30, 2018

3

8. Resolution to Adopt Action of Council in Committee of the Whole 6/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Alls That the actions taken in Committee of the Whole today be confirmed by this Council and the Minutes of the Committees be adopted.

Carried

9. Resolution for Third Reading of By-Laws 7/8/18 Moved by: Councillor Anderson Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That by-Law numbered 5586-18 inclusive be taken as read a third time and passed.

Carried

10. Adjournment

At 11:36 am, the Warden adjourned the meeting until September 27, 2019 or at the call of the Chair.

________________________________ ________________________________ Dennis Lever - Warden Donna Bryce - County Clerk

14

Corporation of the County of Wellington

Roads Committee

Minutes

September 11, 2018

County Administration Centre Keith Room

Present: Warden Dennis Lever

Councillor Gary Williamson (Chair) Councillor Doug Breen Councillor Neil Driscoll

Also Present: Regrets:

Councillor Pierre Brianceau Councillor Gregg Davidson Councillor Don McKay Councillor Allan Alls

Staff: Mark Bolzon, Manager, Purchasing and Risk Management

Nicole Cardow, Deputy Clerk Pasquale Costanzo, Technical Services Supervisor Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Paul Johnson, Operations Manager Kevin Mulholland, Property and Construction Manager

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order

At 9:00 am the Chair called the meeting to order.



15

Roads Minutes September 11, 2018

2

3. Drayton Works Garage Project - Status Report 6

1/6/18

Moved by: Councillor Driscoll Seconded by: Warden Lever

That the New Drayton works garage project Status Report #6 be received for information.

Carried

4. Roads Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018

2/6/18

Moved by: Councillor Breen Seconded by: Councillor Driscoll

That the Roads and Engineering Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried

5. Purchase of One - 4 Wheel Drive Loader

3/6/18


That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-038 for the supply of one articulated four wheel drive front end loader be awarded to Strongco Limited Partnership, of Brampton, at their tendered amount of $107,300.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, and inclusive of their quoted trade-in allowance; and

That Purchasing and Risk Management staff be authorized to issue the necessary purchase orders.

Carried

16


3

6. Purchase of Four - 6 Tonne Trucks 4/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Driscoll Seconded by: Councillor Breen

That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-036 a tender for the supply and delivery of four, six tonne trucks, tandem cab and chassis be awarded , B&I Complete Truck Centre, of Barrie, at their total tendered amount of $579,860.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years upon successful negotiations; and


Carried

7. Purchase of Plow Rigging and Dump Bodies for Four - 6 Tonne Trucks

5/6/18

Moved by: Councillor Breen Seconded by: Warden Lever

That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-037, a tender for the supply and installation of four plow boxes and plow rigging as specified be awarded to Viking-Cives Ltd., of Mount Forest, at the total tendered amount of $664,760.00 exclusive of HST @ 13%, and with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years, upon successful negotiations; and


Carried

17


4

8. Purchase of Two - 1 Ton Service Truck Cab and Chassis Only

6/6/18


That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-039 for the supply of two - 1 Ton Service Trucks, (cab & chassis be awarded to, Parkway Ford Sales Ltd, of Waterloo, at their tendered amount of $108,038.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, and inclusive of their quoted trade-in allowance; and


Carried

9. WR 51 Asphalt Resurfacing and Storm Sewer Project Update 7/6/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Breen

That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-031, as awarded to Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph, at the tendered amount of $609,069.91, exclusive of HST @ 13%; be deferred and combined with the intended requirements for Phase 2 of the overall project; and That the tender process be waived by County Council and staff and the consultant be authorized to negotiate a revised contract for the total scope of the project with Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph; and That upon successful negotiations staff be authorized to award the contract to Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph; and That the funding for this project be approved as set out in the funding summary; and That staff be authorized to issue the Purchase Order for the contract; and That the Warden and Clerk be authorized to sign the construction agreements.

Carried

18


5

9. 2018 Road Capital Construction – Project Status 8/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Driscoll Seconded by: Councillor Breen

That the report titled 2018 Road Capital Construction – Project Status be received for information.

Carried

10. Eramosa River Bridge – Municipal Class Environmental Assessment - Notice of Study Completion

9/6/18

Moved by: Councillor Driscoll Seconded by: Councillor Breen

That the replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge be endorsed as the preferred alternative; and

That staff be authorized to issue the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment Notice of Study Completion for the Eramosa River Bridge as outlined in the report and that the EA proceed to the mandatory 30 day public review period; and

That upon completion of the public review period, staff proceed with the detailed design of the replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge as outlined in the report.

Carried

12. Roads Operations Garage Facilities Update

Mr. Don Kudo, County Engineer, updated the committee on the status of the Garage Facilities study. Staff will be consulting with the member municipalities on their needs with respect to new facilities. Staff will prepare a report for the Committee once this review is completed.

19


6

13. Adjournment

At 9:50 am, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 9, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

_________________________

Gary Williamson Chair

Roads Committee

20

COMMITTEE REPORT To: Chair and Members of the Roads Committee

From: Kevin Mulholland, Construction & Property Manager

Date: Tuesday, September 11, 2018

Subject: New Drayton works garage Project - Status Report #6

Work completed to

date

- Site grading has continued

- The new well has been installed

- Installation of the fire tanks is complete

- Installation of the pump house has begun

- Septic system install has begun

- Concrete curbs & walks have been completed

- Concrete floor has been poured

- Pre-eng. building panels (siding & roof) are complete

- Door, window & O.H. door installations has begun

- Drywall has continued

- Paint, flooring & wall tile has begun

- M&E installation has continued

- work on storage dome earthwork has continued

Work to be completed

in the next month

- Site grading will be complete

- Installation of the pump house will be complete

- Septic system will be installed

- Exterior architectural stone will be installed

- Site paving and landscape are scheduled for completion

- Door, window & O.H. door installations will be complete

- Drywall & ceilings will be complete

- Paint, flooring & wall tile will be finished

- Millwork will be complete

- M & E installations will be completed

- Final cleaning & deficiency work will be ongoing

- Work on storage dome is scheduled for completion

Status of construction

schedule

- Completion is currently scheduled for mid October 2018

C.O.’s approved since

last meeting

6

Total change orders

approved to date

21

Net value of C.O.’s

approved to date

$122,264.31

Recommendation:

That the New Drayton works garage project Status Report be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Kevin Mulholland Construction & Property Manager

21


From: Mark Bolzon, Manager Purchasing and Risk Management Services


Subject: Purchase of One – 4 Wheel Drive Loader

Background:

Staff recently issued Project No. CW2018-038 for the supply of one articulated four-wheel drive front end loader, supplied and delivered to the Roads Department, Central Garage, 7468 Wellington Road 51, Guelph. The purchase and delivery of these new units will take place in 2019 and will be paid for from the 2019 budget. On Wednesday, August 15, 2018 the following five (5) submissions were received, with prices shown exclusive of HST @ 13% –

COMPANY NAME YEAR/MAKE/MODEL TOTAL BID AMOUNT TRADE-IN VALUE

Strongco Limited Partnership, Brampton

2019 CASE 621G $172,300.00 $65,000.00

Advance Construction, Waterloo 2019 JCB 427 ZX $189,100.00 $60,000.00

Toromont Cat, Concord 2018 CATERPILLAR 930K $214,500.00 $45,000.00

Strongco, Mississauga 2019 Volvo L70H $226,341.00 $60,000.00

Nortrax Canada Inc., London 2019 John Deere 544L $251,544.00 $45,000.00

The submissions were all in order and the bid amount shown above includes the trade-in allowance on the County’s 2009 Case 621E loader. Staff are recommending awarding the contract to the lowest bidder meeting the specifications, Strongco Limited Partnership, of Brampton, at their tendered amount of $172,300.00 The tender results are consistent with the ten-year plan projections.

Recommendation:

THAT County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-038 for the supply of one articulated four wheel drive front end loader be awarded to Strongco Limited Partnership, of Brampton, at their tendered amount of $107,300.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, and inclusive of their quoted trade-in allowance; THAT Purchasing and Risk Management staff be authorized to issue the necessary purchase orders. Respectfully submitted,

Mark Bolzon Manager Purchasing and Risk Management Services

22




Subject: Purchase of Plow Rigging and Dump Bodies for Four – 6 Tonne Trucks

Background:

Purchasing and Risk Management Services recently issued a tender for winter equipment. Project No. CW2018-037 for the manufacture, supply and installation of dump bodies and plow rigging for four trucks. The tender called for four units to be supplied as a dump box/spreader with plow and wing in stainless steel. The tender was issued with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years, so that we can begin to standardize our fleet. The purchase and delivery of these new units will take place in 2019 and will be paid for from the 2019 budget. On Tuesday, July 24, 2018 the following submissions were received, with prices shown exclusive of HST @ 13% –

The submission from Viking-Cives was in order and staff are recommending the award of the contract to Viking-Cives Ltd., of Mount Forest, at the total tendered amount of $664,760.00 exclusive of H.S.T. The tender results are consistent with the ten-year plan projections.

Recommendation:

That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-037, a tender for the supply and installation of four plow boxes and plow rigging as specified be awarded to Viking-Cives Ltd., of Mount Forest, at the total tendered amount of $664,760.00 exclusive of HST @ 13%, and with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years, upon successful negotiations. That Purchasing and Risk Management staff be authorized to issue the necessary purchase orders Respectfully submitted,


COMPANY NAME BID TOTAL

Viking-Cives Ltd., Mount Forest $664,760.00

23




Subject: Purchase of Two – 1 Ton Service Trucks Cab and Chassis only

Background:

Staff recently issued Project No. CW2018-039 for the supply of two 1 Ton Service Trucks, (cab & chassis), supplied and delivered to the Roads Department, Central Garage, 7468 Wellington Road 51, Guelph. The purchase and delivery of these new units will take place in 2019 and will be paid for from the 2019 budget. On Wednesday, August 1, 2018 the following four (4) submissions were received, with prices shown exclusive of HST @ 13% –

COMPANY NAME YEAR/MAKE/MODEL TOTAL BID AMOUNT

Parkway Ford Sales Ltd., Waterloo 2019 Ford F550 XL $108,038.00

Leslie Motors Ltd., Harriston 2019 Ford F550 XL $108,500.00

Reliable Motors Limited, Fergus 2019 Ford F550 XL $108,938.00

Trillium Ford Lincoln Ltd., Mono 2019 Ford F550 XL $117,784.00

The submissions were all in order and staff are recommending awarding the contract to the lowest bidder meeting the specifications, Parkway Ford Sales Ltd, of Waterloo, at their tendered amount of $108,038.00. The tender results are consistent with the ten-year plan projections.

Recommendation:

THAT County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-039 for the supply of two - 1 Ton Service Trucks, (cab & chassis be awarded to , Parkway Ford Sales Ltd, of Waterloo, at their tendered amount of $108,038.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, and inclusive of their quoted trade-in allowance; THAT Purchasing and Risk Management staff be authorized to issue the necessary purchase orders. Respectfully submitted,


24




Subject: Purchase of Four – 6 Tonne Trucks

Background:

Staff recently issued Project No. CW2018-036 for the supply of four (4), 6 tonne tandem trucks with cab and chassis. The tender was issued with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years, so that we can begin to standardize our fleet. The purchase and delivery of these new units will take place in 2019 and will be paid for from the 2019 budget. On Tuesday, August 14, 2018 the following three (3) submissions were received, with prices shown exclusive of HST @ 13% –

COMPANY NAME YEAR/MAKE/MODEL TOTAL BID AMOUNT

B&I Complete Truck Centre, Barrie 2019 Western Star 4700SBA $579,860.00

Altruck International Truck Centres, Burlington 2019 HV613 $595,094.62

TEAM Truck Centres, London 2020 Western Star 4700SB $656,000.00

The submissions were all in order and staff are recommending awarding the contract to the lowest bidder meeting the specifications, B&I Complete Truck Centre, of Barrie at their tendered amount of $579,860.00. The tender results are consistent with the ten-year plan projections.

Recommendation:

THAT County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-036 a tender for the supply and delivery of four, six tonne trucks, tandem cab and chassis be awarded , B&I Complete Truck Centre, of Barrie, at their total tendered amount of $579,860.00, exclusive of HST @ 13%, with the option to extend the contract annually for an additional seven (7) years upon successful negotiations; THAT Purchasing and Risk Management staff be authorized to issue the necessary purchase orders. Respectfully submitted,


25




Subject: WR 51 Asphalt Resurfacing and Storm Sewer Project Update

Background: At the June 2018 meetings of the County’s Roads Committee and Council the contract for Project No. CW2018-031, a tender for the supply and placement of approximately 4,900 tonnes of HL-4 and HL-8 asphalt, removal of 620 m concrete curb and 242 m of storm sewer on Wellington Road 51, WR 7 to Highway 6, was approved and awarded to Cox Construction Limited of Guelph, at the tendered amount of $609,069.91, exclusive of HST @ 13%, in accordance with the County’s Purchasing Policy and Procedures. This portion of the project was considered as Phase 1 with Phase 2 anticipated to be tendered and completed in 2019. Over the summer contracts were signed, Bonds were received and Notice of Project was posted with the Ministry of Labour. In preparation for the contract work, property owners were notified of the upcoming construction. At that time, it was brought to staff’s attention concerns with respect to local drainage and property impacts. In light of the concerns, additional fieldwork was undertaken and it was determined that further design work would be necessary to review possible drainage solutions. As a result, staff have decided to defer the project work awarded to Cox Construction until further design work can be completed and finalized including consultation with adjacent affected property owners. In an act of good faith, County staff met with Cox Construction to discuss the future of the project as a whole. It is strongly recommended by staff that the County’s Purchasing Procedure for tendering this project be waived and that staff be authorized to work with Cox Construction to negotiate a contract for the completion of the whole project (Phases 1 and 2) as one contract. MTE Consultants Inc., have been directed to combine the two projects into one contract, revise the details taking into consideration the possible additional requirements including integrating proposed MTO work for the intersection of Highway 6 and WR51, land purchases, and revised drainage plans. Upon finalizing the negotiation and contract with Cox Construction, staff will work towards a schedule to ensure its completion in 2019. The funding for this project is provided in detail in the attached Financial Summary. Engineering fees are estimated at $304,000.00 including fees incurred to date and include the additional design work required as outlined in this report.

26

Recommendation:

That County of Wellington Project No. CW2018-031, as awarded to Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph, at the tendered amount of $609,069.91, exclusive of HST @ 13%; be deferred and combined with the intended requirements for Phase 2 of the overall project; and That the tender process be waived by County Council and staff and the consultant be authorized to negotiate a revised contract for the total scope of the project with Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph; and That upon successful negotiations staff be authorized to award the contract to Cox Construction Limited, of Guelph; and That the funding for this project be approved as set out in the attached funding summary; and That staff be authorized to issue the Purchase Order for the contract; and That the Warden and Clerk be authorized to sign the construction agreements. Respectfully submitted,

Mark Bolzon Manager, Purchasing and Risk Management Services

27

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Project name: WR 51, WR 7 to Highway 6, 2018 Asphalt Resurfacing and Storm SewerProject number : 21140121

PROJECT COSTSTotal

Construction Cost* $1,750,000MTO Work at WR 51 and 6 $500,000Previously Incurred Expenditures $273,000Previously Committed Expenditures $26,000Land Purchase $250,000Professional Fees $165,000County Labour & Materials $25,000Contingency $211,000

Project total $3,200,000

* estimated

PROJECT BUDGET APPROVALS AND FINANCING

Gross cost Tax LevyThird Party

Recovery MTO Federal Gas Tax OCIF Funding

2014 Capital Budget 100,000$ 100,000$ 2017 Capital Budget 100,000$ 100,000$ 2018 Capital Budget 2,500,000$ 1,600,000$ 400,000$ 500,000$ 2019 Capital Budget Request 500,000$ 500,000$

3,200,000$ 1,800,000$ 500,000$ 400,000$ 500,000$

COUNTY OF WELLINGTONCAPITAL PROJECT EXPENDITURE AND FINANCING SCHEDULE

28

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Roads Committee

From: Don Kudo, County Engineer


Subject: 2018 Road Capital Construction – Project Status

Background:

This report provides the committee with information on the status of 2018 road capital construction projects. The following summary is based on the project status as of August 31, 2018:

WR 10 McGivern Street Reconstruction, Moorefield – project was completed in June, 2018

Mill and Pave, Various Locations – Part A (North) was completed in June, 2018 and Part B (South) was completed in July, 2018

WR 7 Culvert Rehabilitation, Centre Wellington – project was completed in August, 2018

WR7, WR109 and WR123 Roundabout, Teviotdale – project was substantially completed at the end of August, 2018

WR 18 St Andrew’s Street Retaining Wall Replacement, Fergus - project was approximately 30% completed at the end of August, 2018 with utility relocations underway to complete the remainder of project in September, 2018

WR 7 Passing Lanes, Salem to Alma – project work was 95% completed at the end of August, 2018 with traffic lane reductions on going until project completion in September, 2018

WR124, Ospringe to 4th Line Passing Lanes, Erin – project was 60% completed at the end of August, 2018 and on schedule to be completed in mid-October, 2018. Traffic delays and daily lane closures are on-going during road construction activities

WR 86, WR 85 to SR19, Wallenstein – project was scheduled to start in September, 2018 and be completed at the end of October, 2018. For road construction, traffic will be reduced to one lane with flagging during road construction activities with two lanes of traffic to be restored outside of construction working hours. For culvert construction, traffic will be reduced to one lane with portable traffic signals

WR 124 and Kossuth Roundabout and Kossuth Road Culvert, Guelph Eramosa – project was scheduled to be substantially completed in October, 2018 with paving of the roundabout scheduled for mid-October, 2018. Traffic interruption for final paving and lane markings to be determined and will require a full weekend road closure or week night road closures. Culvert construction on Kossuth Road will require a road closure to through traffic for approximately six weeks

WR 50, WR 125 to WR 24, Paving, Erin – project work was scheduled to be completed in October, 2018 and includes granular base and asphalt paving from WR 125 to Third Line with a road closure during road construction activities plus surface asphalt from Third Line to Fifth Line with traffic lane reductions. Culvert work from Fifth Line to WR 24 was deferred until 2019 to obtain permit approvals

WR 14 Gordonville Bridge Replacement, Wellington North – project was scheduled to be substantially completed by mid-November, 2018 and reopened to traffic at that time

29

WR 51, WR 7 to Highway 6, Guelph Eramosa - project stage in 2018 was deferred to 2019 and is addressed in a separate report on this agenda. Culvert construction was completed in August, 2018

WR 25, WR 42 to Old Base Line Road (Winston Churchill Boulevard – Region of Peel), Erin - project is being lead by Region of Peel and was scheduled to be completed in November, 2019

Recommendation:

That the report titled “2018 Road Capital Construction – Project Status” be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Don Kudo, P. Eng. County Engineer Attachment: Project Map

30

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Roads Committee

From: Don Kudo, County Engineer Date: Tuesday, September 11, 2018

Subject: Eramosa River Bridge – Municipal Class Environmental Assessment - Notice of Study Completion

Background:

The County has conducted a Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (EA) for the Eramosa River Bridge. Overall, the existing Eramosa River Bridge is in poor condition with a number of functional and operational deficiencies:

Major components are in need of maintenance, rehabilitation, and/or replacement

Roadway width, barrier protection and guard rail protection are sub-standard

Planned climbing/passing lane cannot be accommodated

The existing bridge is at the end of its useful service life and the cost of maintaining the current bridge under a rehabilitation approach was estimated to meet or exceed the cost of a replacement option. Based on these factors, a Schedule B Class EA Study was initiated to define the most appropriate bridge management strategy to carry forward. In the EA process, all feasible and reasonable planning solutions to address the problems were considered. In this case, the alternative solutions considered were:

• Do nothing • Bridge Widening and Rehabilitate the Existing Bridge • Bridge Replacement

The assessment and evaluation of the design alternatives was based on a set of evaluation criteria that included roadway geometrics, transportation/traffic maintenance, structure, natural environment, socio-economic environment, cultural environment and cost. Consultation with agencies and the public was undertaken through notification of the EA study and an on-line Public Information Centre (PIC). The purpose of the PIC was to review the study process, existing conditions, alternative solutions, identification of the preliminary preferred alternative solution, as well as the evaluation criteria for the preferred alternative. Comments received during the study process were noted and addressed in the project file.

Study Findings and Next Steps:

The removal and replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge was identified as the recommended solution. The footprint of the bridge replacement will be within previously disturbed areas and the existing structure will be removed. The proposed bridge replacement will include a 15.6 metre wide deck with a total clear opening of 22.8 metres.

32

The next step for the EA is for a Notice of Study Completion to be issued, the project file be made available and the mandatory 30 day public review period to occur. At the end of the review period, should there be no objections to the project accepted by Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks, the County may proceed with detailed design and construction of the recommended plan. A copy of the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment Study for Eramosa River Bridge Structure No. B124135 Project File, August 2018 is attached to this report.

Recommendation:

That the replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge be endorsed as the preferred alternative; And that staff be authorized to issue the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment Notice of Study Completion for the Eramosa River Bridge as outlined in the report and that the EA proceed to the mandatory 30 day public review period; And that upon completion of the public review period, staff proceed with the detailed design of the replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge as outlined in the report. Respectfully submitted,

Don Kudo, P. Eng. County Engineer Attachment: Municipal Class Environmental Assessment Study for Eramosa River Bridge

Structure No. B124135 Project File, August 2018

33

COUNTY OF WELLINGTON

MUNICIPAL CLASS EA STUDY FOR ERAMOSA RIVER BRIDGE STRUCTURE NO. B124135

PROJECT FILE AUGUST 2018

34

WSP Canada Group Limited

MUNICIPAL CLASS EA STUDY FOR ERAMOSA RIVER BRIDGE STRUCTURE NO. B124135 COUNTY OF WELLINGTON

PROJECT NO.: 13M-00225-01

DATE: AUGUST 2018

WSP

610 CHARTWELL ROAD

SUITE 300

OAKVILLE, ON, CANADA L6J 4A5

TEL.: +1 905-823-8500

FAX: +1 905-823-8503

WSP.COM

35

Municipal Class EA Study for Eramosa River Bridge Project No. 13M-00225-01 County of Wellington

WSP August 2018

Page i

1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................... 1

1.1 Background ................................................................................. 1

1.2 The Environmental Assessment Act ........................................ 1

1.3 The Project File ........................................................................... 3

1.4 Part II Order ................................................................................. 3

1.5 Project Team ............................................................................... 5

2 PROBLEM STATEMENT ................................................... 6

3 EXISTING CONDITIONS ................................................... 7

3.1 Wellington Road 124 .................................................................. 7

3.2 Bridge Structure ......................................................................... 7

3.3 Natural Environment .................................................................. 8

3.3.1 Approach .................................................................................................................. 8

3.3.2 Designated Areas ..................................................................................................... 9

3.3.3 Fisheries and Aquatic Habitat .................................................................................. 9

3.3.4 Vegetation ............................................................................................................... 11

3.3.5 Wildlife and Species at Risk .................................................................................. 12

3.4 Hydraulic Analysis ................................................................... 15

3.5 Built Heritage ............................................................................ 15

3.6 Archaeology .............................................................................. 17

3.7 Land Use ................................................................................... 17

3.8 Utilities ....................................................................................... 17

4 IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS .......................................... 19

4.1 Assessment and Evaluation of alternatives .......................... 19

4.2 Recommended Solution .......................................................... 27

5 CONSULTATION ............................................................... 28

5.1 External Agencies .................................................................... 28

5.2 Public Involvement ................................................................... 31

5.2.1 Notice of Study Commencement ........................................................................... 31

5.2.2 Online Public Information Centre .......................................................................... 31

36


WSP August 2018

Page ii

6 THE PROPOSED UNDERTAKING AND NEXT STEPS .....................................................................................33

6.1 Road Construction ................................................................... 33

6.2 Bridge Work .............................................................................. 33

6.3 Construction Staging ............................................................... 34

6.4 Natural Environment ................................................................ 34

6.4.1 Fisheries and Aquatic Habitat ................................................................................ 34

6.4.2 Vegetation ............................................................................................................... 35

6.4.3 Wildlife and Species at Risk .................................................................................. 35

6.5 Hydraulics ................................................................................. 36

6.6 Cultural Environment ............................................................... 36

6.7 Property ..................................................................................... 36

6.8 Utilities ....................................................................................... 36

6.9 Summary of Future Commitments ......................................... 37

37


WSP August 2018

Page iii

TABLES

TABLE 4.1 ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES .......................................................... 21

TABLE 5.1 SUMMARY OF CORRESPONDENCE OBTAINED FROM EXTERNAL AGENCIES ............... 28

APPENDICES

A KEY PLAN

B CLASS ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PROCESS CHART

C STRUCTURE INVESTIGATION REPORT AND SITE

PHOTOGRAPHS

D HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS

E CULTURAL HERITAGE EVALUATION REPORT

F AGENCY CONTACTS / CORRESPONDENCE

G PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT

G-1 Notice of Study Commencement

G-2 Online Public Information Centre #1

H PRELIMINARY GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

38


WSP August 2018

Page 1

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND

The Eramosa River Bridge (No. B124135) is located on Wellington Road 124 (WR124) in the Township of Erin, 1 km east of Wellington Road 125. The structure is a single span reinforced concrete rigid frame that carries two lanes of traffic over the Eramosa River. A Key Plan showing the Study Area is provided in Appendix A.

Constructed in 1953, the bridge has a 15.24 m clear span and an overall deck width of 14.43 m. As part of a bridge inspection conducted in 2015, the Eramosa River Bridge was found to be in an advanced state of deterioration while some elements were identified as not meeting current standards. Corridor improvements that include the addition of a passing lane will also be implemented to accommodate projected growth in development traffic. Therefore, this study also examined alternatives that will allow for the addition of one travel lane on the Eramosa River Bridge. WSP was retained by the County of Wellington to complete a Municipal Class EA Study to address these items.

1.2 THE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT ACT

Under the provisions of the Environmental Assessment (EA) Act and Ontario Regulation 334, certain types of provincial and municipal undertakings can meet the requirements of the EA Act through the use of an approved environmental planning process referred to as a Class EA.

“Undertaking” is defined in the EA Act as “…an enterprise or activity or a proposal, plan or program in respect of an enterprise or activity by or on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen in right of Ontario, by a public body…”

The Class EA process provides a self-assessing procedure by which a group or “class” of undertakings can be planned and implemented in a way that fulfills the requirements of the EA Act without proponents having to prepare an individual environmental assessment for approval. In other words, these undertakings do not require formal submission to the Ministry of the Environment for approval. Upon completion of the appropriate process, the undertaking is considered approved.

The Municipal Class Environmental Assessment document, dated October 2000, as amended in 2007, 2011, and 2015 outlines such a process.

The Class EA recognizes that certain undertakings require greater or lesser degrees of assessment, depending on the nature of the work, the estimated cost and the potential impacts on the environment (this refers to all aspects of the environment including natural, social, economic, cultural, and technical). Four categories or “Schedules” of undertakings are defined in the Class EA:

• Schedule A: Includes normal or emergency operational and maintenance activities. Environmental effects of these activities are usually

39


WSP August 2018

Page 2

minimal. These undertakings are considered approved without the need for any further assessment.

• Schedule A+: Introduced in 2007, these projects are also pre-approved. The public is to be advised prior to the implementation of the project.

• Schedule B: When the potential for adverse environmental effects exists. This includes improvements and minor expansions of existing facilities. The proponent is required to proceed through a screening process including consultation with those who may be affected by the project.

• Schedule C: Includes the construction of new facilities and major expansions to existing facilities. These undertakings have the potential for greater adverse environmental effects and must follow the planning and consultation process outlined in the Class EA.

This project, as outlined in the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment document, has been identified as a Schedule B undertaking since it entails the following,

“Reconstruction or alteration of a structure or the grading adjacent to it when the structure is over 40 years old, where the proposed work will alter the basic structural system, overall configuration or appearance of the structure.”

For Municipal road projects, categorized as Schedule B projects, the proponent must complete Phases 1 and 2 as shown on the Planning and Design Process flow chart (see Appendix B). The steps of each of these two Phases are identified below.

Phase 1:

▪ Identify the problem ▪ Discretionary public consultation to review problem

Phase 2:

▪ Identify alternative solutions to the problem ▪ Identify impact of alternatives on the environment ▪ Evaluate alternative solutions, identifying a recommended

solution ▪ Consult with review agencies and public ▪ Select preferred solution to problem ▪ Review and confirm selection of schedule type

Throughout the study, the proponent is to contact relevant agencies and affected members of the public to identify and attempt to resolve concerns and issues regarding the project before final decisions are made.

40


WSP August 2018

Page 3

For further information on the Municipal Class EA process, readers are referred to the October 2000, as amended in 2007, 2011, and 2015, Municipal Class EA document. For further information regarding this Class EA Study, please contact:

Mr. William Van Ruyven, P. Eng.

Consultant Project Engineer

WSP Canada Group Limited

610 Chartwell Road

Suite 300

Oakville ON L6J 4A5

T 905.823.8500

F 905.823.8503

E [email protected]

Mr. Don Kudo, P.Eng.

County Engineer

County of Wellington

Administration Centre

74 Woolwich Street

Guelph ON N1H 3T9

T 519.837.2601 x 2280

F 519-837-8138

E [email protected]

1.3 THE PROJECT FILE

The Municipal Class EA document stresses the importance of documenting the planning and design process followed in developing a Schedule B project. This allows for traceability. At the end of Phase 2, the formal planning for the project is considered complete. Thereafter, the process of Phase 1 and 2 is finalized and a Notice of Completion is issued to the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP).

Formal documentation, in the form of a separate report, is not necessary for Schedule B projects. Documentation in the form of a Project File is necessary to record the planning process followed throughout Phases 1 and 2. This file is then made available for public review over a 30 day period following issue of the Notice of Completion.

This report has been prepared to serve as the ‘Project File’ and documents the steps taken in Phases 1 and 2 of the Municipal Class EA process.

1.4 PART II ORDER

It is recommended that all stakeholders work together to determine the preferred means of addressing the problem. If concerns regarding a project cannot be resolved in discussions with the proponent (for this study, the proponent is the County of Wellington), the Municipal Class EA process does include an appeal mechanism. Under the Municipal Class EA, members of the public, interest groups, agencies, and other stakeholders may submit a written request to the Minister of the Environment, Conservation and Parks to require the proponent (the County of Wellington) to comply with Part II of the Environmental Assessment Act before proceeding with the proposed undertaking. This is known as a ‘Part II Order’.

The request for a Part II Order must also be copied to the proponent at the same time it is submitted to the Minister. Written requests for a Part II Order must be submitted to the

41


WSP August 2018

Page 4

Minister within the 30-calendar day review period after the proponent has issued the Notice of Completion. Requests after the 30-calendar day review period will not be considered. The Minister of the Environment can be contacted as follows:

Minister

Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks

77 Wellesley Street West, Floor 11

Toronto, ON M7A 2T5

Fax: 416-314-8452

Copies of the request must also be sent to the Director of the Environmental Approvals Branch at the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks at the address below:

Director, Environmental Assessment and Permissions Branch

Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks

135 St. Clair Ave West, 1st Floor

Toronto ON M4V 1P5

[email protected]

The decision on whether a Part II Order (bump-up) is appropriate or necessary rests with the Minister of the Environment, Conservation and Parks. If no Part II Order requests are outstanding by the end of the 30 calendar-day review period, the project is considered to have met the requirements of the Class EA, and the County may proceed to subsequent phases of design and construction subject to meeting any commitments documented in this ESR and obtaining the necessary environmental approvals.

For further information regarding Part II Order requests, including specific submission requirements, please go to: https://www.ontario.ca/environment-and-energy/class-environmental-assessments-part-ii-order.

42

mailto:[email protected]

https://www.ontario.ca/environment-and-energy/class-environmental-assessments-part-ii-order

https://www.ontario.ca/environment-and-energy/class-environmental-assessments-part-ii-order


WSP August 2018

Page 5

1.5 PROJECT TEAM

This Class Environmental Assessment Study was managed by WSP Canada Group Limited, consulting engineers to the County of Wellington. Guidance was obtained from the County of Wellington Engineering Department. A team of consultant specialists and their associated roles included:

WSP Canada Group Limited • Project Management

• EA Process

• Hydraulic Analysis

• Structural Analysis

• Natural Environment

Unterman McPhail Associates • Built Heritage Assessment

43


WSP August 2018

Page 6

2 PROBLEM STATEMENT

Phase 1 of the Class EA process involves the defining of the specific problem related to the Municipal Road project, in this case, the Eramosa River Bridge. Upon assessment of the existing Eramosa River Bridge and an overview of the area features, the problem being addressed is described as follows:

• The bridge is in an advanced state of deterioration

• Major components of the bridge are in need of maintenance, rehabilitation, and/or replacement

• The bridge has sub-standard roadway width

• The bridge has sub-standard barrier protection

• The bridge has sub-standard guard rail protection

• The bridge is at the end of its useful service life

• The bridge does not accommodate planned climbing/passing lane

Overall, the existing Eramosa River Bridge is in poor condition with a number of functional and operational deficiencies. The Eramosa River Bridge is at the end of its useful service life and the cost of maintaining the current bridge under a rehabilitation approach is estimated to meet or exceed the cost of replacement options. The County of Wellington has therefore initiated this Schedule B Class EA Study to define the most appropriate bridge management strategy to carry forward.

44


WSP August 2018

Page 7

3 EXISTING CONDITIONS

3.1 WELLINGTON ROAD 124

Wellington Road 124 is classified as an arterial road, which operates as a direct connection between the Town of Erin and the City of Guelph, and is considered vital commuter route. The road is considered to have an east-west alignment over the Eramosa River and through the study area.

The posted speed limit is 80 km/h and the Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) in the vicinity of the Eramosa River Bridge is taken to be 8,583 (2015). The 2012 AADT was recorded at 8,280 and the 2006 AADT was recorded at 7,043.

In 2018, Wellington Road 124 in the Township of Erin, 1 km east of Wellington Road 125 is scheduled to be widened to the east in order to accommodate a future climbing/passing lane for northbound traffic. The structure is located within the proposed section of climbing/passing lane; however, the existing bridge width is inadequate to accommodate the proposed road configuration and therefore the passing lane will not be complete unless the road width at the structure is increased.

3.2 BRIDGE STRUCTURE

The Eramosa River (Ospringe) Bridge was constructed in 1953 and carries two lanes of traffic on Wellington Road 124 over the Eramosa River near the community of Ospringe, which is located within the Township of Erin, County of Wellington, and Province of Ontario.

The Bridge consists of a single span rigid frame structure, with a clear span between abutments of 15240 mm (50 feet) and no skew. The reinforced concrete deck thickness ranges from 457 mm (1.5 feet) at mid-span to 1067 mm (3.5 feet) at the abutments. The bridge deck roadway width measures 12800 mm (42 feet) and is considered to be substandard (marginally) by todays design parameters as the recommended minimum width is 13000 mm (42.6 feet). The current width is greater than the minimum 8500 mm (27.9 feet) and is suitable for two-way traffic. The curb width below the concrete post and mean barrier measures 762 mm (30 inches).

The existing Bridge is generally in poor condition with a number of functional and operational deficiencies and with an assumed life of 50 years is at the end of its useful service life.

The traffic barrier consists of reinforced concrete posts and reinforced concrete rail. These barriers are obsolete / deficient by current standards.

There is steel beam guide rail (SBGR) with buried end treatments at all four corners. This SBGR end treatment is considered to be obsolete and substandard. The length of roadside protection appears to be short and is considered substandard. There is cable guide rail with wood posts at two corners continuing from the SBGR.

45


WSP August 2018

Page 8

The last known resurfacing was in 1998 when Highway 124 was downloaded to the County of Wellington by the Province of Ontario. Therefore, the asphalt on the structure is 20 years old and with a life expectancy of between 10-15 years on the wearing course is due to be replaced. Records indicate that the pavement structure consists of cold-in-place recycled (CIR) material with an estimated depth of 110 mm CIR that was topped with 50 mm of HL-4 as the wearing surface.

Field investigations have identified signs of severe deterioration with spalled and delaminated concrete and exposed corroded reinforcing steel throughout the deck soffit and fascia. Additional information regarding the existing bridge (photographs and Ontario Structural Inspection Manual inspection report) can be found in Appendix C.

3.3 NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

3.3.1 APPROACH

The study approach to document the existing conditions encompassed the collection and review of background information and completion of environmental field surveys. The background information reviewed included relevant natural environmental databases and documents (e.g., Natural Heritage Information Centre [NHIC] website, topographic mapping, aerial photography and existing studies), as well as direct agency contact (Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry [MNRF] – Guelph District and Grand River Conservation Authority [GRCA]). Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) Species at Risk (SAR) mapping was also reviewed. A current Town of Erin Regional SAR list (provided by the MNRF, 2018), documenting 22 SAR was also reviewed with respect to potential habitat availability at the crossing site for each species.

Descriptions of terrestrial and aquatic features are based on secondary source information compiled from previous studies and agencies, augmented with site specific field information collected from 2015 to 2018.

The footprint of the proposed works is confined to the crossing area of the watercourse at this site (bridge replacement), therefore the survey generally followed recommendations from the MNRF to survey for SAR plants and animals that could occur within the riparian habitat at the bridge site, and for SAR animals that can utilize these types of structures, such as Barn Swallow (which will nest in culverts and often under bridges) and reptiles (which can shelter in cracks and fissures).

The following environmental surveys / assessments were conducted on the following dates:

• Breeding Bird Surveys on June 6 and June 28, 2018

• Amphibian (Frog) Calling Surveys on May 2, May 17 and June 18, 2018

• January 26, 2018 (Bat Maternity Roost Tree Survey and General Wildlife survey)

• April 15, 2016 (Snake Emergence and Turtle Basking survey / SAR and General Wildlife survey)

46


WSP August 2018

Page 9

• November 3, 11 and 17, 2015 and December 2, 2016 (Brook Trout Spawning Surveys)

• August 21, 2015 (Terrestrial Habitat and Vegetation survey, Aquatic Habitat Survey)

• August 11, 2015 (SAR and General Wildlife survey)

3.3.2 DESIGNATED AREAS

The Eramosa River Bridge is located within the Eramosa River Blue Springs Creek Provincially Significant Wetland (PSW) Complex and the Eramosa River Valley Provincially Significant Life Science Area of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSI). The Eramosa River flows through the PSW for approximately 1.8 km upstream of County Road 124 to the crossing of 3rd Line, and approximately 2.0 km downstream to the crossing of 2nd Line.

Eramosa River and its riparian corridor has been identified as Core Greenlands in the County of Wellington Official Plan (2017). As noted in the Official Plan, Core Greenlands are areas that “have greater sensitivity or significance. These areas will be identified in policy and protected.”

3.3.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC HABITAT

Eramosa River is a small to medium sized, permanent, coldwater watercourse, that originates approximately 12 km upstream from smaller tributaries. The river flows southeast at the Eramosa Bridge crossing and joins the Speed River approximately 27 km downstream. As noted, in the vicinity of bridge the river flows through the Eramosa River Blue Springs Creek PSW. The existing bridge is a single-span (15.24 m) concrete bridge.

The road embankments at the bridge are approximately 3.5 m high from the creek margins and are colonized by common old field vegetation (see section 4.3 Vegetation and Ecological Land Classification).

At the time of the August 2015 habitat survey, the wetted channel width under the bridge was approximately 10 m. The flow of the river extends directly to and along the full length of the south abutment. The north bank extended out between 3 and 4.4 m from the north abutment at the time of survey and is composed of a mix of silt and muck.

Upstream (west) of the structure, the bankfull width ranges from 11.4 m to 12.5 m (0.35 m depth) in the vicinity of the bridge. Just downstream of the bridge, there is a shallow pool (followed by a riffle zone), in part formed by large concrete chunks. In this location, the bankfull channel was estimated to be approximately 13 m wide. The channel further downstream was more confined with a bankfull width ranging from 8.5 m to 9 m (0.35 m depth) on riffles. The banks of the channel range from 0.5 m to 0.6 m in height and a wide floodplain (associated with the PSW) extends further back.

At the time of the August 2015 survey, flow velocity in the creek was low. Morphology is flat dominant upstream (west) and through the structure. A riffle zone (with shallow pool) extends downstream of the structure for approximately 28.5 m and is followed by a deeper

47


WSP August 2018

Page 10

pool and long flat reach. As noted above, the riffle and shallow pool appear to be formed in part by large chunks of concrete that were observed in the river. Flow depth in the vicinity of the bridge generally ranged from 0.01 m to 0.45 m at the time of survey, and up to 1.5 m in the pool found downstream. Substrates under the bridge consisted of rubble (80%), gravel (10%), boulders (5%) and sand (5%) at the time of survey. Substrates found upstream of the bridge were composed of more gravel with a substrate mix of gravel (70%), rubble (10%) and sand (20%). Downstream substrates were composed of rubble (50%), gravel (30%), boulders and large chunks of concrete (10%) and sand (10%) at the time of survey. Instream cover includes rubble, boulders and overhanging and instream vegetation (mostly Reed Canary Grass on the banks and in small clumps within the channel, rush spp., Broadleaf Arrowhead, Water Horsetail, Bur-reed and some watercress). Riparian vegetation is described in the next section.

Eramosa River is classified as a coldwater watercourse by MNRF and directly supports a community of baitfish species and sport fish including:

• Brook Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)

• Brook Stickleback (Culaea inconstans)

• Creek Chub (Semotilus atromaculatus),

• Eastern Blacknose Dace (Rhinichthys atratulus),

• Finescale Dace (Phoxinus neogaeus)

• Largemouth Bass (Micropterus salmoides)

• Longnose Dace (Rhinichthys cataractae)

• Mottled Sculpin (Cottus bairdii)

• Rainbow Trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss)

• White Sucker (Catostomus commersonii)

WSP biologists observed baitfish during the August 2015 site visit.

As noted, Brook Trout Spawning surveys were conducted in the vicinity (approximately 50 m upstream and downstream) of the Eramosa Bridge on November 3, 11 and 17, 2015 and on December 2, 2016, to document potential use of the habitat in the vicinity of the structure for spawning. Brook Trout spawn in the fall in areas characterized by gravel substrates (preferred) with groundwater inflow and upwelling providing oxygenation of developing eggs. Evidence of spawning activity (e.g., redds and scrapes) are readily visible as areas in the stream bottom that have been fanned by fish to expose mostly gravel materials prior to egg laying. “Redds” are confirmed spawning sites due to the presence of Brook Trout. “Scrapes” are unconfirmed spawning sites where there was no attendant Brook Trout observed.

One redd (with four adult Brook Trout in attendance) was observed approximately 40 m downstream of the structure (near north bank) during the November 11, 2015 survey. Evidence (clearing) of the redd at the same site, was also observed during the November 17, 2015 survey and the following year on December 2, 2016. The spawning season was

48


WSP August 2018

Page 11

likely slowing down or finished during these later surveys, since no adults were observed in attendance. There was no other evidence of spawning activity in the vicinity of the bridge.

3.3.4 VEGETATION

A total of 72 plant species were recorded at this site. An additional three species were only identified to genus. No SAR or provincially rare species were observed. Most of the species observed at the site are common roadside and wetland plants, present in similar habitats throughout the landscape. Seventy-seven (77%) percent of the species identified are native to Ontario.

ROW COMMUNITIES

The ROW on both sides of the bridge and the bridge embankment is dominated by common old field species, such as Awnless Brome (Bromus inermis ssp. inermis), Annual Ragweed (Ambrosia artemisiifolia), Colt’s Foot (Tussilago farfara), Queen Anne's Lace (Daucus carota), Canada Goldenrod (Solidago canadensis), Canada Thistle (Cirsium arvense), Creeping Wild Rye (Elymus repens), Common Dandelion (Taraxacum officinale) and Common Plantain (Plantago major). This vegetation type has a high proportion of non-native species (59%) and a high tolerance to roadway related disturbances.

UPSTREAM COMMUNITIES

On the upstream side of the bridge, a mixed swamp community dominates the southwest bank and a coniferous swamp dominates the northeast bank. The road embankment is quite steep and dominated by common old field species, as noted above. The mixed swamp community is dominated by Balsam Poplar (Populus balsamifera ssp balsamifera) with Eastern White Cedar (Thuja occidentalis) dominating the sub-canopy and understory. American Elm (Umus americana) is a scarce canopy component and Green Ash (Fraxinus pennsylvanica) occurs in the sub-canopy. Speckled Alder (Alnus incana ssp. rugosa) is abundant along the river banks and extending into the understory of the deciduous swamp. The ground layer is diverse with Sensitive Fern (Onoclea sensibilis), Field Horsetail (Equisetum arvense) and Thicket Creeper (Parthenocissus vitacea) dominating and Ostrich Fern (Matteuccia struthiopteris), Fowl Manna Grass (Glyceria striata), Spotted Jewelweed (Impatiens capensis) and Sedges (Carex sp.) also common. A narrow meadow marsh inclusion occurs along the river bank, immediately upstream of the bridge. This community is dominated by Reed Canary Grass with Spotted Joe-pye Weed, Turtlehead (Chelone glabra), Grass-leaved Goldenrod, Virginia Virgin-bower (Clematis virginiana), Rice Cutgrass (Leersia oryzoides), Tall Meadowrue, Sensitive Fern, Canada Anemone (Anemone canadensis) and Panicled Aster as common associates.

The coniferous swamp community is dominated by Eastern White Cedar with occasional Tamarack (Larix laricina) and infrequent occurrences of Balsam Poplar and White Spruce (Picea glauca). Speckled Alder is found occasionally in the understory, particularly along

49


WSP August 2018

Page 12

the edges of the community. The ground layer is very sparse with only Common Dandelion and Eastern Helleborine (Epipactis helleborine) observed. A small meadow marsh inclusion occurs along the edge of this community at the base of the road embankment. This inclusion is dominated by Reed Canary Grass with Purple Loosestrife, Calico Aster and Field Horsetail also common. Patches of instream vegetation were also observed including Broadleaf Arrowhead (Sagittaria latifolia), watercress (Nasturtium sp.) and Water Horsetail (Equisetum fluviatile) and Bur-reed (Sparganium sp.)

DOWNSTREAM COMMUNITIES

On the downstream side of the bridge, the channel flows through a Forb Mineral Meadow Marsh (MAM2-10) community dominated by a mix of facultative wetland plants including Grass-leaved Goldenrod (Euthamia graminifolia), Woolgrass Bulrush (Scirpus atrovirens), Panicled Aster (Symphyotrichum lanceolatum ssp. lanceolatum), Calico Aster (Symphyotrichum lateriflorum var. lateriflorum), Spotted Joe-pye-weed (Eupatorium maculatum var. maculatum), Purple Loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria), Reed Canary Grass (Phalaris arundinacea), Narrow-leaved Cattail (Typha angustifolia) and Tall Meadowrue (Thalictrum pubescens). Deciduous Swamp communities occur on both sides of the river, beyond the meadow marsh communities.

3.3.5 WILDLIFE AND SPECIES AT RISK

WILDLIFE

Snake emergence and turtle basking surveys (using binoculars) were carried out at the bridge site and in the vicinity under appropriate weather conditions (warm, clear, sunny) by a qualified biologist during the spring season (April 15, 2016). Conditions were deemed favourable as turtles were observed at another location near Waterloo the same day. No snakes or turtles were observed at this site at the time of the surveys. No obvious snake hibernacula entry sites were observed around the existing bridge.

Three general wildlife and SAR surveys were completed on January 26, 2018, April 15, 2016 and August 11, 2015, and breeding bird surveys were completed on June 6 and June 28, 2018. No SAR birds were observed during the surveys as indicated in the next section. The riparian zone appears to provide a movement corridor for mammals and several tracks were observed beneath the bridge and within the adjacent riparian zone during the surveys (including tracks belonging to Eastern Cottontail, Raccoon, Weasel sp., White-tailed Deer, Wild Turkey and Mouse and/or Vole sp.). Although no avian nests were observed on the bridge during any of the surveys, the bridge provides potential nesting habitat for migratory birds. Migratory birds are protected under the Migratory Birds Convention Act (MBCA). The results of the SAR surveys are described in the next section.

The survey on January 26, 2018 was a Bat Maternity Roost Tree Survey. The survey was conducted in accordance with the MNRF Guelph District ‘Survey Protocol for SAR Bats within Treed Habitats’ (April 2017). A total of 28 trees with potential roosting features (e.g., cavities, knots and loose bark) were recorded within the study area. Two of the

50


WSP August 2018

Page 13

potential bat maternity roost trees found south of the bridge site within the ROW, were removed under a Letter of Advice (LOA) from the MNRF.

Amphibian calling surveys were also completed on May 2, May 17 and June 18, 2018, using the Marsh Monitoring Program (MMP) amphibian calling survey protocol (Bird Studies Canada 2008) by a qualified biologist under appropriate conditions. A total of three frog species (Green Frog - Lithobates clamitans, Spring Peeper - Pseudacris crucifer and Wood Frog - Lithobates sylvaticus) were confirmed by WSP.

SPECIES AT RISK

SAR are defined as species that are listed as Special Concern, Threatened or Endangered under the provincial Endangered Species Act (ESA 2007) and the federal Species at Risk Act (SARA 2002). The ESA and SARA provides species and habitat protection for Threatened and Endangered species only. Species of Conservation (SCC) as noted in this document, encompasses SAR and/or provincially rare species (S-Ranks of S1, S2 or S3) that are not listed under the legislation.

The NHIC database was accessed and listed five records of potential SCC within 1 km2 of the Eramosa River Bridge, which included an unnamed historical (1965) restricted species. Milksnake (historical record from 1987) is listed as S3 (Vulnerable) and is a habitat generalist that can occur in many different types of habitats that provide plenty of cover materials and prey species. The areas around the bridge site provides suitable habitat for this species, however no Milksnakes were observed during the 2016 early spring snake emergence survey or during any of the other surveys, and therefore impacts to hibernating individuals are not anticipated. Two historical records for Carey’s Sedge (1977) and Rugulose Grapefern (1977) also occurred within 1 km2 of the bridge site. Both plant species are listed as S2 (provincially imperiled) and preferred habitats are rich deciduous woods, often on floodplains or slopes, and fields, thickets, prairies or open woods (Oldham and Brinker 2009). Marginally suitable habitat for both Carey’s Sedge and Rugulose Grapefern is present in the vicinity of the bridge crossing, but neither species was observed during the botanical inventory in 2015. Based on the habitat present and results of the botanical inventory, there is very low potential for Carey’s Sedge and Rugulose Grapefern to be present in areas around the bridge crossing site.

The most recent NHIC record is a record of Bobolink (Threatened under the ESA) in 2001 and 2002. Preferred habitat for these species (and Eastern Meadowlark Sturnella magna – also Threatened under the ESA) consists of large grasslands >5ha (including agricultural pasturelands and hayfields). Suitable habitat does not occur in the immediate vicinity of the bridge but occurs in the broader landscape within meadows and agricultural fields >100m beyond the bridge site. Potential breeding habitat is outside the area of impact of the bridge replacement works.

Habitat was also assessed for the potential to support species on the Town of Erin Regional SAR list, and other SAR for which occurrence was deemed a possibility.

For aquatic species, the Town of Erin Regional SAR List (MNRF 2018) identifies potential for one fish species to occur: Redside Dace (Clinostomus elongatus). Redside Dace

51


WSP August 2018

Page 14

(Endangered under the ESA and SARA) prefer riffles and pools with abundant overhanging vegetation in small headwater streams. This type of habitat is not found in the Eramosa River in the vicinity of the bridge and there are no records of this species in the river (confirmed by MNRF and DFO 2018 SAR mapping). Therefore the presence of Redside Dace is considered highly unlikely.

WSP confirmed the presence of one species at the bridge site not listed on the Town of Erin Regional SAR List (MNRF 2018), Eastern Ribbonsnake (Thamnophis sauritus). For the remaining plant and wildlife species found on the Town of Erin Regional SAR List (MNRF 2018), there is potential for five other SAR species to occur based on the presence of suitable habitat features. See below for further details:

• Eastern Ribbonsnake (Special Concern under ESA) – WSP staff observed an individual cross the river approximately 5m west of the bridge on August 11, 2015. Habitat for this species is present along the watercourse banks and in the adjacent Mixed Swamp and Meadow Marsh communities. This species has potential to wander into the construction zone; however, no impacts to hibernating individuals are anticipated since no snakes were observed in the ROW during the early spring emergence surveys.

• Barn Swallow (Hirundo rustica – Threatened under the ESA) –Although no Barn Swallow nests were observed on the bridge (and swallows were observed foraging in the area) during any of the site visits, there is potential nesting habitat on the structure.

• Eastern Wood Pewee (Contopus virens – Special Concern under ESA) – This species was not observed in the vicinity of the bridge during the field surveys. Suitable habitat, including breeding habitat occurs within the Mixed Swamp community beyond the bridge site ROW and will not be impacted by the proposed bridge replacement works.

• Snapping Turtle (Chelydra serpentina – Special Concern under ESA) – The river provides suitable habitat for this species and MNRF indicated that they have records of this species in the area of the bridge. No turtles or turtle nests were observed in the study area during any of the surveys; however, there is potential for turtles to nest along the road shoulders and adjacent open upland areas, or to wander into the construction zone. Impacts to hibernating individuals are anticipated to be low since no turtles were observed in the ROW reaches during the early spring emergence/basking surveys and since the ROW reaches are very shallow.

• Little Brown Myotis (Myotis lucifugus – Endangered under ESA) – It may forage overhead of the study area and potential breeding habitat (i.e. mainly trees) occurs in the vicinity of the bridge site. As noted a survey for bat maternity roost trees was conducted in accordance with the MNRF Guelph District ‘Survey Protocol for SAR Bats within Treed Habitats (April 2017) on January 26th, 2018. A total of 28 trees with potential roosting features (e.g., cavities, knots and loose bark) were recorded within the study area. Two of the potential bat maternity roost trees found

52


WSP August 2018

Page 15

south of the bridge site within the ROW and were removed under a Letter of Advice (LOA) from the MNRF.

• Monarch (Danaus plexippus – Special Concern under ESA) – It may forage within the general vicinity of the study area; however, no suitable breeding habitat (i.e., Milkweed) was observed within the ROW reaches of the bridge and no monarchs were observed during the surveys.

3.4 HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS

The Eramosa River flows under Wellington Road 124 from north to south and ultimately outlets into the Speed River at Guelph. The drainage boundary contributing to the Structure B124135 is approximately 55.44 km2, which was delineated using OBM contours. The watershed consists primarily of agricultural lands with some isolated patches of treed areas and rural residential properties.

The hydraulic assessment was completed using a HEC-RAS hydraulic model which was compiled based on a detailed cross section and structure survey upstream and downstream of the Eramosa River Bridge (B124135). The HEC-RAS model is used to generate flood elevations and determine the hydraulic performance of the existing structure and assess the proposed replacement structure. The performance standards used in this study are based on the MTO Highway Drainage Design Standards (January 2008). The MTO standards were used since they incorporate much of the standards for watercourse crossings from the Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code.

A hydraulic model did not exist for Eramosa River at this location; therefore, an existing conditions model was created based on field survey data. The 2-year through 100-year as well as the Regulatory Storm events were analysed in HEC-RAS; the 50-year storm event is the design storm for the structure replacement. The existing top of road freeboard, flood depth, and other hydraulic performance parameters as they pertain to the MTO HDDS. The existing bridge meets the freeboard criteria, but not the relief flow or soffit clearance criteria.

The results of the hydraulic assessment indicate that all options meet all of the applicable design standards. Additional information regarding the Hydraulic Analysis can be found in Appendix D.

3.5 BUILT HERITAGE

A built heritage assessment of the existing structure was completed by Unterman McPhail Associates (see Appendix E). The following summarizes the key findings:

• The Eramosa River Bridge is not provincially-owned, and therefore, is not identified as a provincial heritage property. It is also not recognized provincially through an Ontario Heritage Trust easement or commemorative plaque and is not included on the Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport (MTCS) Ontario Heritage Bridge List (June 2017).

53


WSP August 2018

Page 16

• The Eramosa River Bridge is not recognized federally as a heritage resource, i.e., national historic site or federal heritage property.

• Consultation with the Township of Erin indicates the bridge has not been included on a local heritage inventory of cultural heritage resources nor is it included on its municipal heritage register adopted under the Ontario Heritage Act (OHA) as a listed or municipally designated property under the OHA. The municipality does not normally identify bridge structures unless they are within Heritage Conservation Districts.

• Eramosa River Bridge was evaluated using the criteria set out under Ontario Regulation 9/06, which was developed for the purpose of identifying and evaluating the cultural heritage value or interest of a property proposed for protection under Section 29 of the OHA. Ontario Regulation 9/06 describes the three criteria as design value or physical value, historical value or associative value, and contextual value.

• It was determined through the application of the Criteria for Determining Cultural Heritage Value under Ontario Regulation 9/06 that the Eramosa River Bridge has design/physical value, historical and associative value and contextual value. Heritage attributes, i.e., character defining elements, of the Eramosa River Bridge include, but are not limited to the following details:

o its concrete rigid frame structure with a varying depth, a distinctive shallow arch

o shape and smooth soffit;

o o the one-span structure extending 15 m; and,

o o its full height, reinforced concrete abutments.

• Since this bridge is a late representative example of its bridge type in the County of Wellington, it is not considered to be worthy of heritage recognition under the OHA. However it has been demonstrated that this bridge structure has local historical and contextual value.

Therefore, with consideration to the local cultural heritage value, the new bridge design should respect the general massing of the existing structure, which is appropriate to the surrounding naturalized landscape at this water crossing, and should support the natural character of the area.

A copy of the CHER was provided to the MTCS on June 29, 2018. The MTCS has requested that a Heritage Impact Assessment be completed or the original CHER be updated to include additional discussion on impacts and community review. The CHER is in the process of being updated and will be forwarded to MTCS upon completion. The response from MTCS is included in Appendix F.

54


WSP August 2018

Page 17

3.6 ARCHAEOLOGY

WSP conducted a Stage 1 Archaeological Assessment for the reconstruction of the Eramosa River Bridge on May 22, 2018. This archaeological assessment was triggered by the Environmental Assessment Act. Archaeological activities were carried out in accordance with the Standards and Guidelines for Consultant Archaeologists (Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport, 2011) supporting the Ontario Heritage Act, 1990 and included a review of documents pertaining to the project area including historic maps, aerial photographs and local histories, previous archaeological assessment reports, as well as a property inspection. The property inspection was conducted.

Archaeological recommendations have been made based on the background historic research, locations of known or registered archaeological sites, previous archaeological assessments, and indicators of archaeological potential as outlined in the 2011 Standards and Guidelines for Consultant Archaeologists. These recommendations include the following:

• All lands within the study area have been disturbed by previous construction activities. No further archaeological assessment is required.

• If archaeological materials are encountered during construction activities, all work must cease and a licensed archaeologist must assess the material’s cultural heritage value or interest.

The Stage 1 Archaeological Assessment report is currently under an expedited review with MTCS.

3.7 LAND USE

There are no existing buildings in the immediate proximity to the Eramosa River Bridge. Intermittent, rural residential and agricultural properties with direct access to Wellington Road 124 are located to the east, and west of the bridge. The nearest residence is located approximately 450 m west of the structure, with an access to Wellington Road 124.

Eramosa River Blue Springs Creek Provincially Significant Wetland (PSW) Complex and Eramosa River Valley Provincially Significant Life Science Area of Natural and Scientific Interest (ANSI) are present immediately adjacent to the bridge. The County of Wellington Official Plan (2016) identifies Eramosa River and its riparian corridor as Core Greenlands. Eramosa River and its associated floodplain is regulated by the Grand River Conservation Authority (GRCA) under Reg. 150/06.

The Eramosa River and its riparian corridor is the most prominent natural feature in the vicinity of the bridge.

3.8 UTILITIES

Bell Canada has two working cables along the west side of Wellington Road 124 at Eramosa River Bridge (10.7 m west of the white shoulder line), and three non-operational / abandoned cables within the road allowance that will be unearthed during the bridge replacement.

55


WSP August 2018

Page 18

Union Gas has indicated that they do not have any infrastructure located in the immediate vicinity of the bridge.

Hydro One Transmission confirmed that there are no transmission facilities (above 115 kV) in the project area.

Hydro One Networks noted the presence of two hydro poles on the north edge of the ROW in the vicinity of the existing bridge and confirmed the proposed works are not expected to impact the poles. These poles are greater than 25 m away from the proposed bridge.

Cogeco has indicated that they do not have any infrastructure located in the immediate vicinity of the bridge.

56


WSP August 2018

Page 19

4 IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS

Under Phase 2 of the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment process, all feasible and reasonable planning solutions to address the problems are to be considered. In this case, the alternative solutions are:

• Do nothing;

• Bridge Widening and Rehabilitate the Existing Bridge; and,

• Bridge Replacement.

4.1 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES

Design alternatives will be developed for a new two lane (one lane in each direction) bridge. The analysis and evaluation of the design alternatives will be based on a set of evaluation criteria, which is summarized in Table 4.1. The evaluation criteria are described as follows:

• Roadway Geometrics, including drainage, grades, horizontal curves

• Transportation / Traffic Maintenance, including existing and future traffic operations, emergency vehicle access, flexibility for staged construction

• Structure, including advanced state of deterioration, structural deficiencies, functional deficiencies, operational deficiencies, barrier deficiencies, guide rail deficiencies, number of spans/piers, span length(s), depth and width of fill at roadway approaches, embankment widening, the need for retaining walls and general safety concerns

• Natural Environment, including direct and/or indirect impacts on watercourses, fisheries, aquatic habitat, terrestrial ecosystems, and shoreline habitat

• Socio-Economic Environment, including direct and/or indirect impacts related to property, utility facilities, site contamination and noise

• Cultural Environment, including impact on archaeology, built heritage and cultural landscape resources

• Cost Estimate, including property and construction costs

The evaluation of the alternative solutions is included in Table 4.1.

Based on findings from the analysis and evaluation of Alternatives using the factors listed above, Alternative 3 (Bridge Replacement) has been identified as the preferred alternative solution. Design alternative(s) for the bridge replacement will be developed, reviewed, refined and then carried forward for detail design and construction. Timing of

57


WSP August 2018

Page 20

the detail design and construction of the new three lane (one thru lane in each direction plus north bound passing lane) bridge will be subject to annual council review and funding availability.

58


WSP August 2018

Page 21

Table 4.1 Analysis and Evaluation of Alternatives

ALTERNATIVE 1 ALTERNATIVE 2 ALTERNATIVE 3

EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND

REHABILITATE THE EXISTING

BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

ROADWAY

GEOMETRICS

• Functional physical deficiencies at bridge site are not addressed

• Does not accommodate addition of passing lane

• Functional deficiencies at bridge site are addressed

• Functional deficiencies at bridge site are addressed

Rank

TRANSPORTATION

/ TRAFFIC

MAINTENANCE

• Eramosa River Bridge may have to be closed eventually due to safety and operational issues

• Should the Eramosa River Bridge be closed, it would impact access for emergency vehicles and access for local residents and nearby communities

• No short term construction staging impacts

• Improves safety and operation conditions along WR124 (addition of passing lane)

• Traffic impacts during construction (including staged traffic in single lane with alternating directions)

• Duration of impacts would be less relative to Alternative 3

• Improves safety and operational conditions of WR124 (addition of passing lane)

• Traffic impacts during construction (including staged traffic in single lane with alternating directions)

Rank

59


WSP August 2018

Page 22


EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND


BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

STRUCTURE • Structural and functional deficiencies are not addressed

• Advanced state of deterioration is not addressed

• Deficient barrier and guide rail protection is not addressed

• Structural and functional deficiencies are addressed; however, since the bridge is 64 years old, remaining service life is limited

• Advanced state of deterioration is addressed; however, since the bridge is 64 years old, remaining service life is limited

• Deficient barrier and guide rail protection is addressed

• Structural and functional deficiencies are addressed

• Advanced state of deterioration is addressed

• Deficient barrier and guide rail protection is addressed

Rank

NATURAL

ENVIRONMENT

• No direct or indirect impact to the Eramosa River and surrounding natural areas.

• Consideration of construction duration or timing not applicable

• No improvement for wildlife passage (presently the Eramosa River flows along the existing west abutment)

• Minor direct impact associated with bridge widening (localized removal of a small amount of common roadside vegetation)

• The minor direct impact noted above and potential indirect impacts (e.g. debris and sediment release with rehabilitation and widening works) can be managed using appropriate mitigation and restoration measures (e.g. use of

• Minor direct impacts associated with bridge removal and installation/construction (localized removal of a small amount of common roadside and riparian vegetation, temporary bank and some bed alteration)

• The minor direct impacts noted above and potential indirect impacts (e.g. construction related erosion and sediment release) can be managed using appropriate

60


WSP August 2018

Page 23


EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND


BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

coldwater timing window if instream works are required)

• No permanent impacts on the aquatic habitat of the Eramosa River

• No improvement for wildlife passage (presently the Eramosa River flows alongside the existing west abutment)

mitigation and restoration measures (e.g. use of coldwater timing window for instream works)

• No permanent impacts on the aquatic habitat of the Eramosa River

• The longer span of the new structure (new abutments will be outside of bankfull channel) will improve passage for terrestrial and semi-aquatic wildlife species over the existing condition (presently the Eramosa River flows along the existing abutment), through restoration of the west bank to a more natural condition and inclusion of a ledge for wildlife passage

Rank

61


WSP August 2018

Page 24


EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND


BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

SOCIO-

ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT

• No impact to utilities

• No direct impacts to property

• No noise and dust associated with construction

• No change to current adjacent/alternative route(s)

• No change to access for residents

• Permanent alteration of travel/commute routes when bridge is eventually removed due to deterioration

• No anticipated impact to utilities


• Noise and dust and other associated inconveniences during construction

• Temporary alteration of travel / commuter routes and impact to adjacent / alternative route(s) during construction

• No permanent change to access for residential private properties

• Temporary impact to nearby gravel pits and other local commercial, industrial and farm businesses during construction (potential delay due to single lane operation)

• No impact to utilities


• Noise and dust and other associated inconveniences during construction

• Temporary alteration of travel / commuter routes and impact to adjacent / alternative route(s) during construction

• No permanent change to access for residential private properties

• Temporary impact to nearby gravel pits and other local commercial, industrial and farm businesses during construction (potential delay due to single lane operation)

Rank

HYDRAULICS • Does not change existing hydraulic conditions

• Does not change existing hydraulic conditions

• Improved hydraulic opening and performance

Rank

62


WSP August 2018

Page 25


EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND


BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

CULTURAL

ENVIRONMENT

• No impact on archaeological resources

• No impact on built heritage resources

• No impact on cultural heritage landscape

• While the Eramosa River Bridge is not designated under the Ontario Heritage Act, evaluation under the Ontario Heritage Bridge Program indicated that it is considered to have cultural heritage value of interest

• Low impact on archaeology since widening of structure is in already disturbed areas

• While the Eramosa River Bridge is not designated under the Ontario Heritage Act, evaluation under the Ontario Heritage Bridge Program indicated that it is considered to have cultural heritage value of interest

• Low impact on archaeology since widening of structure is in already disturbed areas

Rank

COST ESTIMATE

(Net present value

of 50-year life cycle

cost)

• No direct construction, or permit and approval costs

• Anticipated increased future maintenance cost

• $1.77 million • $1.75 million

Rank

63


WSP August 2018

Page 26


EVALUATION

CRITERIA DO NOTHING

BRIDGE WIDENING AND


BRIDGE

BRIDGE REPLACEMENT

OVERALL

ALTERNATIVE

RANK

RECOMMENDED

ALTERNATIVE ALTERNATIVE 3: REPLACE THE BRIDGE

Legend Most Preferred Least Preferred

64


WSP August 2018

Page 27

A summary of the evaluation of alternatives solutions are as follows:

Do Nothing – Work on the structure is not included; therefore, the structure condition would be monitored regularly and load posting is anticipated to be required within the next 5 years and eventually the road would be closed. The existing structure does not have adequate width to accommodate the proposed passing lanes and significant repairs are required to address the existing structural deficiencies of the bridge therefore this alternative is not considered to be reasonable. This alternative is not recommended.

Bridge Widening and Rehabilitation – Includes full depth removal of the existing curbs and barrier walls, deck repairs, new parapet walls and widening to the south. Areas of deterioration would be removed and repaired. The existing 14.3 m wide structure would require a 1.3 m widening. The widening and rehabilitation will have a similar net present value as full replacement with a lower level of service and higher potential for future maintenance requirements. Therefore, this alternative is not recommended.

Bridge Replacement – Includes removal of the existing structure 300 mm below finished grade and replaced by a new bridge. The proposed bridge replacement will include a 15.6 m wide x 24.0 m long structure with a 10 degree skew comprising of B800 precast box girders with integral abutments and a 200 mm thick distribution slab. This provides an improved hydraulic window to match the natural alignment of the watercourse and addresses all deficiencies with a similar net present value as rehabilitation. This alternative is recommended to be carried forward.

4.2 RECOMMENDED SOLUTION

Per the evaluation of alternative solutions in Table 4.1, the removal and replacement of the Eramosa River Bridge has been identified as the recommended solution. The footprint of the bridge replacement will be within previously disturbed areas and the existing structure will be removed to 300 mm below finished grade. The proposed bridge replacement will include a 15.6 m wide deck with a 200 mm thick distribution slab on B800 precast box girders. The total clear opening will be 22.8 m with a bearing to bearing span of 24.0 m and a 10 degree skew to Wellington Road 124.

65


WSP August 2018

Page 28

5 CONSULTATION Section 5 of the Project File summarizes the consultation carried out during the Class Environmental Assessment process.

5.1 EXTERNAL AGENCIES

The following Table 5.1 summarizes the external agencies contacted and their input, where provided (see Appendix F for received correspondence from agencies). In addition to the agencies listed in the table below, the following government officials were kept informed of study progress:

• County of Wellington – Councillors for Wards 8, and 9; and relevant staff.

• Mayors for the Town of Erin and Township of Puslinch; and relevant staff.

Detailed mailing lists for all officials and external agencies contacted through this study can be found in Appendix F.

Table 5.1 Summary of Correspondence Obtained from External Agencies

AGENCY / UTILITY COMMENT

FUTURE COURSE OF

ACTION

Ministry of the Environment,

Conservation and Parks

(formerly Ministry of the

Environment and Climate

Change)

Provided list of Indigenous

Communities to be contacted

who have been identified as

potentially affected by the

proposed project.

Comments documented in

Appendix F.

Comments noted.

Ministry of Tourism, Culture,

and Sport

Following review of the

Cultural Heritage Evaluation

Report (CHER), MTCS

requested that a copy of the

Heritage Impact Assessment

be sent for their review

before any work takes place

at the Eramosa River Bridge

site.

Comments noted. A copy

of the Heritage Impact

Assessment will be

provided to MTCS when

available.

Ministry of Citizenship and

Immigration

No feedback received.

66


WSP August 2018

Page 29


FUTURE COURSE OF

ACTION

Ministry of Community

Safety and Correctional

Services


Ministry of Municipal Affairs

and Housing


Ministry of Natural

Resources and Forestry

Provided comments following

the Notice of

Commencement. Comments

documented in Appendix F.

Comments noted.

Ministry of Agriculture, Food

and Rural Affairs


Ontario Provincial Police No feedback received.

Guelph-Wellington

Emergency Medical Services


Centre Wellington Fire &

Rescue


Grand River Conservation

Authority

Provided comments on

wetland impacts, fisheries

impacts and hydraulics.

Comments noted.

Upper Grand District School

Board

Notify of construction and

scheduling plans once project

has been scheduled or

begun.

Comments noted.

Wellington Catholic District

School Board

Requested to be removed

from mailing list.

Comment noted.

Conseil scolaire Viamonde No feedback received.

Conseil scolaire de district

catholique Centre-Sud


Wellington-Dufferin Student

Transportation Services


67


WSP August 2018

Page 30


FUTURE COURSE OF

ACTION

Wellington County Museum

and Archives


Wellington County Historical

Society


Wightman Telecom No feedback received.

Bell Aliant No feedback received.

Bell Canada No feedback received.

Bell IM Orangeville No feedback received

Mornington Communications

Co-operative Limited


Hydro One Hydro One has distribution

line running east/west on

north side of Highway 124.

Impacts are not anticipated at

this time.

Comments noted.

Updates to be provided

during preliminary and

detailed design.

Hydro One Networks Inc. No existing infrastructure in

the area.

No further consultation with

Hydro One Networks Inc. is

required if no changes are

made to the current

information.

Comments noted.

Updates to be provided

during preliminary and

detailed design.

Union Gas Limited No existing infrastructure in

the area.

Requested to be removed

from mailing list.

Comments noted.

Rogers Communications No feedback received.

Telus No feedback received.

Cogeco Cogeco clear of any

infrastructure at this location.

Comments noted.

Town of Erin No feedback received.

68


WSP August 2018

Page 31


FUTURE COURSE OF

ACTION

Township of

Guelph/Eramosa


Township of Mapleton No feedback received.

Township of Puslinch No feedback received.

Mississauga's of the New

Credit First Nation

Requested to be included for

all field work. Comments

documented in Appendix F.

County entered into a

Field Liaison

Representative

Agreement with MNCFN.

Haudenosaunee

Confederacy Chiefs Council


Six Nations of the Grand

River


5.2 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT

5.2.1 NOTICE OF STUDY COMMENCEMENT

The Notice of Study Commencement was issued in November 2017. Notices were sent to provincial and municipal agencies, as well as Indigenous Communities. Local residents were notified by mail and via posting on the County of Wellington website:

https://www.wellington.ca/en/resident-services/eramosa-river-bridge-ea.aspx

Several comments were received from agencies and members of the public and their request to be involved, or not, in the study were noted.

5.2.2 ONLINE PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTRE

Based on the level of interest and nature of the EA Study, the Public Information Centre (PIC) was conducted online with a Public Information Package made available on the County’s website for viewing and download starting on May 30, 2018 (URL as shown above).

The Notice of the Online PIC was sent on May 16, 2018 to provincial and municipal agencies, as well as Indigenous Communities and those who requested to be on the mailing list. Local residents were also notified about the PIC by mail and via a posting on the County of Wellington website (URL as shown above). The County also posted a project sign at the Eramosa River Bridge site with the link to the project website.

The purpose of the Online PIC was to review the study process, existing conditions, alternative solutions, identification of the preliminary preferred alternative solution, as well as the evaluation criteria for the preferred alternatives.

69

https://www.wellington.ca/en/resident-services/eramosa-river-bridge-ea.aspx


WSP August 2018

Page 32

Links to a digital sign-in sheet and comment sheet were provided on the PIC displays. No comment sheets were submitted. Copies of the notice and PIC materials, are included in Appendix G.

In addition to the PIC, a report shall be presented to the Roads Committee and Subsequently County Council outlining the project for approval and authorization of issuance of the Notice of Completion.

70


WSP August 2018

Page 33

6 THE PROPOSED UNDERTAKING AND NEXT STEPS

6.1 ROAD CONSTRUCTION

Based on the scheduled road improvements adjacent to the bridge, the top of pavement (profile control) of Wellington Road 124 is anticipated to follow the existing grade with an 80 mm increase. The preferred horizontal alignment and profile of Wellington Road 124 over the bridge will be governed by the adjacent road and will be confirmed during the preliminary design stage.

Design parameters for the road shall be based upon the standards of the County of Wellington, the MTO Roadside Safety Manual and/or the requirements of the Transportation Association of Canada’s Geometric Design Guide for Canadian Roads.

Other improvements and modifications to Wellington Road 124 in the immediate vicinity of the bridge that may be explored during preliminary design include the following:

• Drainage

• Property impacts and acquisition

• Roadside safety requirements

• Embankment slopes

• Sightlines

• Vertical alignment

• Reducing the posted speed limit

• Reducing the design speed

• Illumination

• Balancing of proposed cuts and fills

Conclusions made during the preliminary design stage will be carried forward into detailed design for further refinement.

6.2 BRIDGE WORK

The replacement of Eramosa River Bridge will take into consideration all of the findings of the Environmental Assessment.

During the preliminary design stage, the final details regarding the type of new replacement structure will be developed and a preliminary General Arrangement drawing will be prepared. The replacement bridge will include a two thru lanes (one lane in each direction) and a climbing/passing lane for northbound traffic over a single span structure.

71


WSP August 2018

Page 34

The new bridge will be designed to meet current standards for minimum lane widths, minimum shoulder widths, side clearances and drainage. Other parameters that will be considered during the preliminary and final design stages will include the following:

• Geotechnical Investigation and findings

• Foundation type;

• Hydraulics;

• Span length;

• Accommodations for meandering of the creek and passage of wildlife;

• Restoration of the creekbed at former footing locations;

• Protection of fisheries and species habitat;

• Drainage and other safety requirements of bridge code;

• Minimum (low point) soffit elevation;

• Depth of proposed superstructure (girders, deck);

Conclusions made during the preliminary design stage will then be carried forward into detailed design. The detailed design of the new replacement would be based the requirements of the Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code (CHBDC) CAN/CSA-S6-14 and the Structural Manual published by the Ministry of Transportation of Ontario.

Timing of the detailed design and construction of the new bridge will be subject to annual council review and funding availability.

6.3 CONSTRUCTION STAGING

It is anticipated that the bridge replacement will be completed in two stages over two construction seasons. During construction, Wellington Road 124 will maintain at a minimum a single lane in alternating directions using temporary traffic signals. The road adjacent to the staged bridge replacement will be maintained using a performance level 2 temporary roadway protection system.

6.4 NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

6.4.1 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC HABITAT

The Eramosa River is a coldwater system that supports Brook and Rainbow Trout. There is critical Brook Trout spawning habitat (one redd) located approximately 40 m downstream of the bridge. The proposed new single span bridge structure is longer than the existing single span bridge and will fully span the bankfull channel of the watercourse. The fish habitat in the area of the crossing will benefit through removal of the south abutment and subsequent restoration of the channel bank in that area to a more natural state.

72


WSP August 2018

Page 35

Potential impacts to fisheries and aquatic habitat will be reviewed during the detailed design stage once the final design and zone of influence has been confirmed. It is anticipated that the bridge replacement works can be managed by implementing strict mitigation measures to avoid impacting the spawning habitat found downstream (e.g., coldwater timing window for works to avoid the salmonid spawning window and strict erosion and sediment controls) and appropriate restoration measures. The Project Team will coordinate with the GRCA, MNRF and other agencies to obtain the necessary permits required for the proposed undertaking.

6.4.2 VEGETATION

Terrestrial habitats in the immediate vicinity of the Eramosa Bridge include common roadside and wetland communities containing vascular plant species present in similar habitats throughout the landscape. None of the potentially impacted vegetation communities or associated plant species recorded/expected in the area or their habitat values are rare or limiting in the general area.

Potential impacts to the vegetation features will be reviewed during the detailed design stage once the final design and zone of influence has been confirmed. Detailed mitigation and restoration measures will then be outlined which will manage and/or protect any disturbed areas. The Project Team will coordinate with the GRCA, MNRF and other agencies to obtain the necessary permits required for the proposed undertaking.

6.4.3 WILDLIFE AND SPECIES AT RISK

MIGRATORY BIRDS CONVENTION ACT AND MIGRATORY BIRDS REGULATIONS

Although no avian nests were observed on the bridge during any of the surveys, the bridge provides potential nesting habitat for migratory birds. The prohibition on the destruction of migratory birds and nests applies to the public and private sector under this federal legislation. The contractor will be responsible to protect migratory birds and be in compliance with the Migratory Birds Convention Act (1994) and Regulations. With the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures it is anticipated that impacts to migratory birds can be minimized or eliminated.

SPECIES AT RISK

Of the species identified through the background review and/or potentially present in the Town of Erin, confirmed and potential suitable habitat is present for five SAR in the vicinity of Gordonville Bridge. The habitat of three SAR has the potential to be impacted by the proposed works (Barn Swallow, Ribbon Snake [observed and confirmed upstream of the bridge] and Snapping Turtle). Also, two potential bat maternity roost trees for Little Brown Myotis, that were found south of the bridge, were removed under a LOA from the MNRF. It is anticipated that once the final design of the bridge structure has been completed during detailed design, any impacts to these potential species or their habitat (and any other wildlife species) can be minimized or eliminated with the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures (e.g., exclusionary fencing).

73


WSP August 2018

Page 36

6.5 HYDRAULICS

The results of the hydraulic assessment indicate that the existing condition fails to meet the soffit clearance criteria, but does meet the other evaluation criteria. The preferred bridge meets most of the hydraulic criteria previously described and improved flow capacity at the crossing.

Additional information regarding the Hydraulic Analysis can be found in Appendix D.

6.6 CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Built Heritage

Since this bridge is a late representative example of its bridge type in the County of Wellington, it is not considered to be worthy of heritage recognition under the OHA. However, it has been demonstrated that this bridge structure has local historical and contextual value. Therefore, with consideration to the local cultural heritage value, the new bridge design should respect the general massing of the existing structure, which is appropriate to the surrounding naturalized landscape at this water crossing, and should support the natural character of the area.

In accordance with the comments from MTCS, an Impact Assessment as per the MCEA process to expand the section in the CHER to include impact assessment shall be completed. The updated CHER will be circulated to the Town of Erin municipal heritage committee to provided the opportunity for review and comment. A qualified heritage consultant who is in good standing with Canadian Association of Heritage Professionals (CAHP) will undertake the work. The Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport’s Info Sheet #5: Heritage Impact Assessments and Conservation Plans (2006) should be consulted.

Archaeology

All lands within the study area have been disturbed by previous construction activities and therefore, archaeological materials not anticipated to be encountered during construction activities. If archaeological materials are encountered during construction, all work shall cease and a licensed archaeologist shall assess the material’s cultural heritage value or interest.

6.7 PROPERTY

It is anticipated that no additional property will be required for the replacement of the Eramosa bridge. However, the potential impacts to properties will be reviewed again during detailed design.

6.8 UTILITIES

The proposed bridge replacement is not anticipated to have any impacts to existing utilities; however, the potential impact to utilities will be re-evaluated during detail design, including the need for either temporary or permanent utilities relocation.

74


WSP August 2018

Page 37

6.9 SUMMARY OF FUTURE COMMITMENTS

The following summarizes the commitments to further work, as outlined in the forgoing:

• All relevant reports concerning the undertaking will be finalized;

• An Impact Assessment as per the MCEA process to expand the section in the CHER to include impact assessment shall be completed and circulated to the Town of Erin municipal heritage committee for review and comment;

• All lands within the study area have been disturbed by previous construction activities and therefore, archaeological materials not anticipated to be encountered during construction activities. If archaeological materials are encountered during construction, all work shall cease and a licensed archaeologist shall assess the material’s cultural heritage value or interest.

• Provisions to protect the natural environment features noted in Section 6.4 will be developed during detailed design for the construction contract; and,

• Full recording and documentation of the structure before demolition.

75


Solid Waste Services Committee

Minutes

September 11, 2018


Present:

Warden Dennis Lever Councillor Don McKay (Chair) Councillor Gregg Davidson Councillor Andy Lennox Councillor Gary Williamson

Also Present: Staff:

Councillor Pierre Brianceau Nicole Cardow, Deputy Clerk Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Das Soligo, Manager, Solid Waste Services Cathy Wiebe, Admin Supervisor Solid Waste Services Scott Wilson, CAO

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order

At 10:30 am, the Chair called the meeting to order.



76

Solid Waste Services Minutes September 11, 2018

2

3. Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 1/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That the Solid Waste Services Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried

4. Current Waste and Recycling Issues

2/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Williamson Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That the report titled Current Waste and Recycling Issues be received for information.

Carried

5. Solid Waste Association of North America (SWANA) Silver Excellence Award

3/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Williamson That the report titled SWANA Silver Excellence Award be received for information.

Carried

77

Solid Waste Services Minutes September 11, 2018

3

6. SWS Strategy - Setting Goals or Targets 4/6/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Williamson That the current capture rate target and approach of striving for continual improvements in performance for all waste management programmes and services be endorsed, and included as part of the SWS Strategy.

Carried

7. Adjournment

At 11:00 am, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 9, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

_________________________ Don McKay

Chair Solid Waste Services Committee

78

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Solid Waste Services Committee

From: Das Soligo, Manager of Solid Waste Services Date: Tuesday, September 11, 2018

Subject: Current Waste and Recycling Issues

Background:

The Association of Municipalities of Ontario (AMO) recently released a briefing note titled “The Growing Garbage Problem: The Story in Ontario”, attached as Appendix A. This document highlights some of the current challenges facing the waste management industry, in particular with respect to the situation in Ontario. The following report summarizes this briefing note as well as provides some context to how these issues relate to the County of Wellington.

The Growing Garbage Problem: The Story in Ontario:

The AMO briefing note is a high-level document, which draws attention to current challenges and trends with respect to packaging, recycling systems, extended producer responsibility and includes a call for municipal support from provincial and federal governments. In summary, the document notes: Products and packaging have gotten a lot more complicated:

Disposable products and packaging are increasingly more complicated to manage through recycling systems. There is a trend towards more complex packaging, including the use of multiple material types and re-sealable pouches. Commodity markets for these complex products and packaging are weak to non-existent, leading to many being disposed of in landfill.

More waste products and packaging are ending up in the environment and we don’t have enough landfill space:

An increasing amount of products and packaging are ending up as litter which harms wildlife and water quality at a significant cost to the environment and municipalities. One in five Ontario municipalities does not have enough disposal capacity to meet future needs, making this increasing waste stream a costly burden.

Uncertainty is delaying needed investment in Ontario’s recycling infrastructure: The current uncertainty around the transition to full producer responsibility, legislated under

the Waste-Free Ontario Act by the previous provincial government, means many Ontario municipalities are delaying investing in recycling infrastructure. Many others have delayed decisions around waste and recycling programmes for the same reason.

AMO goes on to state that municipal governments require support from federal and provincial governments, including:

79

1. Continued progress towards full producer responsibility in Ontario, learning from the successes and shortfalls of other jurisdictions who have transitioned to a full producer responsibility model.

2. Targeted national action, such as bans, fees or recycled content requirements to reduce packaging waste and complex packaging types.

3. The development of national targets based on consistent definitions and measures to drive desirable waste management outcomes.

4. A requirement for businesses to have similar diversion obligations as municipalities in order to increase diversion and recycling system efficiencies.

5. A streamlining of the review process to site waste management facilities. 6. The establishment of federal and/or provincial funding mechanisms to offset the costs of

products and packaging that does not have a designated producer. 7. Aid in supporting and creating effective recycling markets through providing financial incentives

to companies to utilize recycled content rather than virgin resources.

Wellington County Context:

The impact of China’s waste and recycling import restrictions, initiated in January 2018, continue to apply significant downward pressure on commodity markets for recyclable materials. As revenues received from the sale of blue box materials are decreasing globally, many communities are planning for a significant impact on their operating budgets. While it is early in the County’s budgeting process, preliminary estimates suggest revenues received from the sale of recyclable materials in 2019 may be significantly lower than the $778,000 that was budgeted for 2018. Some communities, in particular in the United States, have had to landfill some collected recyclable materials due to depressed markets or a lack of recyclable material processing capacity. Wellington County’s very low contamination rates, relative to many municipalities across North America, have helped ensure collected materials continue to be marketed and recycled. There has been little indication for how long this state of depressed recycling markets will continue, although there is cautious optimism that with renewed attention on educating the public on reducing contamination in the blue box, combined with a gradual increase in domestic capacity with support from other levels of government, will lead to stronger, more resilient recycling markets. Waste Management, the County’s curbside collection contractor and processor of recyclable materials, has placed considerable emphasis on only collecting recyclables that are acceptable in the County’s blue box programme. Unacceptable or unrecyclable items are being left behind to better educate the public while reducing contamination collected in the blue box. Further efforts are underway at the County’s waste facilities, as Solid Waste Services staff have been similarly working with residents and businesses to provide the market higher quality recyclable materials. These actions, combined with the County’s ongoing promotion and education efforts, have contributed to Wellington County having a very low current contamination rate of 3.4%. This compares favourably with some Ontario municipalities that currently have contamination rates in excess of 20%.

80

Recommendation:

That the report titled “Current Waste and Recycling Issues” be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Das Soligo Manager of Solid Waste Services

81

The waste problem is having a big impact in Ontario as well, undermining our iconic Blue Box program and clogging our waste systems, waterways and green spaces. Here’s why:

1 Products and packaging have gotten a lot more complicated: What ends up in our waste is rapidly changing. All those disposable products and resealable pouches are getting more and more difficult to manage and recycle. Too often the only solution is to dispose of them because there isn’t a viable market for the material, or it’s simply too costly to recycle. Unfortunately, that doesn’t stop some companies from mis-labeling products as being compostable or recyclable, even when the systems in place cannot accept them. It’s confusing for consumers, increasing waste management costs and undermining confidence in the whole system.

2 More waste products and packaging are ending up in the environment and we don’t have enough landfill space: More waste products and packaging are littering our communities and waters, where they harm wildlife and waterways. Municipalities and property taxpayers must clean up this pollution and foot the bill. Recent studies estimate eight million tonnes of plastics are ending up in our oceans annually. An estimated 10,000 tonnes per year is entering the Great Lakes. One in five municipalities, according to a 2010 survey by the Auditor General, don’t have enough disposal capacity to meet future needs.

3 Uncertainty is delaying needed investment in Ontario’s recycling infrastructure: The rapid changes to the waste stream requires increasied investments in new processing facilities. However, uncertainty around legislation in Ontario has delayed much needed investment in these facilities.

The Story in OntarioWaste is generating headlines across the globe, whether about banning plastic straws or dealing with islands of debris floating in the ocean. People are finally recognizing that so-called “convenient” products and packaging are causing inconvenient environmental havoc.

Globally, many corporations recognize that they’re in the best position to drive change to address this issue, rather than burdening property taxpayers. It’s time for Canada and Ontario to take action.

The Growing Garbage Problem:

82

1 Make producers fully responsible for managing waste from their products and packaging. Municipal governments have no control over the materials that businesses choose to use or commodity markets. Full producer responsibility is the only way to encourage innovation and deliver better economic and environmental outcomes, while reducing the burden on taxpayers.

Globally many places are moving towards this model. In Ontario, we can learn and build on best practices from international jurisdictions where producers are fully responsible for recycling their products at end-of-life, including learning from both the successes and shortfalls of British Columbia’s experience. As Ontario moves to full producer responsibility, it will need to ensure full transparency and accountability – particularly on easy and convenient access to recycling for all consumers.

2 Take targeted national action, such as bans, fees, or recycled content requirements, to reduce the use of disposable, single-use products and eliminate problematic plastics and plastic additives.

3 Create national targets based on consistent definitions and measures to drive reduction, reuse and recycling, including recycled content. This includes improving data collection and reporting at the provincial level, so that there is clear measurement of progress.

4 Businesses and municipalities should have the same requirements related to waste diversion. This will help achieve economies of scale needed for an efficient recycling system and substantially improve the environmental outcomes.

5 Cut the red tape on waste management infrastructure that will improve environmental outcomes. We need a system that will evaluate and manage potential risks of recycling and other waste facilities, while still providing an efficient and timely review process for organizations that want to build, expand or change a facility.

6 Fund cleanup of what isn’t covered by producers. Some materials are going to fall through the cracks. Permanent and predictable federal and/or provincial funding will be needed to address products and packaging that don’t have a designated producer.

7 Help support and create effective recycling markets by offering tax breaks or other incentives for companies to use recycled content rather than virgin material.

Municipal governments need the support of federal and provincial action, including:

For more information, contact:

Dave Gordon, Senior Advisor

[email protected]

416-971-9856 ext. 371

Read more: AMO’s dedicated waste management web page features the latest news and reports at https://www.amo.on.ca/AMO-Content/Waste-Management/WasteDiversion

200 University Ave., Suite 801, Toronto ON M5H 3C6 416-971-9856 www.amo.on.ca 83

COMMITTEE REPORT



Subject: SWANA Silver Excellence Award

Background:

The Solid Waste Association of North America’s (SWANA) is a professional association in the solid waste field with more than 10,000 members throughout North America, which also serves thousands more with conferences, certifications, publications, and technical training courses.

Through SWANA’s Excellence Awards Programme , the organization recognizes outstanding solid waste programmes and facilities with environmentally and economically-sound solid waste management practices. Winners demonstrate effective technologies and processes in system design and operations, worker and community health and safety, and successful public education and outreach programs. Programmes must demonstrate that they are fiscally and environmentally responsible through their compliance with all applicable federal, provincial/territorial, and local regulations.

In July 2016, the County of Wellington launched the Mobile Household Hazardous Waste (HHW) Depot to expand the level of service and convenience to County residents. This unique service model has generated a lot of interest, as Solid Waste Services (SWS) staff have been requested to provide presentations at the Municipal Waste Association spring workshop in May 2017, and the Ontario First Nations Technical Services Corporation waste diversion workshop in January 2018. These presentations have resulted in inquiries and site visits from other municipalities and consultants from across North America on the Mobile HHW Depot service.

Application for a SWANA Excellence Award:

The interest in the Mobile HHW Depot lead staff to prepare an application for a SWANA Sustainable Materials Management Excellence Award, in the category of Special Waste Management. The application focused on the Mobile HHW Depot as a simple, flexible, and cost-effective alternative to providing HHW event days, which eliminates the need for multiple permanent depots. It provides the flexibility of hosting an event day with the year-round access of operating a permanent HHW depot. This innovative service allows the County to bring HHW drop-off opportunities into each municipality and operate it for approximately 12 days each month, rather than a single day a year in each municipality, as was previously available with the Event Day service model. This service accepts all HHW materials, the same list as was accepted at the event days. Having full HHW service available to County residents for approximately 150 days a year compared to the previous seven days a year,

84

provides an elevated level of customer service and convenience, and provides many more opportunities to capture more HHW materials through the improved accessibility of the service. During the initial assessment of moving from providing seven event days to offering Mobile Depot service model with two event days only, staff determined there would be $8,000 in annual net savings. Since then, a new contract was tendered and the last two event days were eliminated and replaced with the Mobile HHW Depot. These two additional changes have resulted in significantly greater savings.

Comparing the results of the HHW Programme before (2015) and after (2017) the implementation of the Mobile HHW Depot shows a significant improvement in the level of HHW drop-off service and use by our residents.

The application for the SWANA Excellence Award also highlighted how the Mobile HHW Depot system can be easily replicated by any municipality. It is a low-cost option compared to establishing a permanent HHW depot and represents a cost savings versus the previously utilized service option of holding event days. It has the ability to provide the service in different communities rather than having a single permanent location where residents may have long drives to access it. All of these features make it an attractive and viable option, especially for smaller, rural, or northern communities.

The Award:

As a result of the submitted application, the County of Wellington was awarded the 2018 SWANA Silver Sustainable Materials Management Excellence Award for the category of Special Waste Management.

Total KG Collected 14.7%

Number of Customers 21.8%

Number of Operational Days 16.0%

Number of Available Days to drop

off ALL HHW materials 2042.9%

85

This award is one of 21 awards presented to North American municipalities or private enterprises across 13 categories this year, and one of six awarded to Ontario municipalities. Allen Lynch, Canadian Representative to SWANA’s International Board of Directors, wrote in a letter addressed to the County of Wellington’s Solid Waste Services Division that “[a]ward winners represent the most innovative and dynamic organizations throughout North America as judged by their peers… As the Canadian Representative to SWANA’s International Board of Directors, I could not be more proud to recognize your accomplishment.” The County’s application is posted on the SWANA website for other municipalities to access, review, and potentially learn from in the development of HHW solutions in their own communities.

Recommendation:

That the report titled “SWANA Silver Excellence Award” be received for information. Respectfully submitted,


86

COMMITTEE REPORT



Subject: SWS Strategy – Setting Goals or Targets

Background:

In 2015, the Solid Waste Services (SWS) Committee initiated a short to long-term strategic review of waste and diversion programmes and services. At the October 2016 Committee meeting, a report was received which listed topics and issues that will be considered throughout the course of the study. The various topics and considerations were organized and scheduled for analysis based on their relationship with other topics in their group, and the appropriate time to evaluate them. The approved grouping of the topics to be assessed include:

Grouping A Provision of Curbside Services Grouping B Future of Waste Disposal Grouping C Waste Facility Optimization Grouping D Independent Topics

The Independent Topics are intended to be brought forward throughout the duration of the SWS Strategy review, as they can be considered separately from other topics in Grouping D. The next Grouping D topic to be brought forward for discussion is Setting Goals or Targets.

Context:

Over the years, many municipalities have chosen to develop recycling goals or targets. These provide objectives to work towards and help encourage communities to continually assess their programmes and services, and seek opportunities for improvement in their diversion performance. Some of these objectives take the form of a hard target, such as a set percentage of waste diverted from landfill. Others are goals that are more aspirational in nature, such as Ontario’s recent zero waste goal as articulated in its “Strategy for a Waste-Free Ontario: Building a Circular Economy” (2017). The purpose of this SWS Strategy report is to discuss the targets and/or goals which will aid in guiding the County’s waste programmes and services to achieve better performance and improved environmental outcomes. Following a benchmarking study to establish “Best Practices” undertaken by Waste Diversion Ontario (WDO) and the Municipal-Industry Programme Committee (MIPC) in 2007, in which the County of

87

Wellington was a participant, WDO recommended that the County adopt a directed and focused formal blue box plan. In 2009, County Council approved its Blue Box Recycling Plan, which was

intended to be a policy statement or a strategy to fulfill the recommendation from WDO, and was to be phased in over a period of time. The Plan set a goal to “[m]aximize capture rates of all acceptable blue box materials’ … with a goal of a minimum 85% for all acceptable materials by 2014”. The capture rate is the percent of acceptable recycling materials that end up in the blue box as opposed to in the garbage bag.

Recycling Targets:

To measure the County’s performance against the 2009 Plan’s target of an 85% capture rate for blue box materials, annual waste audits are undertaken. Waste and recyclables are gathered from a select sample size and are then sorted and weighed in order to determine the composition of all materials in the recycling and garbage streams. This data is very useful as it highlights which acceptable blue box items have a low capture rate, and which materials are more successfully being recycled. This allows for targeted promotion and education campaigns to improve the capture of items that regularly end up in the garbage stream. The 2018 residential waste audit was recently completed and the capture rate for each material is identified in the attached Appendix A. The audit looks at the recyclables collected from the curbside collection operation and from the waste facilities (“self-haul”) separately. The combined overall capture rate for recyclable materials accepted in the County is 80%. The Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP) has established a minimum goal of a 60% capture for all recyclables for Ontario municipalities.

Collection Method

Garbage Blue Box Total Blue Box Capture

Rate

kg/hhld/yr kg/hhld/yr kg/hhld/yr %

curbside collection 442.11 287.15 729.26 87%

self-haul 514.07 200.63 714.7 77%

combined 460.25 210.39 670.64 80%

The County’s current goal of an 85% capture rate for all items that are accepted in the blue box programme is a target that has yet to be achieved. Most years the capture rate remains in the area of 80% which suggests that the County’s residents are doing a very good job with recycling, but there is room for improvement. Waste audit data from over the years suggests that users of curbside collection place less recyclables in their garbage bags than users of the waste facilities. The 2016 expansion to County-wide rural collection should yield a gradual improvement in capture rate, as more residents utilize the curbside service.

88

In the 2009 Blue Box Recycling Plan, a list of actions and initiatives were identified which would support the County in achieving improved recycling results, in particular a higher capture rate. A table displaying the initiative, its status as of 2009 and a 2018 update, is attached as Appendix B. Capture rate is an appropriate metric to utilize as a target because results of promotion and education efforts and improved access to convenient, reliable collection and drop-off services are quantifiable. Some municipalities have chosen to use their diversion rate as the metric of choice for recycling targets (the percent of materials managed through 3Rs programmes vs landfilled). The practical upper limit for communities without a curbside organics collection programme is typically considered to be in the 45-50% range, and in the 60-65% range for communities with a green bin service. While diversion rates in excess of these upper limit ranges are possible in the future, they would likely require the aid of technologies that are either not yet available, or are not currently economically feasible. Wellington County’s 2016 diversion rate, the last year this data is available through the Resource Productivity and Recovery Authority (RPRA), is at 40%. This is a high diversion rate considering there is not a curbside collection service for organic waste. It may be difficult, without capturing a larger portion of the acceptable items that end up in the garbage bag, to significantly increase the County’s diversion rate given the current available programmes and services. A municipality’s diversion rate can be a somewhat challenging metric to influence as it is subject to many external factors. For instance, as many individuals turn to online news outlets and local newspapers either scale back or close their operations, the weight of paper collected in blue box programmes is reducing. In addition, “lightweighting” trends continue in the packaging industry, where many types of containers are on average a third lighter than they were previously. This combination is resulting in blue boxes becoming far lighter than they once were. As a result, many municipalities’ diversion rates have stagnated or even regressed, even as they are collecting more individual pieces. Some of these communities are re-assessing their diversion rate goals which are now even more challenging to achieve given the industry trends and other external factors. For these reasons, utilizing a capture rate as the preferred metric to target for improvement may be the most practical choice, may yield the most tangible results, and may be the measure most within the County’s realm of influence.

Next Steps:

As can be seen when reviewing individual material types listed in Appendix A, some are being captured at rates at, or in excess of the 85% goal.

Material Category Capture Rate

Phone Books 100%

Other Plastic Bottles, Jars & Jugs 100%

Large Plastic Pails & Jugs 95%

Newspaper 94%

89

Coloured Glass 94%

Corrugated Cardboard 92%

Magazines & Catalogues 89%

LCBO Clear Glass 89%

LCBO Coloured Glass 88%

Gable Top Cartons 85%

PETE Beverage Bottles (#1 Plastic) 85%

Aluminum Cans 85%

In order to increase tonnages of blue box materials collected, additional attention will be made on the individual materials that are not achieving the province’s target of 60% capture as a first step. The following recyclable items are currently being captured at a rate below 60% and will be the focus of promotion and education efforts in order to improve their diversion from landfill.


Molded Pulp 54%

Aseptic Containers 49%

Kraft Paper 41%

Polystyrene Rigid (#6 Plastic) 37%

Other Aluminum Containers 22%

Aluminum Foil & Trays 20%

PVC Bottles (#3 Plastic) 10%

The next priority will be to address those more commonplace recyclable materials that are above the Province’s 60% goal, but remain below the County’s capture rate target of 85%.


Steel Cans 83%

Books 80%

PETE Other Bottles & Jars (#1 Plastic) 80%

Clear Glass 78%

PETE Other Packaging (#1 Plastic) 77%

HDPE Bottles & Jugs (#2 Plastic) 77%

Frozen Food Containers 69%

90

Wide Mouth Plastic Tubs & Lids 67%

Mixed Fine Paper 65%

Boxboard / Rolls 63%

Impact of the Waste-Free Ontario Act:

There remains uncertainty around the approved Waste-Free Ontario Act (WFOA). This legislation aims to bring about full producer responsibility and improve environmental and financial outcomes by building a circular economy in Ontario. Following the election of a new provincial government, it remains to be seen how the regulations flowing from the WFOA will be developed. The list of acceptable blue box materials and capture rate targets may be subject to change depending on Ontario’s transition to full producer responsibility. Before the previous provincial election, the consultations between Stewardship Ontario (SO) and Ontario municipalities included discussion around a standardized list of recyclables across the province. There was also dialogue around improving the capture rate of individual material types and achieving very ambitious minimal contamination rates. Recycling contamination is when incorrect items and/or materials are put into the blue box, or when the right items/materials are prepared the wrong way (i.e., food residue in containers, recyclables in plastic bags, etc.). The contamination rate is a measure of what percentage of the blue box contents (by weight) is contamination. While setting a contamination rate target is not something municipalities typically do, aiming for continual improvement is a prudent strategy with full producer responsibility an eventual likelihood. Producers will want to minimize the contamination rate as this will minimize their payments to fund the recycling collection and processing systems. During the consultations with SO, it was clear producers favoured having the ability to impose fines or penalties upon municipalities who could not achieve certain contamination rates. Quarterly recycling audits are done to determine the material composition and contamination rate of the County’s recyclable streams. These audits are the basis on which the County receives payments for our blue box recyclables under our processing contract. The most recent audit results indicate the County of Wellington continues to perform very well, with a low contamination rate of 3.4%. This compares favourably with some Ontario municipalities that currently have contamination rates in excess of 20%.

RECYCLING AUDIT FINDINGS - Quarterly MRF Audits

September 2017 - August 2018

Collection Method Self-Haul Self-Haul Self-Haul Curbside Curbside Total

Stream Containers Paper OCC Fibre Commingled All Streams

Total Tonnes (kg)

1,770.0

7,510.0

3,070.0

4,040.0

2,400.0

18,790.0

Total Residue (kg) 130.8 250.4 37.1 72.4 153.3 644.0

Contamination 7.4% 3.3% 1.2% 1.8% 6.4% 3.4%

91

Similar to the factors at play with working towards improving the County’s capture rate, dynamic and robust promotion and education efforts can improve contamination rates as residents better understand what is acceptable in the blue box programme, how to prepare the materials, and why it is important to be an excellent recycler.

Over the last year Waste Management, the County’s curbside collection contractor and processor of recyclable materials, has placed considerable emphasis on only collecting recyclables that are acceptable in the County’s blue box programme. Unacceptable or unrecyclable items are being left behind to better educate the public while reducing contamination collected in the blue box. Further efforts are underway at the County’s waste facilities, as SWS staff have been similarly working with residents and businesses to provide the market higher quality recyclable materials, by reducing recycling contamination. The County has a comprehensive ongoing promotion and education strategy with respect to improving recycling performance. Through regular use of advertising, social media, the gold box reward programme and presentations to community groups and schools when possible, Wellington County residents are engaged, informed and committed recyclers.

Goals:

In addition to the Blue Box Recycling Plan target of 85% capture rate, County Council has identified goals and a vision through the SWS Strategy. At the January 2017 Council meeting, the “SWS Strategy – Foundational Framework” report was endorsed, which laid out these goals, priorities and guiding principles that provided the philosophical foundation for the short to long-term waste management strategic plan. The primary goals and priorities for SWS are to provide: Excellent Customer Service

Provide excellent customer service that is convenient, safe, and meets residents’ needs Sound Financial Management

Deliver programmes and services that are evaluated on an on-going basis to ensure they are efficient and cost-effective

Environmental Stewardship

Protect the air, water and land through environmentally sound practices and operations Building upon the identified goals and priorities, the following Guiding Principles will aid in informing the current and future decision-making process for the County’s waste management programmes and services.

Triple Bottom Line Approach

Treating landfill as an asset, a resource to be protected

Maximizing diversion from landfill

Focusing on long-term planning horizons

Minimizing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with operations

Promotion and Education

Supporting circular economy principles within programmes, practices and operations

92

../../2017/1%20-%20January/SWS%20Strategy%20Study%20-%20Foundational%20Framework/Report/SWS%20Strategy%20-%20Foundational%20Framework.docx

../../2017/1%20-%20January/SWS%20Strategy%20Study%20-%20Foundational%20Framework/Appendices/SWS%20Strategy%20-%20Foundational%20Framework%20-%20Appendix%20A.docx

Through working towards continual improvement in the performance of waste management programmes and services, future short and long-term decision making will be reflected in the stated goals, priorities and guiding principles of the SWS Strategy.

Recommendation:

That the current capture rate target and approach of striving for continual improvements in performance for all waste management programmes and services be endorsed, and included as part of the SWS Strategy. Respectfully submitted,


93

Appendix A – Table 1: Curbside Waste Audit Results

Material Category * Garbage Total Blue Box Total

Capture Rate

kg % kg/hhld/yr kg % kg/hhld/yr %

Paper

Newspaper x 5.57 0.3% 1.16 198.52 18.0% 41.29 97%

Magazines & Catalogues x 1.75 0.1% 0.36 39.03 3.5% 8.12 96%

Phone Books x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.79 0.1% 0.16 100%

Corrugated Cardboard x 3.96 0.2% 0.82 105.96 9.6% 22.04 96%

Boxboard / Rolls x 21.35 1.3% 4.44 87.47 7.9% 18.19 80%

Mixed Fine Paper x 14.54 0.9% 3.02 39.68 3.6% 8.25 73%

Molded Pulp x 5.76 0.3% 1.20 8.26 0.7% 1.72 59%

Books x 11.88 0.7% 2.47 22.55 2.0% 4.69 65%

Frozen Food Containers x 1.66 0.1% 0.35 16.48 1.5% 3.43 91%

Other Food Packaging 7.61 0.4% 1.58 1.69 0.2% 0.35

Kraft Paper x 9.30 0.5% 1.93 7.94 0.7% 1.65 46%

Spiral Wound 0.90 0.1% 0.19 2.50 0.2% 0.52

Tissue/Toweling 61.34 3.6% 12.76 0.71 0.1% 0.15

Other Paper 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.36 0.0% 0.07

Gable Top Cartons x 2.54 0.1% 0.53 13.56 1.2% 2.82 84%

Aseptic Containers x 2.95 0.2% 0.61 3.55 0.3% 0.74 55%

Laminated Paper Packaging 6.75 0.4% 1.40 3.24 0.3% 0.67

Plastics

PETE Beverage Bottles x 3.72 0.2% 0.77 44.72 4.0% 9.30 92%

PETE Other Bottles & Jars x 2.08 0.1% 0.43 18.06 1.6% 3.76 90%

PETE Other Packaging x 4.14 0.2% 0.86 24.61 2.2% 5.12 86%

HDPE Bottles & Jugs x 4.33 0.3% 0.90 27.36 2.5% 5.69 86%

PVC Bottles x 0.05 0.0% 0.01 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0%

Other Bottles, Jars & Jugs x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00 n/a

Large Pails & Jugs x 0.37 0.0% 0.08 1.90 0.2% 0.40 84%

Polystyrene Rigid x 2.31 0.1% 0.48 2.93 0.3% 0.61 56%

Polystyrene Foam 10.68 0.6% 2.22 0.38 0.0% 0.08

Wide Mouth Tubs & Lids x 5.25 0.3% 1.09 14.19 1.3% 2.95 73%

Laminated Film 106.30 6.3% 22.11 4.34 0.4% 0.90

Bags & Film, Packaging 20.89 1.2% 4.35 1.77 0.2% 0.37

Bags & Film, Non-Packaging 20.67 1.2% 4.30 0.10 0.0% 0.02

Other Bottles (HSW) 1.04 0.1% 0.22 2.81 0.3% 0.58

Other Plastic Packaging 11.20 0.7% 2.33 12.02 1.1% 2.50

Durable Plastic Products 39.77 2.3% 8.27 21.17 1.9% 4.40

Metals

Aluminum Cans x 4.10 0.2% 0.85 24.34 2.2% 5.06 86%

Aluminum Foil & Trays x 6.70 0.4% 1.39 1.13 0.1% 0.24 14%

Other Aluminum Containers x 0.26 0.0% 0.05 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0%

Steel Cans x 2.49 0.1% 0.52 33.54 3.0% 6.98 93%

Aerosol Cans 1.15 0.1% 0.24 1.21 0.1% 0.25

Paint Cans 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other Metal 25.76 1.5% 5.36 2.58 0.2% 0.54

Glass

LCBO Clear x 4.51 0.3% 0.94 26.37 2.4% 5.48 85%

LCBO Coloured x 2.03 0.1% 0.42 35.96 3.3% 7.48 95%

Clear x 7.77 0.5% 1.62 59.79 5.4% 12.44 88%

Coloured x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 6.87 0.6% 1.43 100%

Other Glass 6.64 0.4% 1.38 4.66 0.4% 0.97

Household Special Waste

Batteries 3.19 0.2% 0.66 0.07 0.0% 0.01

Paint 1.80 0.1% 0.37 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Motor Oil 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other HSW, Liquid 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other HSW 0.50 0.0% 0.10 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Organics

Food Waste 579.00 34.1% 120.43 55.59 5.0% 11.56

Pet Waste 243.56 14.3% 50.66 53.08 4.8% 11.04

Wood Ashes 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other

Textiles 64.59 3.8% 13.43 8.68 0.8% 1.81

Building Renovations 54.79 3.2% 11.40 5.24 0.5% 1.09

White Goods 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Sanitary Products 277.01 16.3% 57.62 54.37 4.9% 11.31

Electronics/Appliances 6.83 0.4% 1.42 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Rubber 0.55 0.0% 0.11 0.49 0.0% 0.10

Furniture 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other 16.55 1.0% 3.44 1.81 0.2% 0.38

TOTAL . 1,700.44 100% 442.11 1,104.43 100% 287.15 87%

94

Appendix A – Table 2: Self Haul Waste Audit Results

Material Category * Garbage Total Blue Box Total Capture Rate

kg % kg/hhld/yr kg % kg/hhld/yr %

Paper

Newspaper x 8.73 0.4% 2.29 101.80 13.3% 26.74 92%

Magazines & Catalogues x 4.06 0.2% 1.07 23.42 3.1% 6.15 85%

Phone Books x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00 n/a

Corrugated Cardboard x 11.78 0.6% 3.09 112.75 14.8% 29.61 91%

Boxboard / Rolls x 44.71 2.3% 11.74 56.46 7.4% 14.83 56%

Mixed Fine Paper x 15.61 0.8% 4.10 24.13 3.2% 6.34 61%

Molded Pulp x 8.63 0.4% 2.27 9.70 1.3% 2.55 53%

Books x 8.95 0.5% 2.35 44.48 5.8% 11.68 83%

Frozen Food Containers x 7.82 0.4% 2.05 12.41 1.6% 3.26 61%

Other Food Packaging 7.83 0.4% 2.06 2.12 0.3% 0.56

Kraft Paper x 8.03 0.4% 2.11 5.04 0.7% 1.32 39%

Spiral Wound 0.83 0.0% 0.22 1.69 0.2% 0.44

Tissue/Toweling 74.27 3.8% 19.51 1.06 0.1% 0.28

Other Paper 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Gable Top Cartons x 1.13 0.1% 0.30 7.01 0.9% 1.84 86%

Aseptic Containers x 2.15 0.1% 0.56 1.78 0.2% 0.47 45%

Laminated Paper Packaging 8.58 0.4% 2.25 1.60 0.2% 0.42

Plastics

PETE Beverage Bottles x 10.22 0.5% 2.68 47.90 6.3% 12.58 82%

PETE Other Bottles & Jars x 3.78 0.2% 0.99 11.62 1.5% 3.05 75%

PETE Other Packaging x 7.12 0.4% 1.87 19.91 2.6% 5.23 74%

HDPE Bottles & Jugs x 7.90 0.4% 2.07 22.22 2.9% 5.83 74%

PVC Bottles x 0.31 0.0% 0.08 0.04 0.0% 0.01 11%

Other Bottles, Jars & Jugs x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 1.29 0.2% 0.34 100%

Large Pails & Jugs x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 2.16 0.3% 0.57 100%

Polystyrene Rigid x 7.44 0.4% 1.95 3.71 0.5% 0.97 33%

Polystyrene Foam 10.03 0.5% 2.63 0.28 0.0% 0.07

Wide Mouth Tubs & Lids x 4.79 0.2% 1.26 8.45 1.1% 2.22 64%

Laminated Film 74.80 3.8% 19.64 1.67 0.2% 0.44

Bags & Film, Packaging 30.98 1.6% 8.14 3.08 0.4% 0.81

Bags & Film, Non-Packaging 28.23 1.4% 7.42 1.19 0.2% 0.31

Other Bottles (HSW) 1.13 0.1% 0.30 3.05 0.4% 0.80

Other Plastic Packaging 26.29 1.3% 6.90 12.30 1.6% 3.23

Durable Plastic Products 48.60 2.5% 12.76 12.60 1.6% 3.31

Metals

Aluminum Cans x 4.24 0.2% 1.11 22.77 3.0% 5.98 84%

Aluminum Foil & Trays x 5.65 0.3% 1.48 1.57 0.2% 0.41 22%

Other Aluminum Containers x 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.03 0.0% 0.01 100%

Steel Cans x 6.15 0.3% 1.62 20.48 2.7% 5.38 77%

Aerosol Cans 4.81 0.2% 1.26 2.56 0.3% 0.67

Paint Cans 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other Metal 25.37 1.3% 6.66 11.47 1.5% 3.01

Glass

LCBO Clear x 1.72 0.1% 0.45 16.65 2.2% 4.37 91%

LCBO Coloured x 6.77 0.3% 1.78 42.72 5.6% 11.22 86%

Clear x 18.38 0.9% 4.83 52.77 6.9% 13.86 74%

Coloured x 0.69 0.0% 0.18 8.51 1.1% 2.24 92%

Other Glass 11.32 0.6% 2.97 4.98 0.7% 1.31


Batteries 1.18 0.1% 0.31 0.91 0.1% 0.24

Paint 42.39 2.2% 11.13 1.74 0.2% 0.46

Motor Oil 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other HSW, Liquid 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other HSW 0.23 0.0% 0.06 0.09 0.0% 0.02

Organics

Food Waste 649.35 33.2% 170.54 7.30 1.0% 1.92

Pet Waste 195.70 10.0% 51.40 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Wood Ashes 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other

Textiles 108.35 5.5% 28.46 1.11 0.1% 0.29

Building Renovations 184.03 9.4% 48.33 2.21 0.3% 0.58

White Goods 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Sanitary Products 174.56 8.9% 45.84 1.32 0.2% 0.35

Electronics/Appliances 19.23 1.0% 5.05 3.16 0.4% 0.83

Rubber 4.46 0.2% 1.17 0.33 0.0% 0.09

Furniture 0.00 0.0% 0.00 0.00 0.0% 0.00

Other 18.10 0.9% 4.75 4.33 0.6% 1.14

TOTAL . 1,957.41 100.0% 514.07 763.92 100.0% 200.63 77%

95

Appendix A – Table 3: Combined Waste Audit Results

Material Category * Garbage Blue Box Capture Rate

kg/hhld/yr kg/hhld/yr %

Paper

Newspaper x 1.91 31.62 94%

Magazines & Catalogues x 0.83 6.81 89%

Phone Books x 0.00 0.06 100%

Corrugated Cardboard x 2.33 27.07 92%

Boxboard / Rolls x 9.29 15.96 63%

Mixed Fine Paper x 3.74 6.98 65%

Molded Pulp x 1.91 2.27 54%

Books x 2.39 9.33 80%

Frozen Food Containers x 1.48 3.32 69%

Other Food Packaging 1.90 0.49

Kraft Paper x 2.05 1.43 41%

Spiral Wound 0.21 0.47

Tissue/Toweling 17.24 0.24

Other Paper 0.00 0.03

Gable Top Cartons x 0.37 2.17 85%

Aseptic Containers x 0.58 0.56 49%

Laminated Paper Packaging 1.97 0.51

Plastics

PETE Beverage Bottles x 2.04 11.48 85%

PETE Other Bottles & Jars x 0.81 3.29 80%

PETE Other Packaging x 1.53 5.19 77%

HDPE Bottles & Jugs x 1.68 5.79 77%

PVC Bottles x 0.06 0.01 10%

Other Bottles, Jars & Jugs x 0.00 0.22 100%

Large Pails & Jugs x 0.03 0.51 95%

Polystyrene Rigid x 1.46 0.85 37%

Polystyrene Foam 2.49 0.08

Wide Mouth Tubs & Lids x 1.20 2.47 67%

Laminated Film 20.47 0.59

Bags & Film, Packaging 6.86 0.66

Bags & Film, Non-Packaging 6.37 0.21

Other Bottles (HSW) 0.27 0.73

Other Plastic Packaging 5.37 2.99

Durable Plastic Products 11.26 3.68

Metals

Aluminum Cans x 1.03 5.67 85%

Aluminum Foil & Trays x 1.45 0.35 20%

Other Aluminum Containers x 0.02 0.00 22%

Steel Cans x 1.25 5.91 83%

Aerosol Cans 0.92 0.53

Paint Cans 0.00 0.00

Other Metal 6.22 2.18

Glass

LCBO Clear x 0.62 4.75 89%

LCBO Coloured x 1.32 9.96 88%

Clear x 3.75 13.38 78%

Coloured x 0.12 1.97 94%

Other Glass 2.44 1.19


Batteries 0.43 0.16

Paint 7.52 0.30

Motor Oil 0.00 0.00

Other HSW, Liquid 0.00 0.00

Other HSW 0.08 0.01

Organics

Food Waste 153.72 5.15

Pet Waste 51.15 3.70

Wood Ashes 0.00 0.00

Other

Textiles 23.42 0.80

Building Renovations 35.94 0.75

White Goods 0.00 0.00

Sanitary Products 49.80 4.03

Electronics/Appliances 3.83 0.55

Rubber 0.82 0.09

Furniture 0.00 0.00

Other 4.31 0.88

TOTAL . 460.25 210.39 80%

96

Appendix B – Status of Initiatives to Increase Recycling Capture Rate

Initiatives to Increase Recycling Capture Rate Status 2009 Update 2018

provide two blue boxes at no charge to every household across the County to encourage recycling

In place, continue Continued, implemented larger sized 22 gallon boxes in 2016

provide free or subsidized carts to multi-residential buildings (more than six residential units) and schools

To be implemented Implemented for Multi-Residential Buildings in 2012

adjust the list of materials accepted in the blue box programme to include those materials identified by the MOE as soon as practical

To be implemented Implemented, accept all materials identified by MECP

provide weekly curbside collection in urban areas and bi-weekly roadside (end of lane) collection in rural areas (where curbside collection is provided), and maintain a minimum of two operating days at each of its seven waste facilities

In place, continue Expanded Curbside Rural Collection in 2016; minimum of two operating days at all six waste facilities (Hillsburgh was closed in 2010)

operate a full user pay programme for bagged waste In place, continue Continued

gradually move towards landfill bans for specific ICI and residential blue box materials (e.g. cardboard)

To be implemented Under Review with Long-Term Strategy and Waste-Free Ontario Act

standardize bag fees between curbside collection and waste facilities to encourage operational efficiencies and focus on diversion rather than on cost recovery of a service

To be implemented Implemented in 2016

adjust bag fees to act as an incentive to divert recyclable materials to the blue box programme without inadvertently encouraging inappropriate alternative activities


expand current promotional and educational activities to include presentations to school classrooms and community groups, and explore and implement additional opportunities to educate the public as soon as practical

To be implemented Under Review with Long-Term Strategy

measure and evaluate the effectiveness of the Plan using a variety of tools Continue and expand Continued

review and communicate results of the Plan on an annual basis in order to meet the goals of the Plan


constantly explore new opportunities to meet the goals of the Plan and take appropriate steps to implement those that are likely to be the most effective

Continue and expand Under Review with Long-Term Strategy

97


Police Services Board

Minutes

September 12, 2018

County Administration Centre Guthrie Room


Councillor Lynda White (Chair) Lisa MacDonald Joanne Ross-Zuj Jeremy Vink (Vice-Chair)


Councillor David Anderson Detachment Commander, Inspector Scott Lawson Kim Courts, Deputy Clerk Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Kelly-Ann Wingate, County By-law Compliance Officer Scott Wilson, Board Secretary

_____________________________________________________________________

A moment of silence was held in memory of Wellington County OPP Officer Joshua De Bock, who passed away on August 20, 2018.

1. Call to Order




98

Police Services Board Minutes September 12, 2018

2

3. Minutes for Approval 1/6/18 Moved by: Lisa MacDonald Seconded by: Jeremy Vink That the minutes of the June 13, 2018 meeting of the Wellington County Police Services Board be adopted.

Carried

4. Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018

2/6/18 Moved by: Jeremy Vink Seconded by: Joanne Ross-Zuj That the PSB Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried

5. Delegation: 5.1 Crime Stoppers Guelph Wellington Update

Ms. Sarah Bowers-Peter, Programme Coordinator, Ms. Lisa Keleher, Office Coordinator and Mr. John Svensson, Board Member provided an update on the 2018 Programme. The Board presented them with a cheque in the amount of $4378.50, the proceeds from the Annual Auction. 3/6/18 Moved by: Lisa MacDonald Seconded by: Jeremy Vink That the Crime Stoppers Guelph Wellington 2018 Update presentation be received for information.

Carried

99


3

6. June, July, August 2018 Detachment Commander's Reports 4/6/18 Moved by: Joanne Ross-Zuj Seconded by: Lisa MacDonald That the Detachment Commander's Reports for June, July and August 2018 be received for information.

Carried

7. June, July, August 2018 Parking Ticket Reports 5/6/18 Moved by: Jeremy Vink Seconded by: Lisa MacDonald That the June, July and August 2018 Parking Ticket Reports be received for information.

Carried

8. August 2018 False Alarm Revenue Report

6/6/18 Moved by: Lisa MacDonald Seconded by: Jeremy Vink That the August 2018 False Alarm Revenue Report be received for information.

Carried

9. Correspondence Regarding Speeding and Passing in School Zone Inspector Lawson advised that the OPP would respond to Councillor Stephen Kitras, Ward 4, Centre Wellington regarding speeding and passing in a school zone on Garafraxa Street.

100


4

10. 2018 Golf Tournament Poster 7/6/18 Moved by: Lisa MacDonald Seconded by: Joanne Ross-Zuj That the Police Services Board sponsor the OPP Charity Golf Tournament in the amount of $100.

Carried

11. 2018 Career Pathways and Your Future Your Choice Ms. Kelly-Ann Wingate, County By-Law Compliance Officer, advised the Board that representatives from the OPP would be in attendance at the career fair on October 18-19, 2018 at the Hanlon Convention Centre in Guelph.

12. Closed Meeting

8/6/18 Moved by: Jeremy Vink Seconded by: Joanne Ross-Zuj That the Police Services Board move into a closed meeting for the purpose of considering intimate financial or personal matters or other matters that may be disclosed of such a nature, having regard to the circumstances, that the desirability of avoiding their disclosure in the interest of any person affected or in the public interest outweighs the desirability of adhering to the principle that proceedings be open to the public.

Carried

13. Adjournment At 10:10 am, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 10, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

_________________________ Lynda White

Chair Police Services Board

101

2018 Update

102

30th Anniversary!

• Incorporated August 3, 1988

• Statistics begin 1988

• Celebrations started in January

• Toured Wellington County

• Event in Mount Forest August 3

• Recognized Founding members

103

Celebrating 30 Years of CSGW

104

New Wheels

105

Tips

• March 2018 – switched from Tipsoft to P3

• New functionality

• Mobile/Web tips increase

• Wellington County OPP Tips (January -July 2017) – 157

• Wellington County OPP Tips (January –July 2018) – 134

• April 2018 – 87 tips

106

STATISTICS 1988 – JULY 2018

• Tips – 19,987 • Arrests – 1,544 • Cases Cleared – 2,258• Charges Laid – 4,277• Rewards - $166,490

107

Board Members

• Bylaws are updated

• Currently at 11 members

• New Treasurer

• Centre Wellington – 3

• Mapleton - 2

• Wellington North – 2

• Puslinch – 1

• Guelph – 3

108

Awareness

• Marine Awareness

• Presentation to Conestoga Lake Cottagers Association

• Canada Day on Belwood Lake

• Customized Cottage Cards

• CSGW sunglasses

109

Online Contest –Where In Wellington is Crime Stoppers?

110

Fundraisers• Mulch Sales: Fergus & Mount

Forest

• OPP Property Auction & Barbecue – June 14 – Record barbecue donations $872 + T shirts sales

• Shredding Events: Guelph & Mount Forest

• Bucket Sale: Young’s Home Hardware Mount Forest – January & December

• Trivia Night – Grand River Raceway

111

Of Note

• New office – relocated to Wellington County Museum

• On track for record number of presentations – 38 in 2018, 30 in 2017

• It Takes A Village - returning to Centre Wellington

• New initiatives being planned

112

Social Media

www.csgw.tipsFacebook

TwitterInstagramYouTube 113

http://www.csgw.tips/

OACS

• Monthly meetings• Social media, website• OACS & CCSA Communications Team – Social media, website• Ensuring Guelph Wellington has a voice

114

CHALLENGES

• Media

• Fundraisers

• Ongoing legal challenges

• Crime of the Week

115

Crime Stoppers International Awards2017 – Panama City

Best Website

Best TV Special Report/Feature

Digital Online Excellence

116

Ontario Association of Crime StoppersAWARDS

Best Radio Feature – The Grand at 101

Best Television Feature – Cogeco TV

Online Excellence (Open Class)

Best Special Project – It Takes a Village: Crimes Against Youth

Marla Moon Memorial Award of Excellence

117

Thank you

118

Ontario Provincial Police

County of Wellington Detachment

Inspector Scott Lawson

Report for the County of Wellington Police Services Board

July 2018 This report covers the period from June 1

st, 2018 to June 30

th, 2018

121

County of Wellington OPP Report for the Police Services Board

*January – June 2017 stats

Calls for Service

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

2017 2018

Calls for Service June 2017

vs June 2018

Centre Wellington

Erin

Puslinch

Guelph/Eramosa

Wellington North

Mapleton

Minto

Provincial

Calls For Service

Municipality 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Centre Wellington 6,449 5,961 5,917 5,686 5,891 8,028 3,822

Town of Erin 2,322 2,167 2,129 2,161 2,258 2,468 1,078

Puslinch Township 2,404 2,178 2,128 1,987 2,100 2,106 1,059

Guelph/Eramosa 3,272 3,397 3,462 3,227 3,597 4,949 2,518

Wellington North 3,136 3,337 2,905 2,796 2,929 3,031 1,437

Township of Mapleton 1,322 1,349 1,418 1,291 1,440 1,255 564

Town of Minto 2,725 2,524 2,438 2,398 2,479 3,684 1,928

Provincial 2,694 3,214 3,051 2,677 3,033 3,216 1,513

Totals 24,324 24,127 23,448 22,223 23,727 28,737 13,919

Victim Services Wellington 911 Calls

2018 YTD Calls for Assistance County of Wellington OPP

Previous Year Totals 2018 YTD 760

78 2015 76 2015 1,513

2016 111 2016 1,457

2017 98 2017 1,297

Ontario Sex Offender Registry False Alarms

2018 YTD OSOR Registrations Previous Year Totals 2018 YTD 324

30 2015 72 2015 766

2016 77 2016 750

2017 73 2017 653 **This is NOT the number of sex offenders residing in Wellington County

122



Crime Crimes Against Persons

2017* 2018 YTD

Crimes Against Property

2017* 2018 YTD

Homicide 0 0 Break & Enter 90 132 Sexual Assault 32 26 Auto Theft 45 58 Robbery 1 5 Theft 352 425 Assault 100 124 Mischief 212 139

Other Crime 2017* 2018 YTD Other Investigations 2017*

2018 YTD

Fraud Investigations 117 175 Domestic Disputes 199 172 Drug Investigations 125 151 Missing Persons 17 55 DNA Samples 31 37

Crime Breakdown

2018 YTD North

Wellington Centre

Wellington South

Wellington

Homicide 0 0 0

Sexual Assault 10 8 5

Robbery 2 0 1

Assault 46 40 34

Break & Enter 45 29 57

Auto Theft 17 8 24

Theft 134 91 170

Mischief 57 35 40

Fraud Investigations 58 61 47

Drug Investigations 39 29 39

Domestic Disputes 66 38 50

Missing Persons 13 14 12

123



Major Crime Unit (MCU) Supervisor: A/Detective Sergeant Jeff GRACEY Wellington County Major Crime Unit commenced eight new benchmark occurrences in June. This included two sudden deaths, one sexual assault, one threat, one fraud over $5,000, one arson, one unauthorized restricted firearm and one assault. The Major Crime Unit also held a recruit/direct hire orientation day this month. The multi-jurisdictional bank robbery investigation continues to be led by Detective Constable M. ALLEN. Wellington County OPP continues to investigate and prepare evidence to support charges laid in October 2017 with regards to a series of suspicious fires with the first court date expected this August. Domestic violence cases continue to be reviewed by the Wellington County Major Crime Unit. One Major Crime Unit member attended a course on investigating offences against children and another member attended the Provincial Constables Conference. The Major Crime Unit continues to investigate three historic CIB led death/homicide investigations that occurred in Puslinch, Erin and Guelph-Eramosa. New information was obtained regarding a historic CIB case from the 1990s regarding a fatal hit and run; Detective Constable H. PAUTSCH is leading the investigation in relation to this new information.

Community Street Crime Unit (CSCU)

Supervisor: Detective Sergeant ANDERSON Members of the Wellington County CSCU attended a scrap metal theft seminar hosted by Hydro One along with numerous stakeholders. This training session focused on building contacts throughout Canada in effort to identify scrap metal theft trends and a coordinated response to enforcement initiatives. A member from the Wellington County OPP CSCU attended a one week training course designed to combat vehicle theft. This member is now a recognized Specialized Vehicle Theft Investigator. The focus is identifying proper ownership of burnt out and/or re-VIN’d vehicles. Members of the Wellington County CSCU conducted observations for a male believed to be residing in Mount Forest who was successfully evading police detection. This male was wanted on numerous outstanding warrants. Based on intelligence received this male was located and arrested after a brief foot pursuit. A small amount of methamphetamine was located on his person. The arrest of this male is also believed to have caused a disruption in the trafficking of methamphetamine in Mount Forest. Members of the Wellington County CSCU proactively assisted South Bruce OPP and Halton Regional Police in locating a stolen vehicle. This vehicle was stolen from Harriston, reported stolen to South Bruce OPP, and located at a scrap metal dealer in Halton Region. As a result of the Wellington CSCU the male responsible was identified and charged accordingly. Members of Wellington County CSCU have commenced two drug trafficking investigations in Northern Wellington County based on Crime Stoppers Tips and Confidential Information received.

124



Members of Wellington County CSCU received a convicted offender DNA hit in relation to a break and enter that occurred in Mount Forest. The accused has been charged accordingly. Members of the Wellington County CSCU assisted the Organized Crime Enforcement Bureau with executing a larger scale search warrant in Brant County involving a multi-jurisdictional Fentanyl trafficking and distribution network. A large quantity of Fentanyl, firearms, and stolen property seized. Members of the Wellington County CSCU assisted the front line officers with the recovery of a stolen vehicle. A male party was arrested and interviewed to CSCU. Further investigation revealed that the male was involved in stealing several vehicles from Guelph, Mount Forest, and Elora. The male also fraudulently used stolen credit cards to purchase fuel. Wellington County CSCU liaised with Guelph Police Service and Hanover Police Service during this investigation in order to secure evidence and lay charges. CSCU linked all of the events and formed a proper chronology for the investigative file. Members of Wellington County CSCU engaged in a multi-jurisdictional fraud investigation involving the use of stolen credit card numbers used to purchase large amounts of lottery tickets, cigarettes, and other merchandise. These frauds were committed at SIX Wellington County businesses resulting in monetary losses in excess of $15000. The accused is currently being held in custody.

125



Traffic

Enforcement Drinking and Driving

Traffic 2018 YTD

Impaired Driving 2017* 2018

Speeding 2,230 R.I.D.E. Vehicle Stops 12,809 10,996 Seatbelt Offences 53 Roadside Alcotests 179 65 Careless Driving 81 Warn Suspensions 37 44 Drive Under Suspended 97 ADLS Suspensions 56 49 Distracted Driver Offences 41 Persons Charged 59 53 Other Moving Violations 126

Equipment and Other HTA 969 Racing

No Insurance - CAIA 60 2018 HTA Sec. 172

Impoundements Previous Year Totals

Other Provincial Acts 2018 YTD Liquor Licence Act 151

72 2015 110

Trespass to Property Act 91 2016 192 Other Provincial Acts 15 2017 183 Other CAIA 30 By-Law Offences

Parking Enforcement By-Law Offences (General) 567 Taxi By-Law 2

Municipality 2017* 2018 County of Wellington OPP 2018 Total 4,040

Centre Wellington 385 374 Erin 4 9

Puslinch 20 9 West Region Traffic Unit 2018 Total 473

Guelph / Eramosa 77 205 Wellington North 0 4

Mapleton 1 16 2018 Total Traffic 3,657 Minto 24 11 2018 Total Other Provincial 287 County / Other 1 0 2018 Total By-Law 569 Parking Totals 512 628

2018 POA Charges 4,513

2017 POA Charges* 5,213

126



Traffic Suspect Apprehension Pursuits

2018 YTD Pursuits / Fail to Stop for Police Previous Year Totals

11 2015 14

2016 7

2017 8

Speed Spy deployment to high complaint areas continues and data is being collected, reviewed and discussed with Municipal and County staff.

Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR) Wellington County Traffic Management Unit members conducted 33 hours of patrol in the Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR cruiser) during the month of June. Investigation led to one Criminal Code Charge, four warrants being executed, 69 Highway Traffic Act charges, four charges under the Compulsory Automobile Insurance Act and one vehicle impoundment.

Bicycle Patrol The bicycle patrol schedule started on June 1

st, Officers patrolled the streets and trails throughout

the month of June laying five Highway Traffic Act charges and one Controlled Drug and Substance Act charge.

Marine Patrol OPP marine patrol was conducted on Belwood, Guelph, Puslinch and Conestogo lakes. One TMU member completed the two week Marine Operators Course in Huntsville and is now actively operating the Wellington OPP vessel. On June 16 and 17

th the vessel was deployed to Guelph Lake for the annual Subaru Series

Triathlon where several competitors were rescued and safely brought to shore during the swim phase of the competition by OPP personnel. Marine patrol for the month of June resulted in 18 hours of patrol, 22 vessels checked, 4 warnings issued and one charge laid for failure to boating licence.

Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV) There were a total of 14 Part I & Part III charges laid during the month of June. Operation Safe Trucking is set to commence next month running from July 15

th to July 21

st. The Wellington

County Traffic Management Unit is currently preparing for this initiative that will see the TMU team up with Ministry of Transportation Inspection Officers and West Region Traffic Members to conduct a CMV safety blitz.

Traffic Complaints An ongoing list is being maintained for ongoing/outstanding complaints. They are addressed immediately by platoon and TMU officers. Tracking of these complaints allows for review of previous efforts and results and sharing of information with municipalities.

Traffic Campaigns OPERATION BOOM – Was held on June 11

th & 12

th, 2018, it is a partnership with OPP West

Region to enforce Tow Truck Safety. Traffic Management Unit officers contacted all 12 tow companies currently on the tow association list and spoke with their contact member. They were

127



advised of the enforcement initiative. All were appreciative that OPP were being proactive and increasing awareness among the “towing” communities. OPERATION CORRIDOR – Was held on June 13

th & 14

th, 2018 in partnership with the Ministry of

Transportation. This operation focuses on Commercial Motor Vehicles and resulted in 10 speeding charges, one move left violation, two seatbelt charges, two equipment charges and one CMV was put out of service. A total of 20 Commercial Motor Vehicles were stopped.

New Traffic Management Unit Members Wellington County OPP has assigned two frontline officers to the Traffic Management Unit (TMU) for a three month period. Provincial Constable K. DRAVES and Provincial Constable B. GRIFFIN were selected for this learning and development opportunity. Wellington County OPP would also like to announce that Sergeant D. PORTERFIELD has been selected as the new Traffic Management Unit Sergeant effective July 2

nd, 2018. Congratulations

Sergeant PORTERFIELD. Wellington County OPP would also like to thank A/Sergeant J. TSCHANZ for filling in as the TMU Sergeant since the retirement of Sergeant D. CLARK. She made the transition seamless and her dedication to both the Youth Resiliency Officer role and the TMU was certainly appreciated.

128



Traffic Motor Vehicle Collisions

Mo

nth

Victims Collisions T

ota

l V

icti

ms

Pers

on

s

Kil

led

Pers

on

s

Inju

red

Total MVC Fatal PI PD

Alcohol Involved

CMV SMV Yes No Unk

JAN 42 0 42 189 0 28 160 2 167 20 21 79

FEB 32 0 32 147 0 20 127 9 129 9 8 64

MAR 19 4 15 110 4 10 96 2 93 15 11 49

APR 27 0 27 135 0 22 113 5 111 19 12 60

MAY 31 1 30 115 1 20 94 5 101 9 14 39

JUN 36 1 35 121 1 21 98 3 105 13 11 56

JUL

AUG

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

TOTAL 187 6 181 817 6 121 688 26 706 85 77 347

Yearly Collision Summary

Collision Type / Characteristic

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total Reportable MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 817

Property Damage MVC 1,565 1,761 1,758 1,418 1,446 1,408 688

Personal Injury MVC 302 326 195 297 288 313 121

Fatal MVC 8 8 6 6 11 7 6

Persons Killed 9 9 6 6 11 8 6

Persons Injured 442 481 330 428 388 456 181

Alcohol Involved 63 37 40 48 54 41 26

Total MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 817

Car vs Deer Collisions Municipality 2017* 2018

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

2017 2018

Centre Wellington 17 21

Erin 6 10

Puslinch 17 18

Guelph / Eramosa 21 23

Wellington North 17 14

Mapleton 20 14

Minto 21 14

City of Guelph 1 0

Provincial Highways 0 0

Total Collisions 114 120

129



Youth Crime

Secondary School Resource Officer Program School statistics are being reported by school year (September – June)

September 2017 – June 2018 - Criminal Code - Calls for Service (CFS) Incident Type CWDHS EDHS NDSS WHSS YTD Total Assault 5 0 7 12 24 Mischief 3 1 10 6 20 Threats/Intimidation(Bullying) 13 5 9 12 39 Theft 5 6 4 6 21 Other Criminal/Cyber 7 5 10 20 42 Drugs 1 6 8 7 22 Sep 2017 – Jun 2018 (CFS) 34 23 48 63 168 Diversions 6 4 3 7 20 Warnings 42 8 35 45 130 Charges 2 0 8 6 16 Sep 2016 – Jun 2017 (CFS) 47 26 59 78 210

September 2017 – June 2018 - Provincial Offence - Calls for Service (CFS) Incident Type CWDHS EDHS NDSS WHSS YTD Total Highway Traffic Act 1 1 17 20 39 Liquor Licence Act 0 1 3 1 5 Trespass to Property 8 2 17 10 37 MHA/Counselling 38 8 25 13 84 Sep 2017 – Jun 2018 (CFS) 47 12 62 44 165 Diversions 1 0 0 0 1 Warnings 21 15 35 11 82 Charges 2 0 3 5 10 Sep 2016 – Jun 2017 (CFS) 18 15 46 53 132

Meetings / Presentations Centre Wellington DHS

• PC ROCKEFELLER participated in a lockdown drill at CWDHS and Erin DHS • PC ROCKEFELLER assisted with security for the Relay for Life and attended Law

Enforcement Torch Run events in Guelph and Fergus. And received the Award of Honour for the Torch Run presented at the Chiefs of Police Annual meeting in Huntsville.

Erin DHS

• PC BORTOLATO attended a Special Olympics event in Guelph and Fergus • PC BORTOLATO attended a meeting with Community Agencies and the UGDSB about a

student – VTRA Level 2

Norwell DSS

• PC WING held a presentation for a Grade 10 Careers class

• PC WING attended Army Cadet inspection

130



Wellington Heights SS

• PC EURIG attended the Relay for Life at Norwell SS • PC EURIG also attend a Suicide Symposium Wellington North

Notable School Related Incidents and Events Centre Wellington DHS

• PC ROCKEFELLER found a group of kids driving dangerously in the school parking lot. All involved were diverted.

• PC ROCKEFELLER also dealt with a missing person occurrence, a stolen bicycle, minor threats, trespassing and an attempt suicide though out the month of June

• PC ROCKEFELLER reports that smoking, vaping and trespassing remain an area of concern

Erin DHS

• PC BORTOLATO continued to conduct bicycle patrol during the school lunch hour

Norwell DSS

• PC WING attended annual block training

Wellington Heights SS

• PC EURIG reported concerns with traffic, trespassing and mental health related incidents at Wellington Heights

131



Youth Resiliency Officer (YRO)

Coordinator: A/Sergeant Jen TSCHANZ #11483 - Centre Wellington Operations Centre (Fergus)

June marked the completion of the OPP KIDS program for 12 schools. Our OPP KIDS

graduations were enjoyed by all!

On the 5th of June, A/Sergeant TSCHANZ attended Victoria Terrace Public School and met with

the Grade 6 class. Students were provided with educational and supportive materials for

personal safety.

A/Sergeant TSCHANZ met with three families this month from Wellington County and provided

education and prevention support and strategies.

A/Sergeant MACKENZIE and A/Sergeant TSCHANZ worked together with Portage Youth

Services. They met with the Program Director in June and have begun to develop strategies to

assist the youth, their staff and responding officers. Both officers are looking forward to attending

the staff meeting in early September.

A/Sergeant TSCHANZ stated; “It has been an honour to facilitate the OPP KIDS program for

2017 and 2018. Thank you for the continued support of this valuable program.”

132



Canine Unit

2018 YTD Calls for Service and Hours Occurrence Type

Initial (Calls)

Initial (Hours)

Assist (Calls)

Assist (Hours)

2018 (Calls)

2018 (Hours)

Occurrence Totals (OPP) 37 239.00 0 0.00 37 239.00 Occurrence Totals (Other) 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 Occurrence Totals (Combined) 37 239.00 0 0.00 37 239.00 Canine Handler: Provincial Constable Barry REID

Notable Incidents The Wellington County Canine Unit attended the Canadian Police Canine Association – Handler Development Seminar and Canine Unit In-Service Training. 05Jun18 – Wellington Missing Person: Cancelled prior to deployment 15Jun18 – Grey Assist with OCEB Warrant Drug Search – Four indications 17Jun18 – Bruce Peninsula Criminal Track (Assault suspects, armed with firearms)

Cancelled prior to deployment 17Jun18 – Bruce Peninsula Gun Search: Located ‘ASP’ baton, CDSA 21Jun18 – Haldimand Missing Person: Cancelled prior to deployment 21Jun18 – Wellington Missing Person: Cancelled prior to deployment 26Jun18 – Grey Missing Person: Search yards/Park/Hiking Trails – subject

located in different area. 28Jun18 – Wellington Criminal Track (Assault, Mischief) subject located prior to

deployment. 28Jun18 – Bruce Peninsula Criminal Track (Dangerous Drive, Fail to Stop, Stolen Vehicle):

Suspects arrested by containment as Canine arrived on scene. 30Jun18 – Wellington Missing Person: Swimmer missing in river. Subject located prior

to deployment.

133



Integrated Mobile Police and Crisis Team (IMPACT) IMPACT Team Members (CMHA clinicians):

Kim HODDER Anita MATTHEWS Julia VAN RYSWYK

Police Liaison: Provincial Constable Chris BIONDI

IMPACT Wellington total # hours

Total IMPACT live calls - called by OPP to attend at scene with officer 39

Total Referrals - Referrals from OPP to IMPACT either “live” or for

follow up after the call. 68

Total Diversions to hospital by IMPACT- IMPACT assessment on scene

avoided apprehension and transport to hospital for assessment. 20

Total # of Mental Health related police occurrences 85

Total # of officer hours related to Mental Health occurrences

(occurrence CAD information, excludes follow-up and report writing) 303

Total # of “Officer Hours” spent at hospital with MHA patients 80.75

Good News from IMPACT An elderly transient person with significant mental health concerns (paranoia, delusions) was observed several times, at various locations in Wellington County. The person has been the subject of dozens of mental health related police occurrences, in several jurisdictions, and usually responds to police with contempt and/or indifference. IMPACT was engaged and located the person. After much conversation, IMPACT was able to arrange a room and other supports. Since that interaction the person is now more open to interacting with police and IMPACT. This improved relationship has allowed better monitoring of the person’s health and engagement of appropriate support services, thus reducing police calls for service.

134



Media Provincial Constable Joshua CUNNINGHAM & Provincial Constable Marylou SCHWINDT

Notable Incidents and Events

• The Wellington County O.P.P. Media Unit issued a total of 61 media releases and eight tweets in June for a year to date total of 418 media releases

• Multiple school visits with a Grade 5 student with a troubled family environment • On June 6

th the Media Unit along with multiple officers attended various Tim Hortons

Camp Day events across Wellington County. • Also on June 6

th, the Media Unit met with preschool kids at the Palmerston Library and

attended a two day event regarding the Special Olympics torch run • On June 7

th a Bike Safety presentation was held at John Black PS along with a Bike

Rodeo and a Farm Safety Day for students in Mount Forest was attended • The Media Unit assisted with taping of a local TV program filmed at Centre Wellington

OPP Operations Centre titled “Nooks and Crannies” • On June 9

th PC CUNNINGHAM attended Ribfest in Erin along with PC DEBOCK

• On June 14th Veterans Day was held at Centre Wellington Operations Centre

• PC CUNNINGHAM held a Fraud presentation at Clifford United on June 15th

• PC CUNNINGHAM attended MacKids in Puslinch on June 16th hosted by Reid’s Homes

• On June 19th PC CUNNINGHAM and PC DEBOCK had a school Visit

• On June 22nd

the Media Unit attended a Bike Rodeo in Alma • The Media Unit had a school visit at John Black PS and Elora PS on June 28

th

• PC CUNNIGHAM attended a radio station interview at 101.1 The Grand on river safety a joint video release/partnership with CW Township, CW Fire Service, GWPS, GRCA and the OPP.

135



Auxiliary Unit Unit Commander: Auxiliary Staff Sergeant B. HULL Liaison: Provincial Constable Mike POLAN

Notable Incidents and Events Unit Activities:

• Take a Ride for Mac Kids in Puslinch

• R2MR Training in Wellington for Wellington and Cambridge Auxiliary Units (presented by

PC KRPAN and Aux. S/Sgt. HULL)

• R2MR Training in Clinton for Huron and Lambton Auxiliary Units (presented by PC

KRPAN and Aux. S/Sgt. HULL)

• Assist IST with firearms training, Firearm Instructor requalification

• Commissioner’s Own Pipes and Drums – 50th Anniversary Tour, Family Day at GHQ,

Army Cadet Inspection, Recruit Graduation, Premier’s Swearing In Ceremony

• Marine Patrol

• Monthly meeting

• General patrol

• Administrative duties

• Community Policing

Total hours June 2018 – 460.50

Administration 20.50

Community Policing 211.50

Court 0.00

Patrol 105.25

Training 123.25

Total hours for 2018 – 1,610.00

On June 30th, 2018, PC Henry Heidinga, Aux. Sgt. Heather Unwin and Crime Stoppers

Coordinator Sarah Bowers-Peters participated in the Canada Day Boat Parade (flotilla). They had

the honour of being the lead boat in the parade.

PC Henry Heidinga and Aux. Sgt. Heather Unwin,

lead boat in the Canada Day Boat Parade (flotilla)

136



Aux. Sgt. Heather Unwin, PC Henry Heidinga and Crime Stoppers Coordinator Sarah Bowers-Peters

participating in the Canada Day Boat Parade on Belwood Lake

137



Administration

Revenue Year County Provincial Total 2013 $70,202.29 $5,373.66 $75,575.95 2014 $84,301.22 $6,590.25 $90,891.47 2015 $86,730.00 $10,139.75 $96,869.75 2016 $85,420.20 $14,196.50 $99,616.70 2017 $84,086.30 $17,722.50 $101,808.80 2018 $44,001.75 $6,723.50 $50,725.25

Paid Duties Year Paid Duties Officers Hours Admin Fees 2014 239 433 3,076.00 $2,625.00 2015 247 556 4,055.50 $1,650.00 2016 160 448 3,212.50 $900.00 2017 225 477 3,394.00 $300.00 2018 70 148 1,217.50 $1,212.40

Personnel

Complaints Complaint Type by Status 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Complaints Received 12 18 16 18 11 5 Complaints Not Proceeding n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 1 Complaints Resolved 3 5 5 4 0 1 Complaints Unfounded 5 7 5 6 8 2 Complaints Withdrawn 4 3 5 3 3 0 Complaints Ongoing 0 3 1 5 0 1 No Complaint Type Status No Complaint Type Status

1 Public Ongoing 2 Public Closed 3 Public Closed 4 Public Closed 5 Public Closed

Internal Complaint is an allegation by someone who is not a member of the public concerning the policy, services, local policies of a contract location, or the conduct of an employee or volunteer of the OPP and includes a WDHP allegation, and/or an allegation of workplace violence. Public Complaint is a complaint by a member of the public concerning the policy, services, local policies of a contract location, or the conduct of an employee of the OPP.

138



Personnel Acknowledgements Date Member(s) Particulars 21Jun18 PC M. MARTIN

PC J. SMITH PC J. STEFANIK

On June 21, 2018 PC MARTIN, PC SMITH and PC STEFANIK responded to a single motor vehicle in a ditch in the rural area southwest of Centre Wellington. Investigation found the vehicle was stolen earlier in the day from Fergus. All officers immediately began canvassing and patrolling the area and locate a lone male walking. Interviews at the scene, and interactions form the male alerted the officers that the story given just did not make sense. The officers formed the grounds to detain the male for investigation, which led to the male being arrested and charged for possession of the stolen vehicle. Continued investigation found that the male had also been involved in several break and enters, car entries and thefts in the Town of Elora. The officers are to be commended for their investigative excellence in responding to the initial motor vehicle collision. Relying on their training and instincts they expanded their investigative scope which ultimately led to the identification of the accused and the clearance of several outstanding criminal investigations.

139



Notable Events Noteworthy Information and Events

Sirens for Life

It is that time of year again when Emergency Services personnel roll up their sleeves, donate

blood and square off for the coveted bragging rights to the “most participation” award.

Provincial Constable Josh CUNNINGHAM graciously led the way and donated blood at the Kick-

Off event held on June 28th. The two month event runs throughout the summer.

Guelph Wellington Emergency Services personnel at the Kick-Off to the Guelph Wellington Sirens for Life

Veterans Day

On June 14th, Wellington County Ontario Provincial Police (OPP) were pleased to once again

host their Ontario Provincial Police Veterans' Association (OPPVA) annual luncheon at the Centre

Wellington Operations Centre. During the event, OPPVA members presented a cheque to the

Sunrise Therapeutic Riding & Learning Centre in the amount of $650.00. This donation is a

continuation of previous donations made to Sunrise Therapy, in Puslinch Township by the

OPPVA. Accepting the donation was Sunrise Board of Director representative Donna Christie

"Our chapter adopted Sunrise as a charity a few years ago. We have donated over $10,000.00 to

this wonderful cause over the years." Chapter 6 Secretary and Treasurer Bob Lacombe stated.

"Our mission is to develop the full potential of children and adults with special needs and lead

them closer to independence through a therapy, recreation, horse riding, life skills and farm

related activity program." sunrise-therapeutic.ca. Sunrise is also part of the Canadian Therapeutic

Riding Association (CanTRA) and Ontario Camps Association (OCA).

Ontario Provincial Police Veterans' Association members presenting a donation to Sunrise Therapy Board of Director

representative Donna Christie at the annual Veterans Day event at Centre Wellington Operations Centre.

140



Crime Stoppers Guelph Wellington

For the third year running Crime Stoppers Guelph Wellington (CSGW) was recognized for their

hard work and commitment to safety in our community. At the Ontario Association of Crime

Stoppers conference in Hamilton CSGW received five awards including the coveted Marla Moon

Memorial Award of Excellence.

CSGW Awards received in 2018

• Special Project for a Program with a Population under 300,000.

• Online Excellence

• Best Radio Feature for a Program with a Population under 300,000

• Best Video Feature for a Program with a Population under 300,000

• Marla Moon Memorial Award of Excellence for a Program with a Population under

300,000

CSGW Office Coordinator Leesa Keleher, Treasurer Bonnie Facklam,

OACS President Don Hawkins and Program Coordinator Sarah Bowers-Peter

Crime Stoppers Founder Greg MacAleese, Program Coordinator Sarah Bowers-Peter,

Treasurer Bonnie Facklam, CSGW Office Coordinator Leesa Keleher.

141



Law Enforcement Torch Run

The annual Guelph Wellington Law Enforcement Torch Run for Special Olympics Ontario took

place on June 6th, 2018. The event raises money for Special Olympics Ontario, but more

importantly it raises community awareness. Wellington County OPP officers took part in the event

with some officers running and walking in the event with others riding bicycles, motorcycles and

patrol cars.

Provincial Constable Cheri ROCKEFELLER takes a lead role in the organization of the Law

Enforcement Torch Run each year in Wellington County and across Ontario. This year she was

recognized for her outstanding dedication and resolve as a true leader and dedicated booster for

her ability to juggle both a demanding law enforcement career and her commitment to the Law

Enforcement Torch Run. She works tirelessly behind the scenes to organize fundraising events

like the "Muddy Grape Endurance Run", Ontario Hockey League game nights and Torch hand-off

events in support of the Run. Cheri has also been nominated and selected to attend the 2018

International Torch Run Conference in Las Vegas, Nevada in November.

Provincial Constable Cheri ROCKEFELLER receiving the Law Enforcement Torch Run for Special

Olympics Ontario "Award of Honour" at the OACP Conference from Commissioner Vince HAWKES

142





August 2018 This report covers the period from July 1

st, 2018 to July 31

st, 2018

143


*January – July 2017 stats

Calls for Service

0

200

400

600

800

1000

2017 2018

Calls for Service July 2017

vs July 2018

Centre Wellington

Erin

Puslinch

Guelph/Eramosa

Wellington North

Mapleton

Minto

Provincial

Calls For Service

Municipality 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018


Town of Erin 2,322 2,167 2,129 2,161 2,258 2,468 1,285


Guelph/Eramosa 3,272 3,397 3,462 3,227 3,597 4,949 2,982



Town of Minto 2,725 2,524 2,438 2,398 2,479 3,684 2,223

Provincial 2,694 3,214 3,051 2,677 3,033 3,216 1,785

Totals 24,324 24,127 23,448 22,223 23,727 28,737 16,588



Previous Year Totals 2018 YTD 903

90 2015 76 2015 1,513

2016 111 2016 1,457

2017 98 2017 1,297



33 2015 72 2015 766

2016 77 2016 750


144




2017* 2018 YTD


2017* 2018 YTD



2018 YTD


Crime Breakdown

2018 YTD North

Wellington Centre

Wellington South

Wellington

Homicide 0 0 0


Robbery 3 0 1

Assault 55 50 44


Auto Theft 19 10 29

Theft 162 125 204

Mischief 67 46 58





145



Major Crime Unit (MCU) Supervisor: Detective Sergeant Caren ASHMORE Wellington County Major Crime Unit commenced 15 new benchmark occurrences in July. This included seven sudden deaths, four sexual assault, three indecent acts, and one armed robbery. The multi-jurisdictional bank robbery investigation continues to be led by Detective Constable M. ALLEN. Wellington County OPP continues to investigate and prepare evidence to support charges laid in October 2017 with regards to a series of suspicious fires, court matters have been put over to September. Domestic violence cases continue to be reviewed by the Wellington County Major Crime Unit. The Major Crime Unit continues to investigate three historic CIB led death/homicide investigations that occurred in Puslinch, Erin and Guelph-Eramosa. Detective Constable J. FOLEY travelled to Ottawa this month in order to follow up on new information regarding a cold case file. Detective Constable D. TELFER travelled to Eastern Canada in order to follow up on information regarding two separate cold case files.


Supervisor: A/Detective Sergeant Mark GRASMAN Wellington County CSCU conducted interviews to fill a vacant position within the unit after a previous member joined the Wellington County OPP Major Crime Unit. Congratulations to the newest member of the Wellington County CSCU, Detective Constable D. BANASIK. Wellington County CSCU conducted interviews and drafted a search warrant in relation to a fatal motor vehicle collision that resulted in criminal charges against the at-fault driver. Wellington County CSCU continues to investigate two street level proactive drug trafficking issues in the northern part of the County Wellington CSCU has investigated and will be charging a male from Fergus, who is currently wanted, with a number of property crime related offences. Further investigation was conducted into the multi-jurisdictional fraud that culminated last month into numerous charges being laid. As a result, another accused party has been identified and a warrant has been issued for her arrest in relation to a number of fraud offences. Wellington County CSCU executed a criminal code search warrant in Mount Forest and recovered 3 motorcycles. Wellington County CSCU assisted front line members in identifying and charging a male party from a suspicious person complaint in Erin with multiple criminal charges. This male is known to be involved with theft of vehicles and break and enters and was believed to be scouting the area. Wellington CSCU assisted front line members by conducting interviews and follow up investigation into an arrest of two parties deeply entrenched in the meth/fentanyl/stolen vehicle sub culture from the south end of the county.

146



Wellington CSCU members provided information to West Region OPP Intelligence Unit relating to an attempted murder investigation in West Grey. The unit also assisted the OPP Regional Support Unit and West Grey Police Service with the search and seizure of evidence related to stolen property, drugs, and firearms. They also assisted Huron County OPP with the execution of a methamphetamine trafficking search warrant

147



Traffic


Traffic 2018 YTD



Equipment and Other HTA 1,122 Racing




87 2015 110










148





12 2015 14

2016 7

2017 8

Supervisor: Sergeant Darryl PORTERFIELD Speed Spy and Speed Signs continue to be deployed to high complaint areas. Data continues to be collected, reviewed and discussed with Municipal and County staff.

Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR) Wellington County Traffic Management Unit members conducted 8.5 hours of patrol in the Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR cruiser) during the month of July; laying a total of 10 charges under the Highway traffic Act and three charges under the Compulsory Automobile Insurance Act.

Bicycle Patrol Trained Wellington County OPP Bicycle Patrol Officers patrolled the streets and trails throughout the month of July laying two Criminal Code charges, nine Highway Traffic Act charges and two parking tickets.

Marine Patrol OPP marine patrol conducted 20 hours of patrol on Belwood, Guelph, Puslinch and Conestogo lakes resulting in 35 vessel inspections, 11 warnings and one charge being laid for an open container of liquor.

Traffic Complaints An ongoing list is being maintained for ongoing/outstanding complaints. They are addressed immediately by platoon and TMU officers. Tracking of these complaints allows for review of previous efforts and results and sharing of information with municipalities.

Traffic Campaigns Operation Safe Trucking ran from July 15

th to July 21

st in partnership with the Ministry of

Transportation. This operation resulted in 21 Commercial Motor Vehicles being stopped with two seatbelt charges being laid and four speeding charges.

149




Mo

nth


ota

l V

icti

ms

Pers

on

s

Kil

led

Pers

on

s

Inju

red


Alcohol Involved

CMV SMV Yes No Unk

JAN 42 0 42 189 0 28 160 2 167 20 21 79

FEB 32 0 32 147 0 20 127 9 129 9 8 64

MAR 19 4 15 110 4 10 96 2 93 15 11 49

APR 27 0 27 135 0 22 113 5 111 19 12 60

MAY 32 1 31 118 1 21 96 6 103 9 15 39

JUN 43 2 41 139 2 22 113 3 120 16 14 63

JUL 41 1 40 121 1 23 97 5 104 12 11 40

AUG

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

TOTAL 236 8 228 959 8 146 802 32 827 100 92 394



2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total Reportable MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 959



Fatal MVC 8 8 6 6 11 7 8


Persons Injured 442 481 330 428 388 456 228


Total MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 959


0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

2017 2018


Erin 6 12

Puslinch 17 20



Mapleton 21 19

Minto 22 15

City of Guelph 1 1



150



Canine Unit


Initial (Calls)

Initial (Hours)

Assist (Calls)

Assist (Hours)

2018 (Calls)

2018 (Hours)


Notable Incidents 17Jul18 - OPP Human Remains Detection dog located deceased female, who had been missing since June 30, 2018.

151














(occurrence CAD information, excludes follow-up and report writing) 417.25


Good News from IMPACT A middle aged resident of Wellington County wrote a suicide note, tied a noose in their garage, barricaded the door then consumed alcohol and muscle relaxants as a prelude to hanging themselves. Fortunately, family members found the person, prior to hanging, and called police. Officers and IMPACT Clinicians attended the home, de-escalated the situation and convinced the person to voluntarily attend hospital for assessment. The assessment resulted in a Form 1 (involuntary 72 hour) admission to a local psychiatric facility. As a result of the police/IMPACT intervention, the suicidal person and their family were provided with counselling and appropriate supports. They have not required police/IMPACT assistance since that time.

152



Media Provincial Constable Joshua CUNNINGHAM


• The Wellington County O.P.P. Media Unit issued a total of 69 media releases for a year to date total of 487 media releases. The unit also sent out 34 tweets for a year to date total of 42 tweets.

• PC CUNNINGHAM attended a CSO Workshop on July 10th

• PC CUNNIGNHAM successfully passed the PIN Test on July 17th

• The Media Unit attended the Big Brothers Amazing Race preparation meeting on July 19

th

• On July 25th the Media Unit held an Internet Safety Talk

• On July 26th PC CUNNINGHAM attended an award presentation in honour of the two

Wellington County youth that reported and filmed an elderly female placing a child in her trunk

153





• Elora Dominion Day Soapbox Derby and Parade

• Mount Forest Fireworks Festival and Car Show

• Special Needs Soccer Festival

• Port Dover Friday the 13th

• Hillside Festival

• Commissioner’s Own Pipes and Drums – Fort Henry Tattoo Marine Patrol

• Monthly meeting

• General patrol



Total hours July 2018 – 342.75



Court 0.00

Patrol 107.50

Training 0.00


154



Administration



Personnel




155



Personnel Acknowledgements Date Member(s) Particulars 26Jul18

Sgt. R. NIXON A/Sgt. J. TSCHANZ PC H. NELLIS PC S. TOOR PS S. ROGERS PC L. LONGO PC S. ANDERSON PC F. THORNTON PC M. WRIGHT PC M. MERKUS PC K. EULER PC K. BUCKLEY PC A. HASTINGS PC P. MULLAN PC A. COUZENS PC B. ERNIKOGLOU

"Exceeding Expectations" has been an easily spoken phrase in the OPP describing behaviour that would normally be expected from our members. The members of A Platoon have not only "Exceeded Expectations" they have pioneered and cultured a work ethic that creates a contagious positive environment. Despite the increased challenges and demands of technology and the administrative demands on the front line officers, these members display a proactive police presence. On the evening of Friday July 6

th to Sunday evening July 8

th the

members were challenged by 106 calls for service. Several of these calls presented challenges requiring members to guard MHA parties. Regardless, members proactively, through RIDE initiatives, charged and processed seven impaired drivers as well as numerous LLA and related HTA charges. Sergeant NIXON led the charge with an impaired investigation despite the fact that he was overseeing the County. Returning from annual leave I was impressed with the amount of enforcement that was conducted during that weekend stretch. A lot of good "old fashioned police work". If the public knew what was being done to keep our community safe they would applaud and praise the officers’ efforts. As the platoon NCO I truly appreciate all the effort that the officers put in. I am proud to work the trenches on a daily basis alongside each of you. Your tenacious "Get it Done" attitude is infectious, keep up the great work

156




Canada Long Weekend

The Canada Day Long Weekend provincial initiative designed to increase public awareness and

compliance with safe driving practices, specifically aggressive driving took place from June 29th,

2018 to July 2nd

, 2018.

As a result of this initiative Wellington County OPP members laid multiple Criminal Code and

Highway Traffic Act charges.

Speeding 64

Stunt Driving 3

Hazardous Moving 3

Other HTA 6

LLA charges 2

CAIA charges 8

Other Statutes 22

Marine Offences 6

Impaired/Over 80 1

Drug Offences 1

Warn Range 2

Wellington County OPP cracks down on Speeders

Wellington County Ontario Provincial Police sent a message to drivers who want to race this

month. In the last 30 days OPP in Wellington County have charged 20 people with racing, a

charge that includes an automatic licence suspension and vehicle impoundment for seven days.

Staff Sergeant Paul SCHAMBERS stated "We focus on keeping our streets and highways safe.

So long as the few continue to risk the many, we will target those offenders".

Thank you from Minto Fire Department

Inspector Scott LAWSON and Staff Sergeant Bruce AITKEN received an email appreciation letter

from Minto Fire Chief Chris HARROW after the passing of a former Minto Firefighter.

Minto Fire Chief Chris HARROW said “The family asked me to pass along that the 3 Officers who

stayed with them were excellent and so appreciated how they helped the family out. They were

extremely grateful. They asked if they could get their names so they could send a thank you.”

“Please thank your staff from the family and from us. It always impresses me how great a team

we have in the County”.

157



Thank you from CMHA Waterloo Wellington

Wellington County OPP received an email appreciation letter from CMHA Waterloo Wellington in

regards to a troubled youth. Below is the email received by IMPACT liaison officer PC Chris

BIONDI.

“I wanted to pass along to you and your staff a huge thank you for the effort taken last Thursday

with a youth we support at Belwood Lodge and Camp. The officers involved in this situation were

calm, non-confrontational and patient, allowing the youth time to process his options. They also

gave him space to settle in what was a very volatile situation. The assistance of IMPACT worker

Anita MATTHEWS was also invaluable. Acting Sergeant Jen TSCHANZ, Provincial Constable

Kim EULER, Provincial Constable Frank THORNTON and Provincial Constable Michael

MERKUS were extremely helpful to us here in the Fergus office of CMHA as they accompanied

the youth to us and helped to facilitate further discussions with the youth until we all felt

comfortable with the situation and our options. Given this youth’s history with police I was very

impressed with the response of your officers. I would appreciate if you could pass along this

thank you to the relevant supervisors.”

158



Local Youth Recognized

On Friday June 22nd

, 2018 at approximately 8:30 p.m. two Erin youth were compelled to act.

Witnessing a serious incident, they changed the course of one little girl’s life and gained the

admiration of the OPP.

The two youth were walking through a parking area on Church Street in Erin and overheard a

commotion coming from the lot. They saw a woman standing at a sedan yelling at a child. At first

they pulled out a phone and began recording but when they witnessed the woman throw the child

in the trunk and close the lid they stopped recording and ran to the vehicle. They let the woman

know that what she was doing wasn’t right. The woman ignored their pleas and drove away with

the child still in the trunk. Doing what they could, the two went straight home and notified their

parents. At first it wasn’t clear what they had witnessed, was it a child-abduction or something

else. They called the police and then posted their small snippet of a video to a local social

network page. They wanted to identify the woman and child so police could find them. Shortly

after posting the video, someone recognised the woman and contacted the police. OPP tracked

down the woman and child. OPP have charged the woman with the failing to ensure the child was

in a car seat and also notified Child and Families Services. The two year old little girl was

returned to her parents uninjured.

Wellington County Provincial Constable Jeremy STEFANIK and Acting Staff Sergeant Steve

THOMAS as well as Erin Acting Mayor Rob SMITH presented teenagers Evan WATSON and

Jack McLAUGHLIN a Letter of Commendation from Wellington County Commander, Inspector

Scott LAWSON.

“It’s not very often that we stop and show our appreciation to the citizens who help make

Wellington County one of the safest communities in Canada. These two did a tremendous thing

and they should feel great about it”. Acting Staff Sargent THOMAS

Acting Staff Sergeant Steve THOMAS, Evan WATSON, Jack McLAUGHLIN,

Erin Acting Mayor Rob SMITH and Provincial Constable Jeremy STEFANIK

159





September 2018 This report covers the period from August 1

st, 2018 to August 31

st, 2018

160


*January – August 2017 stats

Calls for Service

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

2017 2018

Calls for Service August 2017

vs August 2018

Centre Wellington

Erin

Puslinch

Guelph/Eramosa

Wellington North

Mapleton

Minto

Provincial

Calls For Service

Municipality 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018


Town of Erin 2,322 2,167 2,129 2,161 2,258 2,468 1,497


Guelph/Eramosa 3,272 3,397 3,462 3,227 3,597 4,949 3,521



Town of Minto 2,725 2,524 2,438 2,398 2,479 3,684 2,572

Provincial 2,694 3,214 3,051 2,677 3,033 3,216 2,039

Totals 24,324 24,127 23,448 22,223 23,727 28,737 19,371



Previous Year Totals 2018 YTD 1,033

103 2015 76 2015 1,513

2016 111 2016 1,457

2017 98 2017 1,297



43 2015 72 2015 766

2016 77 2016 750


161




2017* 2018 YTD


2017* 2018 YTD



2018 YTD


Crime Breakdown

2018 YTD North

Wellington Centre

Wellington South

Wellington

Homicide 0 0 0


Robbery 3 0 2

Assault 65 61 53


Auto Theft 21 11 36

Theft 201 156 244

Mischief 78 54 73





162



Major Crime Unit (MCU) Supervisor: Detective Sergeant Caren ASHMORE Wellington County Major Crime Unit commenced 12 new benchmark occurrences in August. This included six sexual assaults, five sudden deaths and one aggravated assault. The multi-jurisdictional bank robbery investigation continues to be led by Detective Constable M. ALLEN. Wellington County OPP continues to investigate and prepare evidence to support charges laid in October 2017 with regards to a series of suspicious fires, court matters have been put over to September. Domestic violence cases continue to be reviewed by the Wellington County Major Crime Unit. The Major Crime Unit continues to investigate three historic CIB led death/homicide investigations that occurred in Puslinch, Erin and Guelph-Eramosa. On August 28

th a Media Blitz was held on

the anniversary of the Rockwood “Jane Doe” Death Investigation. Tips/leads that have been generated are currently being investigated.


Supervisor: A/Detective Sergeant Mark GRASMAN Wellington County CSCU assisted front line officers with the arrest and interviews of two accused parties in relation to a recovered stolen motor vehicle, possession of controlled substances, and multiple pieces of recovered stolen property. Guelph Police Service was involved in a vehicle pursuit. Information was received that the truck and two responsible parties may be in Elora. Wellington CSCU located and recovered the stolen truck out of Waterloo Region. Arrest warrants have been sought. Wellington County CSCU took the lead on a trespassing call to a bush area located in Marden where two suspects fled from police upon arrival. A white enclosed trailer which was revealed to be stolen, along with a myriad of stolen tools and mechanic equipment, three stolen motocross bikes, a cross-bow void of any markings, and approximately 12 grams of meth and/or fentanyl was recovered. Additionally, a female’s purse with loaded needles and various cards including identification was located and seized. Two parties were arrested and charged with drug and property related offences. Recovered property valued at approximately $60,000. Wellington County CSCU assisted West Grey Police Service with the arrest of a male from the Mount Forest area. A sawed off shotgun was recovered. CSCU liaised with the Wellington County Crime Unit in relation to a robbery investigation also involving a sawed off shotgun. Wellington County CSCU learned information about stolen industrial air conditioner units and liaised with Guelph Police who confirmed the units were stolen from a recent incident in the city. Wellington County CSCU assisted with drafting and executing a search warrant. Items recovered by Guelph Police. Wellington County CSCU assisted patrol officers with the processing of a female arrested with 31.3 grams of methamphetamine, 1.2 grams of heroin powder (suspected), 1.2 grams of heroin tar (suspected), and 5 grams of cannabis. A digital scale and related paraphernalia seized. Bundled cash seized along with 2004 Honda Civic for forfeiture. CSCU obtained a statement

163



confessing to knowledge, consent, and control of the drugs and cash. CSCU investigation also revealed accused has made repeated visits to Maplehurst Correction Centre. Maplehurst advised of potential drug source into their facility. Two members from Wellington CSCU attended a week long training course on search and seizure hosted by the Crown Law School. Wellington CSCU arrested a male from Arthur for trafficking methamphetamine and conducted a search warrant of his residence. Approximately $600 in cash was seized, $1,200 worth of methamphetamine was seized and further evidence to support possession for the purpose of trafficking was located.

164



Traffic


Traffic 2018 YTD



Equipment and Other HTA 1,264 Racing




105 2015 110










165





14 2015 14

2016 7

2017 8

Supervisor: Sergeant Darryl PORTERFIELD Speed Spy and Speed Signs continue to be deployed to high complaint areas. Data continues to be collected, reviewed and discussed with Municipal and County staff.

Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR) The Automated Licence Plate Reader (ALPR cruiser) was loaned out to Grey County OPP during the month of August. Wellington County Traffic Management Unit members were able to conducted 4 hours of patrol in the vehicle before it left resulting in 10 Highway traffic Act charges and one charge under the Compulsory Automobile Insurance Act.

Bicycle Patrol Trained Wellington County OPP Bicycle Patrol Officers patrolled the streets, trails and special events throughout the month of August laying seven charges under the Controlled Drug and Substances Act, 30 Highway Traffic Act charges and issuing four parking tickets.

Marine Patrol OPP Marine patrol conducted 4 hours of patrol on Guelph Lake resulting in 11 vessel inspections, 2 equipment warnings and one Trespass to Property Act warning. PC MULLAN and Auxiliary Sergeant UNWIN also located two couples unable to make the swim back to the beach after attempting to cross the entire lake. Both couples were recovered from the water and returned to the shore safely.

Traffic Campaigns The Civic holiday long weekend traffic campaign ran from August 3

rd to 6

th this year. Wellington

County OPP officers hit the roads, trails and waterways resulting in the following enforcement charges.

• Fail to Move Over - Emergency Vehicle 1 • Other Moving Violations 3 • Speeding Charges 61 • Stunt/Racing Charges 2 • Seatbelt Charges 1 • Distracted Driving Charges 1 • Other Highway traffic Act 12 • Liquor Licence Act 5 • Compulsory Automobile Insurance Act 1 • Impaired Charges 3 • Warn Range Suspensions 3 • Marine Offences 1 • Other Provincial Statutes 9 • Drug Offences 1

166




Mo

nth


ota

l V

icti

ms

Pers

on

s

Kil

led

Pers

on

s

Inju

red


Alcohol Involved

CMV SMV Yes No Unk

JAN 42 0 42 189 0 28 160 2 167 20 21 79

FEB 32 0 32 147 0 20 127 9 129 9 8 64

MAR 19 4 15 111 4 10 97 3 93 15 12 50

APR 27 0 27 135 0 22 113 5 111 19 12 60

MAY 32 1 31 118 1 21 96 6 103 9 15 39

JUN 43 2 41 144 2 22 118 3 123 18 14 63

JUL 42 1 41 122 1 23 98 5 103 14 11 40

AUG 30 1 29 100 1 15 84 3 94 3 7 32

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

TOTAL 267 9 258 1066 9 161 893 36 923 107 100 427



2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Total Reportable MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 1,066



Fatal MVC 8 8 6 6 11 7 9


Persons Injured 442 481 330 428 388 456 258


Total MVC 1,875 2,095 1,959 1,728 1,751 1,728 1,066


0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

2017 2018


Erin 8 12

Puslinch 20 21



Mapleton 22 20

Minto 24 17

City of Guelph 1 1



167



Canine Unit


Initial (Calls)

Initial (Hours)

Assist (Calls)

Assist (Hours)

2018 (Calls)

2018 (Hours)


Notable Incidents Wellington County OPP received a call advising that a suicidal male party fled from a residence armed with a kitchen knife. The Canine Unit and five ERT members were dispatched to the scene. Timber was deployed and tracked southbound along a rail trail for approximately 1km where an unknown male party was observed crossing a residential street about 300 metres away. Containment units attended and apprehended the unknown male as he was attempting to enter a residence.

168














(occurrence CAD information, excludes follow-up and report writing) 314.25


Good News from IMPACT In July 2018, a Wellington County resident, with a history of significant mental health issues, went into crisis when a number of stressful events occurred at the same time. The person confided homicidal ideations to a physician who promptly placed them on a Form 1 and contacted police. Officers attended, de-escalated the person and transported to them to hospital. An IMPACT Clinician assisted with the hospital evaluation, facilitated admission to Homewood and arranged follow-up care upon the person’s release. Though IMPACT was not present during the initial apprehension, the dispatched officer advised that the skills he learned from IMPACT Clinicians while on other calls for service helped him to deal with the interaction in a minimally intrusive fashion and to gain a peaceful resolution.

169



Media Provincial Constable Joshua CUNNINGHAM & Provincial Constable Cheri ROCKEFELLER


• The Wellington County O.P.P. Media Unit issued a total of 34 media releases for a year to date total of 521 media releases. The unit also sent out 9 tweets for a year to date total of 51 tweets.

• The Wellington County O.P.P. Media Unit welcomed Provincial Constable Cheri ROCKEFELLER to the team

170





• Assist at funeral for PC Josh DeBock

• Detachment coverage for out-of-county officers so Wellington officers could attend

funeral for PC Josh DeBock

• Riverfest Elora

• Fergus Scottish Festival and Highland Games

• Fergus Highland Games Parade

• Kincardine Old Boys and Old Girls Reunion

• Palmerston Fall Fair

• Commissioner’s Own Pipes & Drums – Verona Car Show, Bayfield Fall Fair

• Assist IST with firearms training

• General patrol

• Marine patrol



Total hours August 2018 – 424.50



Court 0.00

Patrol 87.50

Training 10.00


171



Administration



Personnel




172




Wellington County Summer Events

Every year throughout the summer months the vibrant community of Wellington County is host to

multiple major events, 2018 was no exception. Members of the Wellington County OPP were

tasked with providing event security for the, Hillside Festival, the Mount Forest Fireworks Festival,

the Fergus Scottish Festival and Highland Games and the Riverfest Music Festival.

Wellington County OPP is pleased to advise that all major events concluded without incident with

only a few charges being issued for minor infractions. Wellington County OPP would like to thank

everyone that attended these events and the residence of Wellington County who once again

showed that large community events can be enjoyed in a safe and cooperative manor.

173

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Police Services Board

From: Kelly-Ann Wingate, County Bylaw Compliance Officer Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: False Alarm Revenue Report

Background:

False Alarm revenue collected for 2018.

Month False Alarms sent to the County for invoicing

Amount invoiced to customers

Amount collected to date

January 27 $1,200 $2,000

February 15 $1,450 $2,150

March 27 $2,050 $1,600

April 23 $1,250 $1,850

May 34 $2,650 $2,100

June 25 $2,000 $1,750

July 25 $1,050 $1,800

August 30 $1,850 $800

September

October

November

December

2018 YTD 206 $13,500 $14,050

2017 Totals 353 $24,950 $29,250

Recommendation:

That the August 2018 False Alarm Revenue Report be received for information. Respectfully submitted, \\ Kelly-Ann Wingate County Bylaw Compliance Officer

177

From: [email protected] Sent: August 13, 2018 10:25 PM To: [email protected] Subject: Speeding and Passing in School zone

Hi Lynda,

Congrats on retiring.

I have a resident at 620 Garafraxa Street which is a County road or at least turns

into one and he has tried to get the police to put no passing signs and a speed

monitor on the road in the school zone. Can you help with this. The municipal staff

directed me to you.

Thanks in Advance,

Best, Concillor Stephen Kitras Ward 5 Centre Wellington.

178



2018 Wellington County OPP Charity Golf Tournament

Dear Sir/Madame,

Please accept this request for assistance for the upcoming Wellington County OPP Charity Golf

Tournament. This event is being held Wednesday September 19th, 2018 at the Guelph Lakes Golf

Course, with all proceeds going directly to the Guelph Wish Fund for Children.

Through the first 5 years of hosting this event, the Wellington County OPP is proud to have raised

$25,000 for this noteworthy cause. To continue this success however, we are asking for support by way

of tournament participants, raffle prize donations, hole sponsorship and/or charitable donations.

Please contact Mark Allen or Don Watson of the Wellington County OPP at [email protected] or

[email protected] to donate or register.

Any assistance to this noteworthy cause would be greatly appreciated!

Company hole sponsorship are available for a $100 donation.

“The Guelph Wish Fund for Children is a local charity that provides aid to children with severe illness,

injury or handicap in Guelph and Wellington County”

181




Social Services Committee

Minutes

September 12, 2018



Councillor David Anderson (Chair) Councillor Gregg Davidson Councillor Mary Lloyd Councillor Lynda White


Mayor Cam Guthrie Mr. Stephen Dewar, Chief, Guelph Wellington EMS Eddie Alton, Social Services Administrator Luisa Artuso, Director of Children's Early Years Susan Aram, Manager of Financial Services Stuart Beumer, Director of Ontario Works Brittany Bryant, Accounting Analyst Kim Courts, Deputy Clerk Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Ryan Pettipiere, Director of Housing Scott Wilson, CAO

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order

At 1:00 pm, the Chair called the meeting to order.



184

Social Services Minutes September 12, 2018

2

3. Closed Meeting 1/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the Social Services Committee move into a closed meeting for the purposes of considering acquisition or disposition of land by the municipality.

Carried

4. Social Services Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 2/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor L. White That the Social Services Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried 5. Children's Early Years Division

5.1 Request to Amend Purchase of Service Agreement for Fee Subsidy - YMCA-YWCA

of Guelph 3/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the Clerk be authorized to amend Schedule A in the Purchase of Service Agreement for Fee Subsidy with the YMCA-YWCA of Guelph to include the additional site located at 23 Ptarmigan Drive in Guelph, subject to the programme meeting the priorities for consideration and all other requirements of the County of Wellington for Purchase of Service Agreements.

Carried

185


3

5.2 Children's Early Years Statistics 4/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the Children's Early Years Statistics be received for information.

Carried 6. Housing

6.1 Budget Reallocation 2018

5/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That staff be authorized to reallocate savings as outlined in the financial summary.

Carried

6.2 Cancellation of Cap and Trade Programme 6/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Davidson Seconded by: Councillor L. White That the Cancellation of the Cap and Trade report be received for information.

Carried

186


4

6.3 National Housing Strategy - National Housing Co-Investment Fund 7/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the report National Housing Strategy – National Co-Investment Fund be received for information.

Carried

6.4 Ontario Renovates Programme 8/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Warden Lever That the Ontario Renovates Programme report be received for information.

Carried

6.5 Housing Status and Activity Report Q1 and Q2 2018

9/7/18 Moved by: Councillor L. White Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the Housing Status and Activity Report Q1 and Q2 2018 be received for information.

Carried

6.6 Palmerston Official Opening Update - Verbal Mr. Ryan Pettipiere, Director of Housing advised the Committee that the County is awaiting direction from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs for an official opening date.

187


5

7. Ontario Works 7.1 Ontario Works SPDAT Report: Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers

10/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor L. White That the Ontario Works SPDAT Report: Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers be received for information.

Carried

7.2 Ontario Works Statistics 11/7/18 Moved by: Councillor L. White Seconded by: Councillor Davidson That the August 2018 Ontario Works Statistics be received for information.

Carried

8. Adjournment At 1:52 pm, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 10, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

_________________________ David Anderson

Chair Social Services Committee

188

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Social Services Committee

From: Luisa Artuso, Director of Children’s Early Years Division CEY-10 Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: Request to Amend Purchase of Service Agreement for Fee Subsidy - YMCA-YWCA of Guelph

Background: The YMCA-YWCA of Guelph is a non-profit operator and currently has Purchase of Service Agreements for the General Operating Grant as well as Fee Subsidy with the County of Wellington. The operator currently provides over 1000 child care spaces for children ages birth to 12 years of age through licensed child care, authorized recreation and authorized camps across the Wellington service delivery area.

Update:

On August 3, 2018, the operator submitted a formal request to amend the current Purchase of Service Agreement for Fee Subsidy to include a new authorized recreation programme located at Kortright Hills Public School, 23 Ptarmigan Drive in Guelph. The programme will commence September 4, 2018 and will accommodate 15 school age children, Monday through Friday from 3:00pm-6:00pm, on school instructional days only.

Attachment: Letter dated August 3, 2018 from Geoff Vogt, Chief Executive Officer, YMCA-YWCA of Guelph, and Cyndy Forsyth, Member, Board of Directors, YMCA-YWCA of Guelph.

Recommendation:

That the Clerk be authorized to amend Schedule A in the Purchase of Service Agreement for Fee Subsidy with the YMCA-YWCA of Guelph to include the additional site located at 23 Ptarmigan Drive in Guelph, subject to the programme meeting the priorities for consideration and all other requirements of the County of Wellington for Purchase of Service Agreements. Respectfully submitted,

Luisa Artuso Director of Children’s Early Years Division

189

County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division Prepared September 4 2018

1

Overview of Tables page

Information about Licensed Child Care Spaces Table 1. Total Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: Wellington service

delivery area

2

Table 2. Breakdown of Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: Wellington

County

2

Table 3. Breakdown of Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: City of

Guelph

2

Information about Child Care Subsidy

Table 4. Children served by Subsidy Programme: Wellington service delivery area 3

Information about Licensed Child Care Centres

Table 5. Licensed Child Care Centres & Purchase of Service status: Wellington service

delivery area

3

Information about Wellington EarlyON Child and Family Centres

Table 6. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Agencies: Wellington service delivery area 4

Table 7. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Sites: Wellington service delivery area 4

Table 8. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Participation: Wellington service delivery area 4

Data notes 5

*Please be sure to read important information included in data notes section*

191


2

Table 1. Total Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: Wellington service delivery area

ALL Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children birth to 12 years

Wellington service delivery area

Population of

children 0-12

years

Number of

Spaces

Percentage of

Child Care spaces

for population of

children

Wellington service delivery area 33,875 4,257 12.6%

Wellington County 14,130 900 6.4%

City of Guelph 19,745 3,357 17.0%

Sources: Statistics Canada, 2016 Census of Population, Statistics Canada Catalogue no. 98-400-X2016004; County of

Wellington Licensed Child Care database, as of June 30 2018. (prepared August 2018)

Table 2. Breakdown of Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: Wellington County

Wellington County

Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children birth to 12 years

Age Categories Population of

children

Number of

Spaces

Percentage of

Child Care spaces

for population of

children

Infants (birth to 18 months) 1,450 12 0.8%

Toddlers (18 to 30 months) 1,515 90 5.9%

Preschool (30 months to up to 4 years) 1,535 229 14.9%

School-age (4 to 12 years) 10,120 569 5.6%

Source: Statistics Canada, 2016 Census of Population, Statistics Canada Catalogue no. 98-400-X2016004; County of


Table 3. Breakdown of Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children 0-12 years: City of Guelph

City of Guelph

Licensed Child Care Spaces for Children birth to 12 years

Age Categories Population of

children

Number of

Spaces

Percentage of

Child Care spaces

for population of

children

Infants (birth to 18 months) 2,173 122 5.6%

Toddlers (18 to 30 months) 2,233 402 18.0%

Preschool (30 months to up to 4 years) 2,273 791 34.8%

School-age (4 to 12 years) 13,805 2,042 14.8%

Source: Statistics Canada, 2016 Census of Population, Statistics Canada Catalogue no. 98-400-X2016004; County of


192


3

Table 4. Children served by Subsidy Programme: Wellington service delivery area

Children served by Subsidy Programme (June 2018)


Number of children approved for Fee Subsidy who

have a Licensed Child Care space

Wellington service delivery area 649

Wellington County 120

City of Guelph 529

Source: County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division, for August 2018.

Table 5. Licensed Child Care Centres & Purchase of Service status: Wellington service delivery area

Licensed Child Care Centres and Purchase of Service (POS) Status


Total

Number of

Centres

Centres

with

General

Operating

Grant POS

Centres

with only

Subsidy

POS

Centres

with no

POS

Wellington service delivery area 80 48 21 11

Wellington County 24 16 3 5

City of Guelph 56 32 18 6

Source: County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division, as of June 30 2018. (prepared August 2018)

193


4

Table 6. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Agencies: Wellington service delivery area

EarlyON Child and Family Centre Agencies


Number of Agencies with Purchase of Service

Agreement

Wellington service delivery area 4

Wellington County 2

City of Guelph 2

Source: County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division, for August 2018.

Table 7. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Sites: Wellington service delivery area

EarlyON Child and Family Centre Sites


Centre Satellite Mobile TOTAL # of

Sites

Wellington Service Delivery Area 3 5 15 23

Wellington County 1 4 14 19

City of Guelph 2 1 1 4 Source: County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division, August 2018.

Table 8. EarlyON Child and Family Centre Participation: Wellington service delivery area

EarlyON Child and Family Centre Participation


Number of children

served

Number of

parents/caregivers served

Wellington Service Delivery Area 3514 2832

Wellington County 1261 779

City of Guelph 2253 2053

Source: County of Wellington, Children’s Early Years Division, as of June 30 2018. (prepared August 2018)

194


5

DATA NOTES

Data Notes for Tables 1, 2 & 3

The number of licensed child care spaces is based on licensed capacity for centre-based

care.

The number of licensed child care spaces presented does not included spaces with home

child care providers who are contracted with the County of Wellington (licensing agency).

ALL Licensed Child Care spaces for children 0 to 12 years includes:

o Spaces for children birth up to 4 years (infants, toddlers, preschool) includes ONLY

full-time, full-year spaces (does not include part-time spaces)

o School-age spaces for children 4 to 12 year of age includes before and/or after

school care spaces (licensed child care spaces, school-board operated and

authorized recreation programme spaces).

Data Notes for Table 4

The number of children served includes placements in centre-based licensed child care and

with home child care providers who are contracted with the County of Wellington (licensing

agency).

The number of children served does not include additional children who have applied for

and been approved for fee subsidy and are looking for a licensed child care space.


The total number of licensed child care centres includes all centres, including those centres

that deliver full-time, full-year care and, centres that deliver part-time care, school-board

operated child care and authorized recreation programmes.


none


none


CAUTION: The number of children and parent/caregivers served must be interpreted with

caution and participation numbers are greatly influenced by the size of the programme

space.

195

COMMITTEE REPORT HS-18-10


From: Ryan Pettipiere, Director of Housing Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: Budget Reallocation 2018

Background: The 2018 Capital and Operating budgets for Housing services are currently experiencing significant savings. Staff are requesting a budget adjustment to reallocate a portion of these savings to capital projects that were previously postponed due to tenders coming in over budget or new projects that directly address priorities of health safety at our properties. The operating budget savings realized to this point in the year are largely attributed to higher than anticipated rent revenues and lower than budgeted for Hydro expenses. With four months remaining in the year staff are requesting the reallocation of savings in the amount of $782,500 from the 2018 operating and capital budgets. The planned capital work will occur in 2018.

Financial Implication: No financial impact as savings are requested to be reallocated within existing approved budget.

Recommendation:

That staff be authorized to reallocate savings as outlined in the attached financial summary. Respectfully submitted,

Ryan Pettipiere Director of Housing

196

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Original Budget to be reallocated

Total County Portion City Portion

21580160 2018 Building Retrofits (Laundry Equipment) $227,500 $55,500 $172,000

21580222 411 Waterloo Siding Replacement $80,000 $20,000 $60,000

21580140 576 Woolwich Suspended Ceiling $60,000 $15,000 $45,000

21580230 500 Ferrier Suspended Ceiling $65,000 $16,000 $49,000

various Operating Savings $350,000 $85,000 $265,000

$782,500 $191,500 $591,000

PROJECT BUDGET REALLOCATION AND FINANCING

Gross cost County Portion City Portion

14 Centre St Make Up Air Unit 57,000$ 14,000$ 43,000$

Fire Device Replacement Consulting 45,000$ 11,000$ 34,000$

FOB System Upgrade 305,000$ 75,000$ 230,000$

576 Woolwich Make up Air consulting 15,000$ 4,000$ 11,000$

450 Albert St Balconies consulting 10,000$ 2,000$ 8,000$

Marlborough / Delhi Balcony consulting 15,000$ 4,000$ 11,000$

576 Woolwich St Common Space Flooring Replacements 70,000$ 17,000$ 53,000$

38 Elizabeth St Heating Lines 100,000$ 24,000$ 76,000$

Waterloo Ave Security Cameras 91,000$ 22,000$ 69,000$

John St Balcony Assessment 4,500$ 1,500$ 3,000$

Infrared Scans 70,000$ 17,000$ 53,000$

Revised allocation and sources of financing 782,500$ 191,500$ 591,000$


197

2018 Capital Reallocation

LAUNDRY Retrofit Dollars

Laundry Equipment All Properties 25,300 291,500.00$

As Needed Replacements Washers - 1/3 per year 46,000

Dryers - 1/5 per year 18,000 (64,000.00)$

$ of excess retrofit money for reallocation 227,500.00$

MANSARD ROOF Major Dollars

Mansard Roof Replacement OH-16 Waterloo 90,000 90,000.00$ Deferred until 2019.

Consulting 10,000 (10,000.00)$ Committed

$ for reallocation 80,000.00$

SUSPENDED CEILING Major Dollars

Suspended Ceiling Replacement OH-7 Woolwich 60,000

Fergus - 500 Ferrier 65,000 125,000.00$


Total Capital for Reallocation 432,500.00$

Total Operational for Reallocation 500,000.00$

Total Operational to stay Operational 150,000.00$

Total for Reallocation 782,500.00$

Required ProjectsFire Device Replacement Consulting only Various 20,000 Major Capital Project

Common Space Flooring OH7 - Woolwich 70,000

38 Elizabeth Heating Lines Harriston - 38 Elizabeth 100,000

Waterloo Cameras OH-13 & 16 Waterloo 80,000

FOB System Upgrades 296,000

Consulting for 2019 Woolwich MUA OH-13 & 16 Waterloo 15,000 Major Capital Project

Consulting for 2019 Albert St Balconies Mt. Forest - 450 Albert 10,000 Major Capital Project

John St Balcony assessment Mt. Forest - 450 Albert 4,500

Infrared Scans 70,000

14 Centre MUA overage 57,000 Major Capital Project

Project Overage for Marl/Delhi Watermain OH-8 45,000 Committed Major Capital Project

Marl/Delhi Balcony Consulting OH-8 15,000 Committed Major Capital Project

Total 782,500.00$

Total Remaining -$

198

2018 Capital Reallocation

LAUNDRY Retrofit Dollars

Laundry Equipment All Properties 25,300 291,500.00$

As Needed Replacements Washers - 1/3 per year 46,000

Dryers - 1/5 per year 18,000 (64,000.00)$

$ of excess retrofit money for reallocation 227,500.00$

MANSARD ROOF Major Dollars

Mansard Roof Replacement OH-16 Waterloo 90,000 90,000.00$ Deferred until 2019.

Consulting 21580222 10,000 (10,000.00)$ Committed


SUSPENDED CEILING Major Dollars

Suspended Ceiling Replacement OH-7 Woolwich - 21580140 60,000

Fergus - 500 Ferrier - 21580230 65,000 125,000.00$


Total Capital for Reallocation 432,500.00$

Total Operational for Reallocation 500,000.00$

Total Operational to stay Operational 150,000.00$

Total for Reallocation 782,500.00$

Required ProjectsFire Device Replacement Consulting only Various 20,000 Major Capital Project

Common Space Flooring OH7 - Woolwich 70,000 Retrofit

38 Elizabeth Heating Lines Harriston - 38 Elizabeth 100,000 Retrofit

Waterloo Cameras OH-13 & 16 Waterloo 80,000 Retrofit

FOB System Upgrades 341,000 Major Capital Project

Consulting for 2019 Woolwich MUA OH-13 & 16 Waterloo 15,000 Major Capital Project

Consulting for 2019 Albert St Balconies Mt. Forest - 450 Albert 10,000 Major Capital Project

John St Balcony assessment Mt. Forest - 450 Albert 4,500 Retrofit

Infrared Scans 70,000 Retrofit

14 Centre MUA overage 57,000 Major Capital Project

Project Overage for Marl/Delhi Watermain OH-8 Committed already adjusted

Marl/Delhi Balcony Consulting OH-8 15,000 Committed Major Capital Project

Total 782,500.00$

Total Remaining -$

199

Original Budget to be reallocated

Total County Portion City Portion

21580160 2018 Building Retrofits (Laundry Equipment) $227,500 $55,500 $172,000

21580222 411 Waterloo Siding Replacement $80,000 $20,000 $60,000

21580140 576 Woolwich Suspended Ceiling $60,000 $15,000 $45,000

21580230 500 Ferrier Suspended Ceiling $65,000 $16,000 $49,000

various Operating Savings $350,000 $85,000 $265,000$782,500 $191,500 $591,000

PROJECT BUDGET REALLOCATION AND FINANCING

Gross cost County Portion City Portion

14 Centre St Make Up Air Unit 57,000$ 14,000$ 43,000$

Fire Device Replacement Consulting 45,000$ 11,000$ 34,000$

FOB System Upgrade 305,000$ 74,000$ 231,000$

576 Woolwich Make up Air consulting 15,000$ 4,000$ 11,000$

450 Albert St Balconies consulting 10,000$ 2,000$ 8,000$

Marlborough / Delhi Balcony consulting 15,000$ 4,000$ 11,000$

576 Woolwich St Common Space Flooring Replacements 70,000$ 17,000$ 53,000$

38 Elizabeth St Heating Lines 100,000$ 24,000$ 76,000$

Waterloo Ave Security Cameras 91,000$ 22,000$ 69,000$

John St Balcony Assessment 4,500$ 1,500$ 3,000$

Infrared Scans 70,000$ 17,000$ 53,000$

Revised allocation and sources of financing 782,500$ 190,500$ 592,000$


200




Subject: Cancellation of Cap and Trade Programme

Background: In January of 2018 through report #HS-18-01 and in May 2018 through a verbal report, Social Services Committee was informed of two separate funding allocations received through the provincial cap and trade proceeds for the purposes of social housing capital renovation and retrofits to address energy efficiencies.

The first programme was the Social Housing Apartment Improvement Programme (SHAIP) of which the County of Wellington was allocated an amount of $ 1,472,107 covering fiscal years 2018-19 to 2020-21. The second programme was the Green On Social Housing Programme (GOSH) of which the County of Wellington was allocated an amount of $2,210,899 also covering fiscal years 2018-19 to 2020-21.

Update: In July, 2018 staff received notifications from the province and the Housing Services Corporation (HSC) in the attached correspondence stating that with the cancellation of the cap and trade programme the SHAIP and GOSH programmes were consequently cancelled as well. Funding for both of these programmes was not transferred to the County prior to their cancellation requiring no funding to be returned to either the province or HSC. Staff have further notified Housing Providers of the cancellation and stopped work on all projects and agreements that were begun with the initial notification of these funding amounts. Full wind-down of the programmes is now complete. Staff have submitted administration cost information to both the province and HSC with a request for consideration of recovery of costs incurred with the release and subsequent cancellation of these programmes.

Recommendation: That report #HS-18-11 be received for information.

Respectfully submitted,


201




Subject: National Housing Strategy – National Housing Co-Investment Fund

Background:

As reported in May 2018 through report HS-18-07, the National Housing Strategy, through the federal government has signaled their re-engagement in affordable and social housing. The overall goal of this Strategy as stated is to make sure Canadians across the country can access housing that meets their needs and that they can afford. One of the major goals of the strategy is the creation of 100,000 new affordable housing units across the country over the next 10 years. The programme created as the method to accomplish this goal is the National Housing Co-Investment Fund which is a $16 billion fund available over the next 10 years. The programme is an application based funding initiative largely made up of low cost loans with some financial contributions intended to attract partnerships and investments to create new affordable housing that covers a broad range of housing needs and delivered by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). This application based model of distributing funding is a departure from previous funding programmes that were direct allocations.

Update: Over the summer Housing staff have been meeting with individuals, agencies and developers that are interested in developing affordable housing in both the City of Guelph and Wellington County. There is much interest locally in creating affordable housing providing there is access to the funding to make it feasible. In order to gain a more complete picture of the types of potential projects in consideration across our service area, staff will be releasing an Expression of Interest (EOI) later this fall. It is intended that once this EOI has closed that staff can begin working intentionally with respondents to support their projects towards execution. Staff support to the sector in this regard can take several forms including accessing the Federal Funding available, coordinating with other available and future resources and generally partnering as a support to furthering the development of affordable housing overall in Guelph Wellington.

Recommendation: That the report #HS-18-13 National Housing Strategy – National Co-Investment Fund be received for information. Respectfully submitted,


204




Subject: Ontario Renovates

Background: This report provides an update to Report #HS-18-06 on the Ontario Renovates programme committed to under year 3 of the provincial and federal government’s Social Infrastructure Fund (SIF). In May of this year, Housing Services indicated to the Ministry of Housing that it was committing $20,000 of year 3 of the Social Infrastructure Fund towards the Ontario Renovates programme. Over the course of the summer, the new Ontario Renovates programme was designed and is now available to the community as of September 4, 2018. The Ontario Renovates Programme offers funding grants and forgivable loans of up to $5,000 to low to moderate income homeowners to support increased accessibility and urgent repairs required to help homeowners remain in their homes longer. These loans can fund roofing repairs, furnace replacements and other similar necessary emergency repairs. The intention of allocating funds to this initiative is to determine if there is a need for this programme in our community. With the information gained through delivering this initial allocation, staff hope to determine if similar future allocations are needed as we determine how to best deliver future federal and provincial funding that becomes available.

Recommendation: That report #HS-18-12 Ontario Renovates is received for information. Respectfully submitted,


205




Subject: Status and Activity Report Q1 and Q2 2018

Background: As stated in the County of Wellington’s approved 10-Year Housing and Homelessness Plan, our community vision is that everyone in Guelph Wellington can find and maintain an appropriate, safe and affordable place to call home. In our Service Manger area, the County of Wellington along with our housing partners supports over 2,800 individuals and families to help close the gap between income and rent. Despite these efforts 5,395 renter households in our community find themselves in Core Housing Need1, which means that they are living in accommodation that is not suitable, adequate or affordable. Of those households, 92% or 4,985 are paying more than 30% of their income towards shelter costs, placing them at risk of homelessness. Access to an appropriate, safe and affordable place to call home is the cornerstone of a thriving community. Continued efforts towards improving housing affordability for individuals and families will improve health, social and economic outcomes in Guelph Wellington. The following report summarizing our efforts through the first six months of 2018 in Housing Services to deliver these outcomes is attached.

Recommendation: That report #HS-18-14 and attached statistical report Status and Activity Report Q1 and Q2 2018 be received for information.

Respectfully submitted,


1 MMAH, 2018 Service Manager Profile Tab 6.1 - Source: Statistics Canada, Census 2016 Custom Run Data

206

2018 Q1 and Q2 – Status and Activity Committee Report

Page 1 of 4

County of Wellington Housing Services

Status and Activity Report – 2018 Q1&Q2 (January 1, 2018-June 30, 2018)

Purpose:

The Status and Activity Report provides an overview of Housing Services operations. Data below is collected quarterly and reported to committee on a biannual basis. Data reflects activity across Housing Services teams.

Households Assisted - County of Wellington (CMSM) Housing Portfolio (as of June 30, 2018)

Portable Housing Benefit

The County of Wellington was a pilot site for the provincial Survivors of Domestic Violence Portable Housing Benefit (SDV-PHB). Through the pilot rent supports to secure affordable housing were allocated to 10 total households this quarter. The SDV-PHB pilot ended June 30,2018, all participants were transitioned to the provincially funded programme or housed through SPP priority in RGI.

Rent-Geared-to-Income

The County of Wellington owns and operates 1,189 units of rent-geared-to-income housing in 31 properties across the service manager area.

Housing Providers own and operate 1,089 units of rent-geared-to-income housing in 30 properties in Guelph Wellington.

Rent Supplements (Federal, Provincially and municipally funded RGI units administered by CWHS) support households in 285 market units.

Affordable Housing

The County of Wellington owns and operates 131 units of affordable housing in Guelph Wellington.

External housing partners support 172 units of affordable housing in Guelph Wellington.

Rent Support

The County of Wellington provides 121 rent supports though various programmes (examples include HAP, CAD and CASU) to improve housing choice and affordability in the private market in our service manager area.

207


Page 2 of 4

Centralized Wait List (CWL) Composition

Total applications have increased 22.3% since 2017 Q2, when total applications were 1568.

Centralized Wait List Housed Data

These numbers reflect total housed, including transfers, per quarter. In 2018 Q1, 70 households were

housed and 44 households were housed in 2018 Q2. RGI includes rent supplements and Affordable reflects

all housed in County owned and operated Affordable housing units.

1716 1918

33373708

2018 Q1 2018 Q2

Centralized Wait List - Total Applications

Total Applications Total Household Members

2018 Q1 2018 Q2

Transfers 11 8

Affordable 15 4

HAP 0 0

RGI 44 32

4432

15

4

11

8

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Nu

mb

er H

ou

sed

Total Housed (incl. Transfers)

208


Page 3 of 4

Housed by Priority (transfers not included)

Housed by priority data reflects households housed chronologically, through the provincial Special Provincial

Priority (SPP), and our Local Priority category. SPP households include survivors of domestic violence and

human trafficking.

Households housed through priority are accommodated in RGI, Affordable, and HAP.

Wait Times (Average for those chronologically housed between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018)

Waiting times are based on households housed in the 12-month period. These numbers do not include

Housing Allowance, Affordable or Transferred tenants. Wait times across the CMSM should be interpreted

with caution and assumed to be approximations.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Chronologically Special Priority Local Priority

Housed by Priority (non transfer)

2018 Q1 2018 Q2

3.38

1.7

4.1

2.31.9

6.24

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

All Unit Types Bach 1 Bdrm 2 Bdrm 3 Bdrm 4 Bdrm

Ave

rage

Yea

rs

Average Wait Times - CMSM

209


Page 4 of 4

Housing Help Centre (supports provided from April 1, 2017 and June 30, 2017)

These numbers reflect supports and services offered through the Housing Help Centre. Numbers do not

reflect the number of unique households served; as multiple services and supports could be provided to a

single household unit.

Housing Stability Programme

Housing Stability Programme provides funding to stabilize housing and prevent eviction. In addition, the

programme funds Wyndham House and the Welcome In Drop In Centre to support operation of emergency

shelters in Guelph.

Support Type to Individual Households 2017 Q3 2017 Q4 2018 Q1 2018 Q2

Housing Stability Support Funding (HSP, LEAP, EEF) 48 35 32 77

Assisted Moving and Storage 23 32 34 32

Secured Permanent Housing 81 78 72 72

Rental Arrears 30 47 40 26

Emergency Shelter Use 2017 Q3 2017 Q4 2018 Q1 2018 Q2

Number of stays in reporting period 406 434 416 396

Total Clients 271 275 278 278

Number of Individuals 248 242 247 250

Number of Families 23 33 31 28

Average Number of clients each night 46.66 47.42 49.86 59.27

Average length of stay overall (days) 10.57 10.05 10.79 13.62

2018 Q1 2018 Q2

Rent Bank 87 116

Housing Help Centre 174 215

0100200300400

Ho

use

ho

lds

Housing Help Centre - Supports and Services

210

COMMITTEE REPORT OW-18-06


From: Stuart Beumer, Director of Ontario Works

Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: Ontario Works SPDAT Report: Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers

Background:

Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers provides a snapshot of the most significant challenges experienced by individuals receiving Ontario Works. The Ontario Works (OW) office used the Service Prioritization Decision Assistance Tool (SPDAT) to assess the needs of 96 adults in receipt of Ontario Works, the sample included an equal number of men and women to facilitate gender comparisons in the report. The SPDAT identifies concrete barriers across four domains (Wellness, Risks, Socialization and Daily Functioning and Housing) and 15 areas of vulnerability in order to determine the level of acuity for individuals and prioritize service interventions more broadly. The results of the SPDAT assessments are summarized in the attached report and are organized into the areas that emerged as the most significant barriers for individuals who completed the assessment:

Mental Health

Physical Health

Experience of Abuse and Trauma

Homelessness

While this report doesn’t make specific recommendations, it provides examples of initiatives and interventions currently in place to address the issues identified and also provides some information on current employment outcomes. The main purpose of the report is to provide local data on barriers and challenges experienced by Ontario Works recipients, for use in service planning and to support community initiatives and programmes focused on poverty reduction, health and employment. While the report clearly outlines the barriers that many Ontario Works clients experience, further research is planned to more precisely examine different family types, geographic locations and specific demographic cohorts of the Ontario Works caseload.

Summary of Key Trends

Poor self-reported mental and physical health and life experience marked by abuse and trauma emerged as significant challenges for the individuals assessed.

The majority of individuals reported concerns with their mental health, with one quarter identifying serious mental illness

211

Two thirds of individuals reported living with a medical condition that has impacts on their daily living

More than half of the women assessed reported having challenges managing medications appropriately

80% of individuals reported experiencing abuse and/or trauma, with more than half having trouble with daily functioning as a direct result of that trauma. These figures were much higher for women compared to men, where 85% of women reported experiences of abuse and trauma and two-thirds identifying that it impacts their ability to function on a daily basis.

Nearly half of individuals reported being homeless at some point in the last 4-10 years. Of these individuals, the largest proportion was those who had been homeless between one month and two years in the last four years.

With the vast majority of individuals presenting with these challenges, it is clear that many Ontario Works recipients have long-standing and complex barriers that may require more intensive and targeted life-stabilization supports in order to assist them in preparing for employment and provide a strong foundation for working towards financial self-sufficiency.

Attachment: Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers: Ontario Works SPDAT Report: September 2018.

Acknowledgement:

Dunja Lukić, Social Planning and Policy Analyst completed the analysis and is the author of Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers. Special thanks to our Life Skills Caseworkers who worked with individual clients to complete the SPDAT assessments.

Recommendation:

That report OW-18-06 Ontario Works SPDAT Report: Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Stuart Beumer Director of Ontario Works

212

Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers:

Ontario Works SPDAT Report

September 2018

213

Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers 2018 2

Table of Contents

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................. 3

Methodology ................................................................................................................................................................. 3

Sample ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3

The SPDAT Assessment ............................................................................................................................................. 3

Data Limitations ........................................................................................................................................................ 4

Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5

Mental Health ............................................................................................................................................................... 6

Physical Health .............................................................................................................................................................. 8

Abuse and Trauma ...................................................................................................................................................... 10

Housing and Homelessness ........................................................................................................................................ 11

Employment Outcomes .............................................................................................................................................. 13

Summary of Key Trends .............................................................................................................................................. 15

214


Introduction

Taking a Closer Look at Client Barriers provides a snapshot of the most significant challenges

experienced by individuals receiving Ontario Works through County of Wellington Social Services. This

report also provides a look at employment outcomes, goal setting and life skills interventions. While this

report doesn’t make specific recommendations, it provides examples of initiatives and interventions

currently in place to address the issues identified. This report aims to provide local data on barriers and

challenges experienced by Ontario Works recipients, for use in service planning and to support

community initiatives and programmes focused on poverty reduction, health and employment in the

City of Guelph and the County of Wellington.

Methodology

Sample

The data presented in this report represents a sample of 96 individuals who completed the Full Single

Adult SPDAT assessment, administered by an Ontario Works caseworker trained on the use of the tool.

Life Skills and Addiction Services clients were not included, as those programmes are already geared

towards clients with the most acute issues and concerns. The adults assessed were either single or single

parents with younger children and no spouse or partner. The vast majority (75%) of the individuals

assessed were expected to be searching or preparing for employment as part of their Ontario Works

participation agreement. The sample contains an equal number of men and women to facilitate gender-

based analysis on the barriers identified. Scores used to inform the data for this report do not include

children or other family members and represent only the individual completing the assessment.

96 adults in receipt of Ontario Works completed the SPDAT assessment, with 48 men and 48 women

participating. The average length of time on assistance was 2.5 years, with 43% on assistance for longer

than 2 years. The average age for the entire single and sole support adult was 36 years. For all single and

sole support adults on the Ontario Works caseload, the average length of time on assistance was just

over 2 years, with 37% on assistance for longer than 2 years.

While this initial report relies on a sample of 96 individuals on the Ontario Works caseload, this research

may be expanded in the future to more precisely examine different family types, geographic locations

and specific demographic cohorts.

The SPDAT Assessment

The Service Prioritization Decision Assistance Tool (SPDAT) was originally designed as a tool to help

prioritize housing services for homeless individuals based upon their acuity, but has been successfully

adapted to other fields of practice. It is an in-depth assessment that relies on the assessor’s ability to

interpret responses and corroborate those with evidence1. The responses are self-reported by the client

and are recorded by the assessor. The SPDAT was chosen based on an evaluation of eight different

assessments used by practitioners in the community and other Ontario Works service managers. A

number of considerations were taken into account, including the life domains covered in the tool, the

1 Service Prioritization Decision Assistance Tool (SPDAT) Version 4.01, OrgCode Consulting 2015.

215


universality of the tool, and the tool output. The evaluation included discussions with tool developers as

well as community organizations that were administering assessments. The SPDAT was found to best

serve the objective of identifying client barriers and challenges, due to its design and focus on acuity

across 15 different life areas. While the tool’s foundation is housing stability and housing interventions,

the SPDAT is one of the few tools available to front-line staff that identifies concrete barriers across four

domains and 15 areas of vulnerability in order to determine the level of acuity for individuals and

prioritize service interventions more broadly. The SPDAT assesses conditions within the following

domains:

Wellness

o Mental Health & Wellness and Cognitive Functioning

o Physical Health & Wellness

o Medication

o Substance Use

o Experience of Abuse and Trauma

Risks

o Risk of Harm to Self or Others

o Involvement in Higher Risk and/or Exploitative Situations

o Interaction with Emergency Services

o Legal involvement

Socialization and Daily Functioning

o Personal Administration and Money Management

o Social Relationships and Networks

o Self-Care and Daily Living Skills

o Meaningful Daily Activity

Housing

o History of Homelessness and Housing

o Managing Tenancy

Number scores ranging from 0 (low acuity) to 4 (high acuity) are provided for each component, with a

total score indicating the combined level of acuity for an individual across all 15 areas.

Data Limitations

The SPDAT relies on self-reported scores for each question, and thus the data represents only what each

individual is comfortable disclosing, and may not include the totality of their experience. Experiences

vary widely between individuals and individuals who may have experienced life events of similar severity

may have very different perceptions of the impact of these events on their own lives. Individuals may

under report or over report their experiences and scores may reflect this.

In a report published by the Homeless Hub in 2018 in the Journal of Social Distress and the Homeless,

the authors present their findings on the reliability and validity of the VI-SPDAT, a shorter version of the

assessment tool used in this report. They find that “several questions on the VI-SPDAT were not strongly

related, or were related in an unexpected way (e.g., the presence of a health condition was associated

216


with lower vulnerability), with the concept of vulnerability and/or with the VI-SPDAT subdomains.”2 A

thorough analysis of the full SPDAT done locally found similar issues. As a result, questions with low

validity and relevance to the objective of this report were not included in the analysis. Scores were

collapsed where appropriate to group acuity levels and generate meaningful analysis. The developers of

the SPDAT were in the process of revising the tool as of August 2018.

Overview

Based on the representative sample of clients assessed for this report, mental health, physical health,

experience of abuse and trauma and homelessness emerged as the most significant barriers. The

findings show that 73% of individuals indicated some concern with their mental health, with one quarter

reporting acute mental health challenges that impact daily living. More than half of individuals stated

that current or past experiences of abuse or trauma impact their ability to function on a daily basis,

including the ability to find and maintain employment and housing, and develop meaningful

relationships with others. Two-thirds of individuals reported that they live with medical conditions that

impact their daily living. These findings suggest that reliance on assistance is increasingly fueled by long-

standing and complex barriers to employment. The Wellington County Ontario Works caseload is not

unique in this respect- the patterns identified at the local level are mirrored across Canada and Ontario:

The poorest people in Ontario are more likely to have health risks, less access to important

health services, multiple chronic conditions and shorter life expectancy3

Low income persons are four times more likely to report poor or fair health status than are high-

income persons4

Living in poverty can quadruple a child’s risk of being exposed to trauma5

235,000 Canadians experience homelessness in a year and 35,000 are homeless on any given

night6

Service managers across the province are conducting local research to examine client barriers particular

to their area and caseload, including Toronto Employment and Social Services which has embarked on a

large-scale study of single adults on their Ontario Works caseload.

2 New Research on the Reliability and Validity of the VI-SPDAT: Implications for Coordinated Assessment. Homeless Hub, 2018. http://homelesshub.ca/blog/new-research-reliability-and-validity-vi-spdat-implications-coordinated-assessment 3 Health Quality Ontario, Income and Health 2016. http://hqontario.ca/Portals/0/documents/system-performance/health-equity-report-en.pdf 4 Association of Ontario Health Centres, A Journey through poverty, 2009. https://www.aohc.org/sites/default/files/documents/Journey%20Through%20Poverty.pdf 5 Children’s Health Policy Centre, Simon Fraser University, 2011. http://childhealthpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/RQ-3-11-Summer.pdf 6 Canadian Homelessness Research Network, The State of Homelessness in Canada 2016. http://homelesshub.ca/SOHC2016

217

http://homelesshub.ca/blog/new-research-reliability-and-validity-vi-spdat-implications-coordinated-assessment

http://homelesshub.ca/blog/new-research-reliability-and-validity-vi-spdat-implications-coordinated-assessment

http://hqontario.ca/Portals/0/documents/system-performance/health-equity-report-en.pdf

http://hqontario.ca/Portals/0/documents/system-performance/health-equity-report-en.pdf

https://www.aohc.org/sites/default/files/documents/Journey%20Through%20Poverty.pdf

http://childhealthpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/RQ-3-11-Summer.pdf

http://childhealthpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/RQ-3-11-Summer.pdf

http://homelesshub.ca/SOHC2016


Mental Health

Of the total sample, approximately three-quarters (73%) of individuals identified some concerns for

their overall mental health or that they were engaged with mental health supports. 25% reported acute

mental health challenges, including serious mental illness.

Mental health and poverty are connected—people with the lowest incomes, such as Ontario Works

recipients, are more likely to experience depression, anxiety, mood disorders, Alzheimer’s or dementia

and schizophrenia7. The most recent data from the Canadian Community Health Survey indicates that

66.6% of the population in Guelph and 76.2% of the population in Wellington County rate their mental

health as “very good” or “excellent” 7. The inverse is true for the individuals profiled in this report,

where only 27% report no mental health challenges.

7 Toward Common Ground Data Portal, Mental Health. http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/mental-health.aspx

No mental health challenges reported27%

Concern for overall mental health or mild impairments48%

Heightened concerns about mental health or serious mental illness25%

Mental Health- Total

218

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/mental-health.aspx

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/mental-health.aspx


There was a marked gender difference in how men and women reported their mental health challenges.

A significantly higher percentage of women reported concerns with their mental health at 81%,

compared to men at 65%.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

No mental health challenges reported Concern for overall mental health ormild impairments

Heightened concerns about mentalhealth or serious mental illness

Mental Health by Gender

Male Female

219


Physical Health

Two-thirds (65%) of individuals identified the presence of a medical condition that impacts their daily

living, and nearly a quarter (22%) reported serious medical concerns and a lack of access to community

resources to assist with managing their health care needs. This stands in contrast to the general

population in Guelph and Wellington County, where 61.5% and 70.1% respectively rate their physical

health as “very good” or “excellent”8 while just over one-third (35%) of individuals assessed in this

report indicated that they had no serious or chronic conditions. More than half of women and less than

one quarter of men report having challenges managing their prescription medications appropriately,

including issues with dosing, requiring intensive assistance to manage/take medication, misuse of

prescription drugs and selling or sharing medication. A significantly higher percentage of men (17%)

identified serious health impacts as a direct result of substance use, compared to women (4%). The

majority of individuals reported that they had at least one interaction with emergency services (such

police, paramedics, visit to ER, use of crisis lines or services) in the last year, with 13% reporting frequent

interactions in the last six months.

8 Toward Common Ground Data Portal, Self-Rated Physical Health. http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/disease.aspx

No serious or chronic condition reported35%

Serious or chronic condition managed appropriately with some impact on daily living43%

Serious medical concerns or conditions and a lack of access to community resources22%

Physical Health- Total

220

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/disease.aspx


Nearly half of women (48%) identified a medical condition impacting everyday living, compared to men

at 38%.

Approximately two-thirds of people in receipt of social assistance in Ontario are food insecure,

compared to 17% of the general population in Guelph9, making social assistance recipients more

vulnerable to chronic conditions. Food insecurity also poses challenges for managing chronic conditions,

including foregoing critical expenses like medication in order to eat10. This is not surprising given that

single individuals on Ontario Works can receive a maximum monthly allowance of $721 to account for

all living expenses, including shelter costs and food. The impacts of food insecurity on health can be

generational and have lasting impacts on children growing up in food insecure households. Experiences

of hunger in childhood have a lasting impact on mental health, manifesting in greater risks of depression

and suicidal ideation in adolescence and early adulthood10. Food insecurity is one challenge that

illustrates the link between physical health and its long-term impacts on other areas of the lives on

individuals living in poverty.

9 Toward Common Ground Data Portal, Food Insecurity. http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/food-security.aspx 10 PROOF Food Insecurity Policy Research, Fact Sheets. University of Toronto. http://proof.utoronto.ca/resources/fact-sheets/#socialassistance

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

No serious or chronic conditionreported

Serious or chronic condition managedappropriately with some impact on

daily living

Serious medical concerns orconditions and a lack of access to

community resources

Physical Health by Gender

Male Female

221

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/food-security.aspx

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/food-security.aspx

http://proof.utoronto.ca/resources/fact-sheets/#socialassistance


Abuse and Trauma

A very high number of individuals report experiencing abuse and/or trauma with a significant impact on

their ability to function on a daily basis, including ability to hold down a job, maintain housing or engage

in meaningful relationships with others. The assessment asks individuals to identify if they have

experienced emotional, physical, sexual or psychological abuse at any point and the impact of these

experiences on their lives currently.

The vast majority of women reported having experienced abuse and/or trauma (85%), with two-thirds

identifying that the experience impacts their daily functioning. While the figures were higher for

women, a high percentage of men still reported experiences of abuse and/or trauma at 75%, with 42%

identifying impact on their daily functioning.

No reported experience of abuse or trauma20%

Reported experience of abuse or trauma26%

Reported experience of abuse or trauma impacts daily functioning54%

Abuse/Trauma- Total

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

No reported experience of abuse ortrauma

Reported experience of abuse ortrauma

Reported experience of abuse ortrauma impacts daily functioning

Abuse/Trauma by Gender

Male Female

222


Housing and Homelessness

Those experiencing homelessness often live in conditions that adversely affect their overall health.

Climatic conditions, psychological strain and exposure to communicable disease create and lead to a

range of chronic and acute health problems, including injury from cold, tuberculosis, skin diseases,

cardio-respiratory disease, nutritional deficiencies, sleep deprivation, musculoskeletal pain and poor

oral health.

Being unhoused makes it difficult, and in some cases impossible, to access general health care services.

Individuals experiencing homelessness are sometimes unable to obtain medical treatment without valid

government ID stating an address; pay for items not covered by provincial medical or drug insurance

plans; make a health appointment (due lack of an address and phone); and receive coordinated care

when comprehensive medical records are not kept in one location with one provider11. Homelessness is

also connected to a higher likelihood of experiencing violence or trauma12. Individuals experiencing

homelessness may have challenges participating in the formal labour market for many reasons,

including not having an address to put on a resume, lack of a phone number to communicate with

employers and no safe place to prepare for job interviews, sleep safely, and recover from illness or

injury13. Other barriers may include the inability to maintain proper hygiene or nutrition, lack of access

to transportation to get to and from work, and inability to follow shelter rules while employed14 (for

example, meal times and sleeping hours at shelters that are at odds with scheduled shift work).

Nearly half (48%) of individuals reported experiencing homelessness at some point in the last 4-10 years.

Nearly one third report being homeless for more than a month in the last four years and 12% report

more than two years of homelessness in the last ten years.

11 Homeless Hub, Health. http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/topics/health 12 Toward Common Ground Data Portal, Housing and Homelessness. http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/housing-and-homelessness.aspx 13 Homeless Hub, Employment. http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/education-training-employment/employment 14 Homeless Hub, Education, Training & Employment. http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/topics/education-training-employment

51%

6%

30%

12%

Housing/Homelessness- Total

7 or fewer days ofhomelessness in the last 4 years

7+ days to 30 days ofhomelessness in the last 4 years

30+ days to 2 years ofhomelessness in the last 4 years

2+ years of homelessness in thelast 10 years

223

http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/topics/health

http://www.towardcommonground.ca/en/data-portal/housing-and-homelessness.aspx

http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/education-training-employment/employment

http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/education-training-employment/employment

http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/topics/education-training-employment

http://homelesshub.ca/about-homelessness/topics/education-training-employment


Slightly more men reported experiencing homelessness overall, although for those who had experienced

chronic homelessness (two or more years of homelessness in the last 10 years), men and women were

equally represented at 12% of the sample. While nearly half of all individuals surveyed reported that

they were continuously housed for at least one year, 25% of men identified that they had been re-

housed more than three times in the last year, were currently homeless or at imminent risk of

homelessness. For women, the percentage reporting high acuity in tenancy was much smaller, at 13%.

One third of individuals identified that they required housing supports in the last year.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

7 or fewer days ofhomelessness in the last 4

years

7+ days to 30 days ofhomelessness in the last 4

years

30+ days to 2 years ofhomelessness in the last 4

years

2+ years of homelessness inthe last 10 years

Housing/Homelessness by Gender

Male Female

224


Employment Outcomes

The County of Wellington Ontario Works office provides targeted supports to assist clients with their

employment-related goals and to encourage financial independence. In 2017, 14.6% of clients receiving

Ontario Works in Guelph and Wellington reported employment earnings. Of those recipients with

employment earnings, the average monthly amount reported was $784 in 2017. In 2017, nearly a

quarter (22.5%) of all clients exiting Ontario Works did so because they secured employment or because

their employment earnings were high enough to render them ineligible for financial assistance. The

graphic below provides a comparison between 2017 outcomes for Wellington and the Province. Our

outcomes are a function of both our efforts to work with clients through intensive case management

and personalized employment supports, and a robust local labour market.

While Wellington County outperforms the province in the percentage of clients with employment

earnings and percentage of clients exiting assistance as a result of obtaining employment, the

complexity of barriers experienced by Ontario Works recipients may help to explain the relatively low

percentage of clients leaving social assistance for employment. Persistent and long-standing barriers

impact the ability of individuals to function on a daily basis, affecting the ability to secure and maintain

employment.

A point in time analysis of two sample caseloads, representing approximately 12% of the total

Wellington County Ontario Works caseload as of July 2018, revealed that half of individuals (49%) are

facing barriers that prevent them from being able to work, including caregiving responsibilities, medical

and mental health issues, addictions, criminal record history, homelessness, domestic violence and

trauma. Many of these individuals were in the process of applying for ODSP due to physical and/or

mental health challenges. One quarter (24%) of individuals were employed full time or part time, and

just over one quarter (27%) were preparing for employment through basic education, training, post-

secondary studies, and supported job searching. It should be noted that although individuals may be

working or preparing for employment, they may still be experiencing significant barriers that impact or

restrict their ability to achieve financial self-sufficiency.

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

Caseload with Employment Income Terminations exiting to employment

Per

cen

t o

f C

asel

oad

Employment Outcomes

Wellington Province

225


Wellington County Ontario Works is a participant in the provincial Addiction Services Initiative (ASI)

programme, allowing specialized caseworkers and other Ontario Works staff to provide comprehensive,

wrap-around supports for those experiencing complex addiction issues as a barrier to obtaining and

maintaining employment. Our Life Skills programme offers the same level of intensive case management

for clients with mental health issues and concurrent disorders. Both Life Skills and ASI clients work with

their caseworker who ensures access to and engagement in treatment as laid out in each clients’

individualized treatment plan. Every ASI participant is also referred to one or more of the addiction

services available in the community, and receives support from their caseworker to navigate the

assessment and treatment options and processes. These supports are a best practice for intervention

with clients with substance misuse and mental health challenges, as they focus on assisting clients to

stabilize their life situation with appropriate supports, so that they can then focus on moving forward

with employment-related goals.

Ontario Works staff are actively engaged in interventions to support clients in employment readiness,

life stabilization and goal setting. In addition to intensive case management, specialized caseloads, and

individualized employment supports, Wellington County Ontario Works offers the Getting Ahead

programme five times per year, which is a three-week intensive programme where our facilitators work

with participants to create an action plan and work towards a sustainable and self-sufficient future.

Some participants go on to the Circles Guelph-Wellington programme, which is a community-based

initiative with a focus on building relationships across socio-economic boundaries as a means of assisting

low-income individuals and families to access skills, networks, and resources necessary to move them

out of poverty and towards financial self-sufficiency. This programme is part of a current Local Poverty

Reduction Fund evaluation, and evaluation findings have shown it to be a best practice for supporting

individuals in their journey to financial self-sufficiency.

Employed24%

Preparing for Employment27%

Complex Barriers to Employment49%

Employment Readiness- Total Ontario Works Caseload

226


Summary of Key Trends

Poor self-reported mental and physical health and life experience marked by abuse and trauma

emerged as significant challenges for the individuals assessed.

The majority of individuals reported concerns with their mental health, with one quarter

identifying serious mental illness

Two thirds of individuals reported living with a medical condition that has impacts on their daily

living

More than half of the women assessed reported having challenges managing medications

appropriately

80% of individuals reported experiencing abuse and/or trauma, with more than half having

trouble with daily functioning as a direct result of that trauma. These figures were much higher

for women compared to men, where 85% of women reported experiences of abuse and trauma

and two-thirds identifying that it impacts their ability to function on a daily basis.

Nearly half of individuals reported being homeless at some point in the last 4-10 years. Of these

individuals, the largest proportion was those who had been homeless between one month and

two years in the last four years.

With the vast majority of individuals presenting with these challenges, it is clear that many Ontario

Works recipients have long-standing and complex barriers that may require more intensive and targeted

life-stabilization supports in order to assist them in preparing for employment and provide a strong

foundation for working towards financial self-sufficiency.

For more information please contact:

Stuart Beumer Director of Ontario Works T: 519.837.2670 x 3065 E: [email protected]

Dunja Lukić Social Planning and Policy Analyst T: 519.837.2670 x 3520 E: [email protected]

227

County of Wellington - Ontario Works

2015-18 County / City Caseload

Total caseload2015 2016 2017 2018 Cases % Cases %

January 2,038 2,084 2,037 2,052 (16) -0.8% 15 0.7%February 2,096 2,100 2,066 2,100 48 2.3% 34 1.6%March 2,103 2,151 2,083 2,049 (51) -2.4% (34) -1.6%April 2,112 2,155 2,095 2,042 (7) -0.3% (53) -2.5%May 2,137 2,142 2,120 2,067 25 1.2% (53) -2.5%June 2,121 2,136 2,141 2,061 (6) -0.3% (80) -3.7%July 2,107 2,122 2,107 2,035 (26) -1.3% (72) -3.4%August 2,073 2,124 2,143 September 2,069 2,122 2,096 October 2,053 2,046 2,067 November 2,025 2,035 2,090 December 2,044 2,056 2,068 Total 24,978 25,273 25,113 14,406 Average 2,082 2,106 2,093 2,058 -35 -1.7%

Change From Previous Month

Change From Previous Year

228

0

#DIV/0!

1825185018751900192519501975200020252050207521002125215021752200

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Cas

eloa

d

Month

Total County and City Ontario Works Caseload - January 2015 to July 2018

2018

2017

2016

2015

1975

2000

2025

2050

2075

2100

2125

2150

2175

2200

2225

2250

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Cas

eloa

d

Month

Total County and City Ontario Works Caseload Budget/Actual Comparison

ActualCaseload2017

2017monthlyaveragecaseloadplus 1.5%

ActualCaseload2018

229


Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee

Minutes

September 12, 2018 Terrace Boardroom

4:30 pm Museum and Seniors 6:00 pm Library Board


Councillor Shawn Watters (Chair) Councillor David Anderson Councillor Pierre Brianceau Councillor Mary Lloyd Lucia Costanzo Jennifer Dixon Walter Trachsel

Regrets:

Janice Sheppard

Staff:

Kim Courts, Deputy Clerk Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Chanda Gilpin, Assistant Chief Librarian Janice Hindley, Wellington Place Administrator Laura Holtom, Administrator Wellington Terrace Murray McCabe, Chief Librarian Sue Schwartzentruber, Assistant Administrator Scott Wilson, CAO

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order




230

I H & S Minutes September 12, 2018

2

3. Museum and Archives 3.1 Museum and Archives Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018

1/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Anderson That the Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 for the County Museum and Archives be approved.

Carried

3.2 WCMA Summer Highlights 2/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Brianceau That the Administrator’s report WCMA Summer Highlights July to August 2018 be received for information and forwarded to County Council.

Carried

3.3 Aboyne Trail Opening Date Discussion The Committee discussed possible dates for the Aboyne Trail Opening and decided on Friday, October 26, 2018 at 2:00 pm. Details will be forwarded as they become available.

4. Seniors

4.1 Wellington Terrace Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018

3/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Anderson That the August 31, 2018 Financial Statements for the Wellington Terrace be received for information.

Carried

231


3

4.2 Quality Report 4/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lloyd Seconded by: Councillor Brianceau That the August 2018 Quality Report for the Wellington Terrace be received for information.

Carried

4.3 Making the Move to Long-Term Care Article - LHIN Newsletter 5/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Councillor Anderson That the LHIN article - Making the Move to Long Term Care be received for information.

Carried

4.4 Moment of Excellence - Verbal Ms. Suzanne Swartzentruber, Assistant Administrator highlighted family social involvement at the Terrace. Residents and their families are invited to join in on recreation programming, book space for family gatherings, become a member of the choir, use the family van and more. This culture encourages family visiting and involvement as connectedness is a very important aspect of the social life at Wellington Terrace.

5. Recess

At 5:23 pm, the Committee recessed until 6:00 pm.

6. Library Board

6.1 Declaration of Pecuniary Interest


232


4

6.2 Library Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 6/7/18 Moved by: Walter Trachsel Seconded by: Jennifer Dixon That the Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 for the County Library Service be approved.

Carried

6.3 Summary of Library Activities - Summer 2018 7/7/18 Moved by: Lucia Costanzo Seconded by: Councillor Brianceau That the Chief Librarian’s report for the Summer of 2018 be received for information.

Carried

6.4 2018 Summer Reading Club Activities 8/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Walter Trachsel That the report on the 2018 Summer Reading Club activities at Wellington County Library be received for information.

Carried

6.5 Library Info Graphic Summer 2018 9/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Anderson Seconded by: Councillor Lloyd That the Summer 2018 Library Info Graphic be received for information.

Carried

233


5

6.6 Library Use Statistics - June, July and August 2018 10/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Brianceau Seconded by: Lucia Costanzo That the Library Use Statistics for June, July and August 2018 be received for information.

Carried

6.7 Items for Information 11/7/18 Moved by: Jennifer Dixon Seconded by: Walter Trachsel That items 6.7.1 to 6.7.7 be received for information.

6.7.1 Residents Discover New Forms of Creative Expression in Their Public

Library, Municipal World, September 2018 6.7.2 Creating Mental Health Resources Tailored For Canadian Farmers,

University of Guelph 6.7.3 Short Story Contest Poster 6.7.4 Ontario Library Association (OLA) News Release 6.7.5 The Next Chapter, September 2018 6.7.6 Community Celebrates in Style at Grand Opening of New Hillsburgh

Library, Wellington Advertiser, June 2018 6.7.7 Hillsburgh on Temperence Tour, Erin Advocate, July 2018

Carried 7. Adjournment

At 6:32 pm, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 10, 2018 or call of the Chair.

_________________________ Shawn Watters

Chair Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee

234

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee

From: Janice Hindley, Administrator, Wellington Place, Museum and Archives Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: WCMA Summer Highlights July to August 2018

Background:

Please find some highlights from curatorial, archives, capital projects, staff updates, programming, Wellington Place, and facility use covering late June through August 2018. Curatorial Donations: The curatorial department received many donations over the summer, and the following are three highlights:

A full size replica street organ towed by a full size replica 1895 automobile built by and

operated by the late Frank Speers of Elora. He was the owner of Speers Electric which he

founded in 1947 in Elora. The automobile was built from 1993 to 1995 around the engine and

transmission of a Massey Ferguson lawn tractor and it tows a fully operational street organ also

made by Frank. Mr. Speers participated in parades and festivals, mostly in Elora, with the

organ. He passed away in 2010 and his son, Jim Speers made the donation in memory of his

father, to the Museum.

The uniform of the former Harriston Police Chief Ron Faulkner, who served in that capacity

from 1986 to 1999.

A walking plow made by J. Fleury and Sons around 1925, used by Alex Black to win the 1935

International Plowing Match (IPM) in Caledonia and the 1936 IPM in Cornwall. Alex Black was a

Puslinch Township native and later sold the plough to the donor, Robert Mac Robbie, who used

it in two IPMs-- the 1954 Breslau match, and the 1968 held in Wellington County. Robert

restored the plough and had it on display at the 2016 IPM. It is a great piece of local

agricultural history and we are very fortunate to have it.

Exhibits:

Groves Memorial – The Past, Present and Future came to an end on August 7, after a ten-week

run. We partnered with the Groves Hospital Foundation and the exhibit was very well received

235

by both medical professionals and the public at large. We traced the origins of the institutional

health care system in Wellington County from 1902, when Doctor Groves opened the Royal

Alexandra Hospital in Fergus, to the current Groves Memorial Community Hospital.

Wightman –The First 110 Years, in partnership with Wightman Telecommunications, opened

on August 20, 2018. The exhibit highlights the changes in telecommunications over 110 years

and celebrates the family’s journey in the process. The official opening reception will take

place on Sunday, September 9 from 1.00 pm to 3.00 pm and everyone is invited.

Preparation for our new permanent exhibit on the Second World War continued over the

summer months. Mural artist Cliff Smith worked over the summer painting the mural that

covers the gallery and ceiling walls, and will be the backdrop to our exhibit items and the stories

of Wellington County men and women that served. We are entering the final stages of editing,

production, and designing interactive elements for this exhibit. The mural is expected to be

complete by the end of September.

Summer was very busy preparing for three new exhibits in September “Now and Then- Two

Generations of Landscape Artists” in Exhibit Hall, our largest gallery. The show explores

landscape painting by two generations of Canadian artists: 19th century artists Carl Ahrens

(born in Winfield, Wellington County) and Homer Watson displayed alongside contemporary

artists Barry McCarthy (based in Elora) and former Harriston resident Tony Luciani. The

opening for the exhibit is scheduled for Sunday, September 16, from 1.00 pm to 3.00 pm.

Opening on September 16 is “Mentor and Metalsmith- The Silver Art of Arthur Brecken and

Wesley Harris.” This travelling exhibit showcases the extraordinary skills of two Erin

silversmiths, Wesley Harris, an accomplished contemporary Canadian artist, and his late

teacher and mentor, Arthur Brecken. On display will be Brecken's finest silver pieces and

Harris' tribute work directly inspired by his mentor.

The third exhibit “All Roads Lead to Erin”, opens on Sunday, September 30, from 1.00 pm to

3.00 pm. Presented in partnership with the Town of Erin Heritage Committee, the exhibit

explores the role of transportation in the growth and development of the former Township of

Erin through photographs, diary excerpts, and artifacts from Erin’s past.

Summer Student

Sarah O’Donnell helped with the digitization of our collection and our Museum database, Past

Perfect. Sarah took around 1,550 photographs of various artifacts, most of them metal objects,

ceramics and textiles, and linked the images to the database records. She photographed all of

the temporary exhibits in the Museum and documented the progress of the WWII mural. She

also helped the Programming Department by conducting tours of the Barn on weekends and

assisting with the weekly Summer Pleasures programme.

236

Archives Archives staff assisted 630 members of the public with inquiries.

The Archives catalogued 60 donations from 34 donors including:

Grand Trunk Railway accident, photograph, Guelph Township, 1906. (A2018.24.3)

Vox Scholae, Fergus High School yearbook, 1935-1938. (A2018.24.4)

Wellington County Councillor, Ward 5 Vacancy, documentation, 2018. (A2018.25.2)

Ken Weber's Historic Hills: Stories of Our Past from In The Hills Magazine, book, 2017.

(A2018.27)

Eramosa Community News, February - August 1992 [incomplete]. (A2018.30)

Fred Allison Joseph Holman Royal Canadian Air Force records, Fergus Boy Scouts records, and

Holman family records, 1927-2003. (A2018.32)

Poster for auction sale, estate of Norman Skeoch, Nichol Township, 1979. (A2018.34)

S.S. #3 West Garafraxa Township - Living Springs, school photograph, 29 June 1894. (A2018.36)

Bulletin with Notes, Royal Alexandra Hospital Fergus, Ontario, 1920-1921. (A2018.39)

Margaret Salter (nee Fair), West Luther and Maryborough Townships and Arthur, records,

1908; 1928-1972. (A2018.40)

Eramosa Township Local Board of Health, minutes, 1899 - 1912. (A2018.42)

Frank Shortt, Nichol Township, auction poster, 1967. (A2018.44)

Gary Williamson, Harriston, career documents, 1989-2011. (A2018.45.1)

Village of Clifford, land records, wills, Motions of Council, 1864-1996. (A2018.49)

Barrie Hill Presbyterian Church Choir, photograph, 1907. (A2018.50)

Gord Brown (1914-1986) World War II and family photographs, 1941 - ca. 1975. (A2018.52)

John Walsh Royal Canadian Navy photographs, 1942-1945. (A2018.53)

William Henry Parkinson of Eramosa Township family photographs, ca. 1910-1925. (A2018.54)

237

William Henry Parkinson of Eramosa Township letters and photographs, ca. 1930-1946. (A2018.55)

Hazel L. Mack, Rockwood, Fergus and Guelph, files and papers, negatives and photographs, 1875-1983. (A2018.56)

Palmerston High School, panoramic photograph by E. J. Powell, Cayuga, 1946. (A2018.73)

Elsie Dandy photographs, ca. 1941-1945. (A2018.78)

The Prime Ministers by artist William Ronald, exhibition catalogue, 1983. (A2018.80)

Douglas Gilmour, R.C.A.F. documents, 1944-1946. (A2018.82)

Hillsburgh photographs and newspapers and newspaper clippings, 1858-2017. (A2018.83)

Wellington Advertiser 50th anniversary promotional materials and photographs, 2018. (A2018.86)

Henry Rennie's Royal Canadian Air Force, Observer's and Air Gunner's Flying log book, Elora, 1941-1943. (A2018.99)

Wellington County Roads Department bridge drawings: McNabb Bridge, Bosworth Bridge, Caldwell Bridge, Princess Elizabeth Bridge, 1946-1989. (A2018.105)

Loretta Hanson (nee Goetz), Kenilworth, printed materials, 1919-1946. (A2018.106)

Norris family records, Peel Township, 1940-1962. (A2018.108)

Groves Hospital Volunteer Association, bursary applications, 2000-2003; scrapbook, 2012-2013. (A2018.109)

Wellington County Plowmen's Association, card, poster, programme, 2018. (A2018.110)

Armstrong, Bolton, Grieve, and McQueen family photographs, Eramosa Township, ca. 1915-1926. (A2018.111)

Isabella Ruth McKenzie, Clifford (1904-1994), newspaper clippings, 1942-1952; 2014. (A2018.113)

Wellington County road map, Ontario Department of Highways, 1959. (A2018.116)

James Cross and David Cross, Fergus Highland Games photographs, 1954. (A2018.120)

238

Staff Updates We had three summer students working at the WCMA: Phil Arnott and Caden Hammond in programming and events, and Sarah O’Donnell in the curatorial department. Phil and Caden worked with us last summer, and it was great to have them back again. Sarah was new to us this year, and did a great job photographing the collection and linking those to our online catalogue for the public. Kym Drinkwater returned on September 4, 2018 following her maternity leave. It’s great to have Kym back as our Office Clerk at the front desk. She does an exceptional job with room rentals, facility bookings, and promoting the WCMA to the public every day! Thanks to Sandi Thomas and Nada Small for covering Kym’s maternity leave. Lisa Harrison, archives assistant, will be leaving us for her maternity leave effective September 26, 2018. We have advertised for a temporary archives assistant and are interviewing candidates on September 13, 2018. Three of our staff will be receiving long service awards this October at the County’s annual recognition dinner. Karen Wagner, Archivist, 20 years; Phil Dietrich, Museum Technician, 15 years; and, Amy Dunlop, Curatorial Assistant, 15 years. Facility Use The month of July was booked in both Aboyne Hall and the Nicholas Keith room for our adult art workshops. This will likely change next year as we revise the art programme and reduce the number of week long workshops in favour of shorter, possibly evening and weekend programmes. We did enjoy Elora Festival Family Concert Series in the Museum Barn during three afternoons in July. This was a new programme and partnership that worked well. The Festival continued is Exhibit Hall Chamber Music evening concerts in July here as well. For August, there were 9 bookings by community groups including the Fergus Scottish Festival Brunch, Grand River Robotics, and the Mount Forest Health Team; 4 weddings that included Barn ceremonies and receptions in Aboyne Hall; 5 County bookings; and, a Children’s Early Years Summer Conference, organized by our County staff, attended by people from across the province, that took place here over two days, August 10 and 11th. The conference used all of our facilities including the Barn! Wellington Place and Capital Projects Utilities corridor completed from Wellington Road 18 to the hub near the roundabout for the new hospital and also future development, including the new Aboyne child care centre, at Wellington Place. We also took this opportunity to work with the County’s IT department to replace and increase the size/power of the telecommunications conduit from the Aboyne library and the museum to the new hub. The utilities included Bell, Cogeco, Wightman, Union Gas, and Hydro One. Rogers did not choose to participate as previously reported at the June committee meeting. Two of the three projects that fall under “Farm Repairs” in the capital budget were completed over the summer: a new roof on the former driveshed, and paving the area outside of one of the large storage buildings. Repairs to the former Chicken Coop are part of that project, and will be done over the late fall and winter.

239

Construction of the new Groves Memorial Community Hospital is on schedule. Staff and myself are meeting with the construction manager on September 11, 2018 to discuss art and artifact installation from the WCMA’s collection in the new hospital. At the June County Council meeting, Council approved names for Streets A, C and D at Wellington Place. Street A is “Charles Allan Way”; Street C is “David Boyle Drive” and, the future Street D is “Samuel Honey Drive.” The name for Street B will be considered after input from the Groves Hospital Board. We are working with Linda Dickson and Joe Carbone on completing the process for implementing these new street names. Council also approved the new civic addressing system for properties at Wellington Place at the June Council meeting. The major shelving installation in the Archives vault was completed over the summer, and this capital project can now be closed. On Friday, September 14, 2018 the groundbreaking ceremony for the new Aboyne Child Care Centre will take place. Reception will be held in the Museum’s Heritage Barn following the ceremony. Programming and Events Doors Open – June 16, 2018 Doors Open had another successful year! This year’s theme focused on women’s suffrage and social justice, and as the former Poor House we fit right into the theme. We highlighted the attic and the cemetery this year, with staff and volunteers stationed at the front desk, elevator, attic, and cemetery to direct the crowds. Over the course of the day we saw about 480 people, a record high for this event! We received lots of positive feedback about the day with many people commenting on how much they liked seeing the “behind-the-scenes” of the museum! Summer Pleasures – Wednesday afternoons from July 4th to August 15th Summer Pleasures this summer was a big success! Each week saw over 50 people which was busier than the numbers we had last year. Families and kids of all ages came by on Wednesday afternoons from 1 to 4 pm to enjoy themed crafts, games and activities.

Date Theme

July 4 Science Adventures

July 11 Fairy Tales

July 18 Teddy Bear Night at the Museum

July 25 Medieval Times

August 1 Wild Wellington

August 8 A Day at the Poor House

August 15 Sounds of Wellington: Ukulele Workshop with Adrian Jones

The most successful week of the summer was Science Adventures, with 100 people coming out for the afternoon. We had made a post on social media the night before and I think that really effected

240

the number of people we had. This shows that a presence on social media is a great tool for the programming department and is effective in getting people to come out to our events to the other weeks. Summer Concert Series – Thursday evenings from July 5th to August 9th The Summer Concert Series this year had 6 concerts and featured a variety of local musicians playing different genres of music. This year the concerts were very well attended with 60+ people attending each week. Our lineup for this year was:

Date Performers

July 5 The Fair Wind

July 12 Eclectic Vinyl Orchestra

July 19 Fork n’ Harp

July 26 Kieran Ballah

August 2 Fergus Pipe Band

August 9 The Ernie Kalwa Jazz Quartet

The most successful concert was the Fergus Pipe Band with about 100 people in attendance, and other highlights included Eclectic Vinyl Orchestra, The Fair Wind and the Ernie Kalwa Jazz Quartet. All of our other concerts were very well received and many of the musicians have expressed interest in performing again next year. Museum Investigators Summer Camp – August 13 – 17, 2018 Our theme this year was Museum Investigators. Like last year, campers went behind the scenes in the museum, picked an object from our collection, and curated their own museum exhibit for display. We incorporated some traditional early settler games and crafts such as candle making, baking, laundry and pioneer toys to round out our programme. Antique and Classic Car Show – August 26, 2018 The car show this year was another great success! Over 500 people came out to see 137 cars that had registered for the show, hear some live music from the Fergus Brass Band and 12th Line and enjoy a charity BBQ hosted by M&M. New this year were the British Car Clubs and some military vehicles that were very popular.

Recommendation:

That the Administrator’s report WCMA Summer Highlights July to August 2018 be received for information and forwarded to County Council. Respectfully submitted,

Janice Hindley Administrator, Wellington Place, Museum and Archives

241

T: 519.846.0916 x 5221TOLL FREE: 1.800.663.0750 x 5221www.wellington.ca/museum

Wellington County Museum and Archivesis located on Wellington Road 18 between Fergus and Elora

ALTERNATE FORMATS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

Opening Reception September 9 from 1:00 - 3:00 pm

August 18, 2018 to February 3, 2019

the first 110 years

This exhibit tells the story of Wightman highlighting the family, theirbusiness and their impact in the community of Wellington County.

242




Opening ReceptionSeptember 16from 1:00 - 3:00 pmSeptember 9 - October 28

This travelling exhibit is bysilversmith, Wesley Harris,

in tribute to his teacher, Arthur Brecken of Erin.

Mentor and Metalsmith The Silver Art of Arthur Brecken and Wesley Harris

Wesley Harris - Labrador Wave

“We acknowledge the support of ArtsNL, which last year invested $2.24 million to foster and promote the creation and enjoyment of the arts for the benefit of all Newfoundlanders and Labradorians.”

243




Opening ReceptionSeptember 16from 1:00 - 3:00 pmSeptember 15, 2018 - January 6, 2019

Two generations of landscape artistsHomer Watson, Carl Ahrens, Barry McCarthy and Tony Luciani

Now and Then

244

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCHTotal

Previous

Year

Year to

Date

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Human

Resources

New Hires 51 37 4 2 3 1 14 5 8

Exiting

Employees

47 26 4 4 1 4 3 5 5

# of calls to

Ministry of

Labour

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Lost hours

due to

workplace

injury

1847.5 1271 427.5 321.75 202.75 53.5 138 100.5 27

Hours

worked by

employees

in modified

role (WSIB)

3196.75 2007.75 379.75 215.5 322.5 303.25 349.5 304.5 132.75

Volunteer

Total

Hours

8782 6441 826 484 938 769 859 866 930 769

Volunteer

interaction

s

18925 10352 1293 688 1138 1102 1542 1610 1422 1557

Excellence

in Care

Last

Quarter of

2017

Average to

date

Q2 2017

January

February March Q3 2017

April

May June Q4 2017

July

August September Q1 2018

October

November December

245

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCH% of

residents

who have

had a fall

in the last

30 days

22.6%

(Province

15.5%)

23.3%

(Province

15.6%)

n/a n/a 24.2%

(Province

15.7%)

n/a n/a 24.1%

(province

15.9%)

n/a n/a n/a n/a

% of

residents

who were

physically

restrained

2.9%

(Province

5.1%)

2.1%

(Province

5.0%)

n/a n/a 1.3%

(Province

4.9%)

n/a n/a 0.5%

(province

4.7%)

n/a n/a n/a n/a

% of

residents

who had a

pressure

ulcer that

4.1%

(province

3.2%)

3.7%

(Province

3.2%)

n/a n/a 3.6%

(Province

3.2%)

n/a n/a 3.7%

(province

3.3%)

n/a n/a n/a n/a

% of

residents

on

antipsycho

tics

without a

14.0%

(province

20.2%)

15.7%

(Province

20.0%)

n/a n/a 17%

(Province

19.9%)

n/a n/a 16.7%

(province

19.9%)

n/a n/a n/a n/a

Census/

Complianc

e

Total for

previous

year

Total to

date

January February March April May June July August September October November December

# of

emergency

room visits

experienci

ng illness

listed on

page 3

13 12 1 3 1 2 3 2 0 0

246

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCH# of

outbreak

days

13 67 10 19 25 13 0 0 0 0 0 0

# of deaths 75 54 9 13 3 6 6 5 6 6

Inspection:

# areas in

non

complianc

e

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Current

performan

ce level

category

(new

In good

standin

g

In good

standing

247

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCHRisk

Prevention


Review of

Fire Plan

through

Fire Drills

completed

met target

100%

8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

248

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCHReporting

to Ministry

of Health

Total for

previous

year

Total to

date


# of formal

complaints

made by

family or

resident

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

# of Critical

Incidents

15 9 1- resident

to resident

1-

suspected

neglect

(investigat

ed &

1-

resident

to

resident

1

outbreak

3-

outbrea

k 1-

resident

to

resident

abuse

1-outbreak

Supporting Data for Report

Definitions:

Human Resources:

Calls to Ministry of Labour occur where an accident occurred. Employee or resident has lost consciousness or fractured a bone and requiring hospital attention from an

accident.

Hours lost to employees in modified role (WSIB) – number of hours is tracked where staff is working in a modified role until they can return to full duties.

Fall with injury: injury may include redness, pain or fracture, or break in skin integrity.

Emergency Department Visits:

The Ministry of Health views some visits to the Emergency Department as ‘potentially preventable’. The conditions we will report on where a visit may not have been

necessary include: Angina, Asthma, Cellulitis, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Congestive Heart Failure, Septicemia, Dehydration, Dental conditions, Diabetes,

Gastroenteritis, Grand mal seizure disorders, Hypertension, Hypoglycemia, Injuries from falls, Mental health/behavioural disorders, Pneumonia, severe ear, nose and throat

disorders.

249

2018 Quality Report - Wellington Terrace LTCH

Skin and Wound Management at Wellington Terrace

Wellington Terrace has a formal skin and wound care program lead by two RNs with a special interest in wound care.

Recently, we have conducted education for all RNs and RPNs on the staging and treatment of wounds.

We have the expertise of an advanced wound care therapist who will do advanced treatment plans on the request of the home.

We have medical directives in place for treatments with a quality dressing.

What makes residents in LTC more susceptible to skin and wound issues:

Increased aging of the skin `thin skin`

Nutritional status compromised related to medical diagnosis

Cognitive impairment- more bumping into and accidents

Impaired mobility- not repositioning selves regularly.

Dehydration

Steroid use

How do we manage skin and wound issues:

Head to toe assessments of residents for early detection of any issue.

Moisture control- we evaluate our continence products annually to ensure that they are meeting the skin needs of the residents.

Proper positioning- turning and repositioning of residents at least hourly. Nutrition- dietitian assesses all new residents and any resident who is exhibiting skin breakdown to ensure the vitamin and protein requirements are adequate.

Avoiding pressure on heels and bony prominences- offloading with special therapeutic mattresses and wedges as required

Current processes to mitigate responsive behaviours:

• The home follows a Gentle Persuasion Approach Philosophy. We provide training annually. Focus of this program is respectful, non violent, self protective strategies for staff

to use when dealing with a resident with responsive behaviour.

• Responsive behaviour program. Focus is on reporting responsive behaviours so all team members are aware of potential resident action. These incidents are recorded in the

resident progress notes and read every shift at report.

• The Behaviour Support (BSO) Team reviews all responsive behaviour progress notes and follows up when required. They determine if resident requires increased assessment

or if the change can be attributed to a clinical reason. The BSO along with the team develops individualized toolboxes for all staff to review. These tool boxes contain

information on resident triggers for responsive behaviours as well as interventions to mitigate responsive behaviours.

• Weekly team meetings are held to discuss resident specific case studies and problem solve. Specific techniques for preventing or responding to responsive behaviour are

shared.

• Care plans are updated as required to include specific approaches recommended when doing residents care (complete care with two PSWs, for example)

250

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Library Board

From: Murray McCabe, Chief Librarian Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: Summary of Library Activities for the Summer of 2018

Background: To provide the Library Board with an overview of events and activities from across the

library system.

Summer Reading Club: Librarian Emily Lamond will be providing a brief summary of our 2018 summer reading programmes in the board package this month. The branches witnessed some increase in teen and adult participation in the summer reading programmes. The Puslinch branch witnessed increased participation among all patrons and parents commented on how valuable they found the reading programme to maintain or improve their child’s reading skills. A similar report from Rockwood says that a mother took the time to say the library’s summer reading programme made a significant difference in her five year-old daughters interest and ability to read. Staff will review the results of this year’s summer programmes and will use those findings to strengthen our plans for 2019. Construction work and road repairs in and around the libraries this summer certainly made it difficult if not impossible at times for children and adults to visit some of the County libraries. Rockwood, in particular, experienced unexpected closures associated with road work that all made access to the branch beyond difficult. Staff did there very best to make the necessary accommodations. The good news is that Rockwood now has a newly designed roadway and parking lot that will enhance visits to the library and township park adjacent to the branch. The library in Arthur is now living through its own road construction project that severely restricts vehicle access to the front of the building and encourages traffic to use the back entrance to the parking lot. That project will last until October of 2018. Libraries in Fergus and Clifford are also enduring the significant construction projects in their downtown cores. This work while necessary has had varying impacts on public use of both libraries. Unique Services and Technology: Included in the board package this month is a recent article published in Municipal World dealing with the many unique and creative services public libraries are now offering their patrons. Wellington offers many if not all of the services mentioned in the article and continues to lead with its service offerings. Services and technology range from book clubs to introductory sessions on the use of sewing machines and ukuleles. Staff have recently submitted a grant application to Sun Life Insurance with the hope of receiving funds to increase the number of musical instruments available for borrowing by the public.

256

In the past year some members of the board have inquired about whether we offer board games and indeed we do. Librarian Jessica Veldman writes “The library system introduced board games to the circulating collection at the grand opening of the Palmerston Branch in March 2016. The popularity of these original games has led to an expansion of the collection in seven other branches. We now have a total of 99 games in the system, and have seen over 1,600 circulations to date. Our games tend to be popular with families, and we have a wide variety to catering to all ages and skill levels.” Library Lending Kiosks: While library staff have made preparations and are ready to receive the two kiosks, International Library Services is behind in having the units shipped to us from their factory. As a result, it looks like it will be late September before installation, training and launch of the service can take place. A number of residents in Mount Forest have heard about the kiosks and have commented to library staff that they are eager for their arrival. As expected a number of residents make use of the arena complex for various programmes and see the kiosks as a great added benefit when visiting the event centre. Hillsburgh Branch: The grand opening of the new library exceeded expectations with a huge crowd in attendance on a beautiful evening to see the library and explore the grounds. County staff from many departments were amazing in their support of the opening events as were the staff of the Hillsburgh library itself and others from across the system that contributed to the event. The summer months continued to see frequent visits by residents many sharing compliments about the new facility and how lucky the community is to have such a library. Below is a sampling of compliments received since the branch opened. “Awesome! Fantastic melding of old and new”; “Love to read – Love this facility”; “Congratulations on a beautiful community project”; “What a wonderful community space – so inviting”; Bravo for keeping/incorporating the historic building”; “Tax payers money spent and done properly” Residents borrowed 1632 more items in June, July and August over the same period in 2017. Branch staff also created a whopping 219 new membership cards for the branch over the summer, second only to Fergus which greeted 281 new members. The branch hosted a meeting of the Association of Rural Public Libraries on June 22nd and the chief librarians attending were vocal in their praise for the new library. A number of these librarians have since been in contact to find out where furniture was purchased in addition to more specific questions about the architects and project costs with the intent of informing their own building projects. The opening of the new branch included the launch of many new resources such as microscopes, fishing rods, bug catchers, board games, movie night bags, cubelets. Staff also added numerous traditional items including books, music CDs, DVDs, audio books and much sought after e-books. The new branch is absolutely on par with previous investments made by the library board and County at its other library facilities. In addition to the collections the kitchen and meeting rooms are now attracting growing interest. The new Hillsburgh library now offers both collections and public space that is equal to or surpasses the best libraries in the province.

257

Marden Branch: An open house was held on a Monday evening in August with the event attracting 48 patrons. Staff highlighted the collections in general but also focused on an introduction to all the technology the library systems has to offer. The open house was a significant success for the branch and staff there are to be congratulated for their work in preparing and implementing the event. Carpet replacement in the branch planned for September will now take place in November. The new install date related to the availability of installers. Staff Development Days: We will be holding two staff development events on Monday September 17th and 24th at the Hillsburgh branch. The annual event is scheduled on a Mondays as it minimizes the impact on public service with four branches not operating on that day and Hillsburgh normally open just from 2 – 5 p.m. Staff attendance is divided between the two dates. Conference: Association of Municipalities of Ontario I was fortunate to attend the conference in August and meet The Hon., Sylvia Jones, the new Minister of Tourism, Culture and Sport, following the ministerial question and answer period with elected municipal officials. We had a brief conversation about provincial funding for public libraries in the province with the acknowledgement that core funding has remained frozen since the 1994/95. While at the conference I attended a session entitled “Supporting our Youth - Community Programs and Legal-Non-Medical Cannabis”. Representatives from the Pine River Institute and the Canadian Centre for Substance Abuse shared their knowledge of the issues youth face with various drug addictions. The speakers highlighted the importance of educating youth about the health issues related to the use of Cannabis prior to the drug becoming legal. Vaughan Dowie, CEO of Pine River was frank about the cost of treatment for teens addicted to drugs and that there is a woefully inadequate amount of treatment spaces available for those needing to deal with their addiction. As a result of that session I have asked our public health unit to provide us with any educational materials they may have for distribution through the libraries. Mental Health – Agricultural Community: Dr. Andria Jones-Bitton with the University of Guelph is in the process of developing an online resource programme intended to promote mental health literacy in the agricultural sector. The programme called “In the Know” will begin as a pilot project this fall and last until spring of 2019. With local concerns raised about mental health issues continuing to attract attention Wellington County libraries have offered their assistance to Dr. Jones- Bitton should they require meeting space in the coming months as they enter the first months of their pilot programme. It remains to be seen if our assistance will be needed our offer of support was welcomed. Additional background information about the project is included in the board package. In support of World Suicide Prevention Day on September 10th the library’s web site will have a banner highlighting the day and provide links to resources available through the libraries and on the internet.

258

Water-Testing Programme: Since its start in May of 2018, the 14 libraries have distributed about 700 test bottles. The top five libraries that have distributed the most bottles to date are Erin with a 125 bottles, Fergus (84), Marden (77), Hillsburgh (73) and Puslinch having distributed 68 bottles. Libraries are playing an important role in highlighting the water well testing programme and are an easy distribution point for the associated test kits. Short Story Contest: The library system will host the first annual “Olive and Fred Robins” short story contest for children in grades 4 to 6 this October. The board will recall the Mr. Robin’s estate provided a generous endowment to the library system to develop and run an annual contest for boys and girls and this fall will see its launch. Mr. Robins was a former resident of Centre Wellington and at one time served on the library board for the area. There will be a prize awarded for one girl and one boy of $150 each for the best written story and all eligible entries will be entered into a draw for a $50 gift card. The contest will run from October 15th through November 23rd with winners announced on December 14th, 2018. My thanks to staff members Emily Lamond, Rebecca Hine, Joyce Tenhage and Danielle Arial for working through the logistics of developing the contest. Long Service and Retirement Celebration: On October 12th the County will hold its annual staff recognition event and as in past years a number of library staff will be present having completed various service milestones. Branch Supervisor, Joyce Tenhage 30 years of service; Assistant Branch Supervisor, Kathy Bouma, 15 years of service, and supervisor Kiirstin Maki 10 years. Leah McLeod retired this past year from the Hillsburgh library where she was a huge talent and much admired by library patrons and staff alike. Assistant Branch Supervisors, Doris Eccles, Jennifer McCready, and Tammy Park have completed five years of service and will be receiving letters of recognition.

Recommendation:

That the Chief Librarian’s report for the Summer of 2018 be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Murray McCabe Murray McCabe Chief Librarian

259

Road Construction, Arthur

260

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Information, Heritage and Seniors Committee

From: Emily Lamond, Information Services Librarian

Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018

Subject: 2018 Summer Reading Club Activities

Purpose: To provide the Board with a summary of the 2018 Summer Reading Club activities at

Wellington County Library.

Background:

This summer, County residents were invited to explore the fun of reading and continue their lifelong love of books through our annual Summer Reading programmes for children, teens, and adults. Our intent with these programmes is to support the numerous benefits of reading, including bridging the learning gap between June and September. According to Scholastic’s recent Kids and Family Reading Report™: Canadian Edition, the majority of children (84%) and parents (96%) believe in the value of summer reading and agree that reading books during the summer will help them during the school year. TD Summer Reading Club is the primary focus of our summer programming and is geared for children aged 0 – 13 years. Children participate in special activities and read to earn fun prizes. A recent tally of national TD Summer Reading Club numbers shows the significant impact of the programme: 718,399 participants in more than 38,000 programmes that were delivered by 2,061 library branches across Canada. This year, Wellington County Library staff delivered 330 children’s programmes to 4,661 participants, a 5% increase in participation over last year. Activities were developed around the theme “feed your passions”, such as gaming, performance arts, and ecology. Many branches also offered camps focused on STEM, technology like 3D printing, and stop-motion animation. Special performers included the science of bubbles with Bubbleology, Conservation Halton’s Birds of Prey, magicians, musicians, and reptiles from Vaughan’s Reptilia Zoo. Parents and participants had many positive things to say about the variety and quality of programming. Although participation in the reading portion of the TD Summer Reading Club was down slightly, we still saw a great turnout with 2,208 children reading an impressive 46,927 books. A total of 350 new children’s cards were created June through August, accounting for one-third of new participants. One small change we made this year was to allow readers to earn prizes by either counting by books read or by minutes spent reading. Counting by minutes allowed children to read at their own speed and encouraged them to consider more challenging books. Several families made comments to staff that

261

our reading programme either maintains or improves their child’s reading skills and that they intend to register their children every summer. Our Teen Summer Reading Challenge (ages 13 – 19 years) saw 301 teens read 1,665 books. We also continued the book review challenge, which collected 671 reviews, an increase of 200 over last year. Several were printed in the July newsletter to publicize the challenge and will continue to be used to recommend books to teens. Our second annual Adult Summer Reading Challenge was a huge success. We had 696 participants read a total of 2,861 books, an increase of 1,800 books over last year. Our online books reviews hit 836, compared with 567 last year. This is primarily due to increased awareness and staff promotion over the desk. So far, these reviews have been used to create patron-recommended book lists for the website and newsletter. This year, we were fortunate to hire nine summer students with the assistance of grants from Canada Summer Jobs. Students were based in Mount Forest, Arthur, Drayton, Rockwood, Palmerston, Harriston, Fergus, Elora and Aboyne. Working under branch staff, students assisted with the reading programme, children’s activities, and camps. Thanks to the hard work of all staff for making this summer a success.

Bumbling Bert the magician entertains Arthur Branch summer student Jared at Aboyne Branch helps with art creation

Life-sized games at Puslinch Branch Cartooning at Elora Branch with Pablo’s

World of Cartoons

262

Recommendation:

That the report on the 2018 Summer Reading Club activities at Wellington County Library be received for information. Respectfully submitted, Emily Lamond Information Services Librarian

264

Library Facts from Summer 2018

ProgrammesO�ered

838

In-Person Visits

161,157

Total Circulation

281,803

Top Circulating TitlesAdult Fiction -The Fallen by David Baldacci

DVD - Jumanji: Welcome to the JungleChildren’s Fiction - Harry Potter and the

Philosopher’s Stone by J.K. Rowling

Items Moved by Library Courier

82,502

Programme Attendance

16,121

eBook Circulation

28,003

Summer Reading Club Participation

3,205

New PatronsRegistered

1,337

JUNE, JULY AND AUGUST

265

Prepared for: Wellington County Library Board

Meeting Date: September 12, 2018

Prepared by: Chanda Gilpin, Assistant Chief Librarian

Date:September 5, 2018

266

*Due to changes in statistical tracking methods by a major service provider

in 2018, database usage stats will appear lower.

2017 2018

System wide circulation:June, July,

AugustJune, July,

AugustYear over Year

Change

Print, eBooks, cds, dvds, magazines and audiobooks:

285,017 281,803 -1%

Inter-library loan, material loaned:

470 1,293 175%

Public computer usage within the libraries:

23,058 25,478 10%

Programme attendance: 16,268 16,121 -1%

Database usage: 21,761 6,529 -70%

Public wireless users: 28,568 28,401 -1%

267

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JULY AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC TOTALS

ABOYNE 2016 9,598 8,849 9,183 8,547 7,806 8,821 9,741 9,370 3,215 1,132 1,093 1,155 78,510

2017 1,154 1,166 5,819 7,564 7,972 9,057 10,386 9,632 7,336 7,266 7,026 6,272 80,650

2018 7,543 6,772 8,798 7,381 6,850 7,480 10,333 9,296 0 0 0 0 64,453

ARTHUR 2016 4,905 5,271 5,831 5,103 4,882 5,204 5,353 6,061 5,135 5,131 5,956 4,614 63,446

2017 5,028 4,780 5,643 4,759 5,594 5,271 5,205 5,711 5,231 5,603 5,665 4,650 63,140

2018 5,197 4,670 4,992 4,452 4,610 5,051 5,851 5,977 0 0 0 0 40,800

CLIFFORD 2016 1,458 1,377 1,704 1,645 1,552 1,424 1,926 1,846 1,549 1,855 1,755 1,750 19,841

2017 1,736 1,598 1,771 1,730 1,695 2,128 2,804 1,922 1,715 1,391 1,542 1,351 21,383

2018 1,622 1,387 1,675 1,638 1,611 1,640 3,077 2,594 0 0 0 0 15,244

DRAYTON 2016 8,900 9,731 9,811 10,304 8,697 8,571 12,599 10,827 8,133 8,734 8,255 7,546 112,108

2017 8,814 8,839 8,766 7,885 7,713 8,002 10,380 8,770 7,500 7,343 7,426 6,366 97,804

2018 8,124 7,865 8,538 8,284 6,717 7,642 10,760 8,552 0 0 0 0 66,482

ELORA 2016 6,961 7,176 7,264 6,815 6,381 6,968 7,900 8,112 9,199 8,856 8,633 8,541 92,806

2017 9,236 7,872 8,427 6,728 6,546 5,208 7,521 8,338 6,409 6,993 6,858 5,932 86,068

2018 6,999 6,105 7,378 6,558 6,537 6,587 8,131 7,973 0 0 0 0 56,268

ERIN 2016 4,519 5,410 5,617 5,181 5,043 4,794 6,435 5,582 4,450 4,655 5,106 4,597 61,389

2017 4,598 4,099 5,287 4,370 4,709 4,603 5,724 5,396 4,484 4,712 4,833 3,972 56,787

2018 4,551 4,028 4,605 4,055 4,526 4,569 5,324 4,974 0 0 0 0 36,632

FERGUS 2016 14,728 16,746 17,776 16,537 15,128 16,103 21,085 19,747 18,338 18,784 17,347 15,595 207,914

2017 18,337 16,521 18,025 13,803 14,676 14,700 18,913 18,272 14,954 15,621 14,718 13,197 191,737

2018 15,212 14,069 17,094 15,103 13,985 15,253 18,774 17,464 0 0 0 0 126,954

HARRISTON 2016 4,186 4,267 4,581 3,931 3,985 3,953 4,546 4,523 3,938 4,047 3,943 3,586 49,486

2017 3,919 3,488 3,882 3,461 3,849 4,381 5,225 5,005 4,116 4,128 4,011 3,365 48,830

2018 4,072 3,638 4,095 3,934 3,494 3,824 4,792 4,367 0 0 0 0 32,216

HILLSBURGH 2016 3,120 3,257 3,510 3,195 2,960 2,977 3,602 3,729 3,215 3,172 3,231 2,559 38,527

2017 3,033 2,828 3,119 2,724 2,760 2,795 3,511 3,428 3,171 3,037 3,088 2,967 36,461

2018 3,169 2,789 3,505 2,717 1,882 2,946 5,661 5,236 0 0 0 0 27,905

MARDEN 2016 4,146 3,543 4,274 4,203 4,313 3,958 4,327 4,552 3,981 4,074 4,138 3,500 49,009

2017 4,134 3,859 4,432 3,888 3,821 3,262 4,652 3,760 3,465 3,786 3,530 3,245 45,834

2018 3,901 3,655 3,918 3,785 3,569 3,814 5,061 4,431 0 0 0 0 32,134

MT FOREST 2016 8,633 8,816 9,233 9,215 8,862 9,760 10,522 10,648 8,930 9,483 9,025 8,479 111,606

2017 8,383 7,821 9,233 7,732 8,775 8,651 9,649 9,816 8,318 8,989 8,678 7,233 103,278

2018 8,654 7,975 8,973 8,609 7,732 7,680 8,855 8,806 0 0 0 0 67,284

PALMERSTON 2016 2,612 2,530 3,504 3,977 3,348 3,508 4,444 4,715 3,618 3,216 3,233 3,108 41,813

2017 3,374 3,142 3,996 3,102 3,748 3,887 4,416 4,428 3,898 4,212 3,773 3,236 45,2122018 3,901 3,686 4,644 3,587 4,027 3,781 4,135 4,395 0 0 0 0 32,156

PUSLINCH 2016 3,312 3,171 3,767 3,343 3,280 3,342 4,371 3,631 3,598 3,440 3,058 2,976 41,289

2017 2,999 3,302 3,807 3,422 3,602 3,526 4,307 4,488 3,262 3,429 3,139 3,138 42,421

2018 3,493 3,270 3,778 3,378 3,180 3,563 4,252 3,924 0 0 0 0 28,838

ROCKWOOD 2016 7,397 7,863 8,576 8,038 7,164 7,195 9,927 8,858 7,614 7,390 7,756 7,089 94,867

2017 7,633 7,103 8,566 6,947 7,987 8,421 10,056 9,410 7,972 7,673 8,018 6,582 96,368

2018 7,683 6,414 7,431 5,330 6,756 7,106 8,995 8,877 0 0 0 0 58,592

TOTALS 2016 83,473 86,494 93,217 88,422 81,291 84,909 105,205 100,990 83,851 82,892 81,541 74,157 1,062,611

2017 82,378 76,418 90,773 78,115 83,447 83,892 102,749 98,376 81,831 84,183 82,305 71,506 1,015,973

2018 84,121 76,323 89,424 78,811 75,476 80,936 104,001 96,866 0 0 0 0 685,958

Annual Change 2% 0% -1% 1% -10% -4% 1% -2% -1%268

0

20,000

40,000

60,000

80,000

100,000

120,000

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

Circulation Count

Monthly Circulation by Year

2016

2017

2018

0

1,000,000

2,000,000

TOTALS

Wellington County Library

Total Circulation of Materials by Year

2016

2017

2018

269

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

*includes eBooks, eAudiobooks, eVideo and eMusic circulation from OverDrive.

eBook Circulation by Month*

2017 Circulation

2018 Circulation

270

Monthly Highlight

Top Pages Visited

Library Home Page 28,996 About Us 8,569 Borrowing 5,450 Online Resources 3,732

People accessing site from outside Canada: United States, United Kingdom, India, Brazil, Germany and Peru.

Visits to Library Website

Main site Catalogue# of total visits 32,033 38,145# of pages viewed 59,127 257,485

Hillsburgh staff and patrons are making the most of their new space, including a Nature Story Time. Participation in Hillsburgh's TD Summer Reading Club doubled from 77 children reading 1,214 books in 2017 to 138 children reading 2,463 books in 2018. Programme attendance also increased from 106 children in 2017 to 215 children in 2018.

271

http://www.google.ca/url?sa=i&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwiS2rntuIvTAhXMy4MKHXSgAmsQjRwIBw&url=http://www.seerinteractive.com/blog/googles-data-highlighter-and-a-view-into-the-future-of-seo/&bvm=bv.151426398,d.amc&psig=AFQjCNEQk3Zjp5vOyhF7hnKtVMRJ9w3awg&ust=1491417200169852

http://www.google.ca/url?sa=i&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=images&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ahUKEwiS2rntuIvTAhXMy4MKHXSgAmsQjRwIBw&url=http://www.seerinteractive.com/blog/googles-data-highlighter-and-a-view-into-the-future-of-seo/&bvm=bv.151426398,d.amc&psig=AFQjCNEQk3Zjp5vOyhF7hnKtVMRJ9w3awg&ust=1491417200169852

June 2018June 2017

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS

PARENTS/ CAREGIVERS ADULTS

ABOYNE 27 383 96 72

ARTHUR 28 276 62 86

CLIFFORD 13 295 2 66

DRAYTON 21 1150 60 6

ELORA 10 124 13 38

ERIN 20 416 59 48

FERGUS 26 534 60 43

HARRISTON 24 270 45 69

HILLSBURGH 16 281 37 26

MARDEN 25 493 50 120

MT FOREST 19 778 49 93

PALMERSTON 33 543 30 66

PUSLINCH 14 281 36 43

ROCKWOOD 27 762 93 95

303 6586 692 871 8149TotalProgrammes

Total Participants

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS


ABOYNE 16 232 63 26

ARTHUR 24 232 48 89


DRAYTON 24 952 43 39

ELORA 15 223 20 24

ERIN 19 554 34 64

FERGUS 24 261 63 67

HARRISTON 26 755 215 89


MARDEN 12 307 14 53

MT FOREST 17 569 49 45


PUSLINCH 8 207 22 14

ROCKWOOD 22 575 59 39


Total Participants

272

July 2018July 2017

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS


ABOYNE 28 295 93 18

ARTHUR 23 251 75 33

CLIFFORD 14 116 1 9

DRAYTON 20 332 43 3

ELORA 16 140 39 53

ERIN 16 514 87 11

FERGUS 32 290 68 60



MARDEN 17 96 5 43

MT FOREST 35 346 76 107



ROCKWOOD 18 116 35 16


Total Participants

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS


ABOYNE 27 183 69 25

ARTHUR 20 221 80 59


DRAYTON 24 322 45 21

ELORA 20 345 63 29

ERIN 14 460 113 17

FERGUS 38 568 309 66



MARDEN 12 64 26 24

MT FOREST 40 440 174 47


PUSLINCH 12 170 79 17

ROCKWOOD 20 147 61 26


Total Participants

273

August 2018August 2017

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS


ABOYNE 22 232 71 22

ARTHUR 16 138 28 59

CLIFFORD 14 390 53 157

DRAYTON 11 142 34 0

ELORA 10 96 23 36

ERIN 7 121 22 11

FERGUS 19 133 19 56



MARDEN 12 48 1 40

MT FOREST 26 167 26 45



ROCKWOOD 13 116 43 15


Total Participants

ATTENDEES

BRANCH

TOTAL NUMBER OF

PROGRAMMES OFFERED

CHILDREN/ TEENS


ABOYNE 18 209 82 56

ARTHUR 14 95 36 62

CLIFFORD 13 153 17 24

DRAYTON 10 185 3 18

ELORA 11 133 15 14

ERIN 4 118 31 0

FERGUS 26 183 67 58



MARDEN 10 56 7 70

MT FOREST 19 119 31 32



ROCKWOOD 14 67 37 21


Total Participants

274

Olive and Fred Robins Junior Short Story Contest

LOVE TO WRITE? Enter for your chance to WIN great prizes and get your writing published!

ALTERNATE FORMATS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.

Wellington County students in Grades 4, 5 and 6 are invited to submit their original short stories.

$150 cash prize will be awarded to the top two stories, plus all entries will added to a draw for a $50 Chapters Indigo gift card. Winning stories will made available online and submitted to the Wellington Advertiser for publication.

See www.wellington.ca/Library for full contest details.

DRAFT

282

the next

Wellington County Library Newsletter September 2018

The very existence of libraries affords the best evidence that we may yet have hope for the future.

– T.S. Eliot

"

ALTERNATE FORMATS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.

WELLINGTON COUNTY LIBRARYwww.wellington.ca/Library

@wellingtoncounty @wellingtncounty

Follow the #WellingtonCountyLibrary on social media!

"

Every Child Ready to ReadJoin us for new Story Time, Baby Time, and Toddler Time sessions starting this fall! Each programme follows the Every Child Ready to Read initiative. What does that mean? It means we’re not just about stories, songs, rhymes, crafts, and activities. Our goal, besides having lots of fun, is to make connections between what we do and why we do it.

There are five early literacy practices that every child needs to get ready to read, write, and listen:

Talking SINGING PlayingREADING WritingLearning to read begins long before your child starts school — in fact, it begins at birth. Every Child Ready to Read was created by the American Library Association to improve early language and reading skills. These skills are important for school readiness and future success! Since parents and caregivers are the most

important teachers in a child’s life, Every Child Ready to Read aims

to provide you with tools to develop your child’s skills at home.

During our story time programmes, library staff will demonstrate and explain things that parents and caregivers can do every day. You might be doing these things already!

For complete programme information, visit your local branch or www.wellington.ca/Library. Pre-registration may be required.

All branches will be

CLOSED

Monday, September 3.

Important Dates

Belay your carousin’ and learn Pirate for International Talk like a Pirate Day on September 19! Arghh! Take your language skills across the seven seas, shed your land-lubber ways and become a swashbuckler with the help of Mango Languages. Free with your library card, Mango Languages is a fun online tool that provides lessons in over 70 languages, including Pirate and English as a Second Language. Start your language journey today!

Mango Languages

Alfie seems to be a regular 11-year old boy, except that he’s actually 1000 years old. But who wants to live forever? This is a riveting story of friendship and adventure with magical moments thrown in. Available as an ebook and in paperback.

Eight-year-old Ada uses her love of science and gadgets to help solve problems with her best friend Nina. Full of plot twists and scientific facts, readers will love these fun adventures. Look for the newest book coming out this month! Available in audiobook and hardcover.

Ten-year old Livy is visiting her Grandmother for the first time in five years when she finds a smallish green creature in the closet. Funny and magical, this is a perfect read-aloud chapter book about finding your way home. Available in hardcover.

The 1,000-year-old Boy by Ross Welford Recommended by: Shannon, Mount Forest Branch

Ada Lace Series by Emily CalandrelliRecommended by: Kiirstin, Rockwood Branch

Bob by Wendy Mass and Rebecca Stead; illustrations by Nicholas GannonRecommended by: Justine, Fergus BranchStaff

Picks

286

For a complete list of programmes happening at the Library, visit www.wellington.ca/Library.

Unless otherwise noted, our programmes are free of charge.

Programme HighlightsSeptember

For KidsSaturday Stories: Artful Autumn (Grades 1 – 3)

Drop in and celebrate the start of autumn with stories and crafts.

Arthur Branch: Saturday, September 15, 10:30 - 11:30 am

For Teens and PreteensTeen Café: Harry Potter Party (Teens)Celebrate going back to school by heading to Hogwarts! We will be going through the platform to be sorted into houses, play Quidditch, and other wizarding fun. Please register.

Aboyne Branch: Saturday, September 15, 12:30 - 2:00 pm

Red Cross Stay Safe! Course (Preteens)This course offers basic first aid and safety skills to youth 9 - 13 years old. Participants will learn about being safe when they are without direct supervision and handling emergencies, including: the importance of following safety rules and how to

handle unexpected situations. Presented by Emergency Health Services. Cost: $45 on the day. Please register.

Rockwood Branch: Friday, September 28, 10:00 am - 2:00 pm

For AdultsAuthor Visit: Lynda L. Wilson (Adults)Join author Lynda L. Wilson and her husband Doug as they discuss “Walking Home”, an intimate ramble through the lush Ontario countryside as they become the first to walk the complete 127-km Guelph to Goderich Rail Trail. Please register.

Drayton Branch: Wednesday, September 12, 6:30 pm

Carnegie Café: Photography Series (Adults)Bring your camera and we will discuss photography basics and practise differ-ent photo-taking techniques. Beginners welcome. Please register.

Marden Branch: Thursdays, September 13 - 27, 6:30 pm

For EveryoneInflated Ego Balloon Art (All Ages)Drop by the library during the Aberfoyle Fall Fair and be amazed by Inflated Ego Entertainment. Watch the balloon creations unfold and take something home!

Puslinch Branch: Saturday, September 8, 10:30 am - 12:30 pm

Breakout Box Challenge (All Ages)Break out of boredom at the library! Work together to solve intriguing puzzles and unlock the Breakout Box. Can you do it before time runs out? Please register.

Hillsburgh Branch: Thursday, September 20, 6:30 pm

Harriston Branch: Friday, September 28, 10:30 am and 2:00 pm

Celebrate Culture Days with Wellington County Library. Paint to the beat, enjoy a musical

jam, create poetry, plus more! Visit your local branch for more information.

Jar of Hearts by Jennifer Hillier

Tuesday Night Miracles by Kris Radish

A Man Called Ove by Fredrik Backman

Ayesha at Last by Uzma Jalaluddin

Poison: From Steeltown to the Punjab, the True Story of a Serial Killer by Jon Wells

Treasure Hunt by Andrea Camilleri Wells

Get ScientificEncourage curiosity, beat boredom and learn together with our collection of microscopes! Each microscope comes with a box of prepared slides or you can make your own to observe nature in a new and intensive way. Here are some things to look at up close and personal.

To book a microscope, visit our catalogue at www.wellington.ca/Library.

VOTESeptember 1 – 30, vote for your favourite Evergreen Award title and enter to win an amazing gift basket. Visit our Book Buzz webpage for more information about the contest and nominated titles in adult fiction and non-fiction.

• Bacteria: Wet a cotton swab, run it around your kitchen sink and rub it on a slide. When you look through the eyepiece, you can see just how many bacteria are living there.

• Plants: Cut a layer of onion or slice up a flower to look at plant cells.

• Fabric: Different fibers have unique and fascinating textures. Use a few threads in a drop of water to flatten them.

• Crystals: Compare sugar and salt. See the difference?

• Paper Pulp: To see what books are made of, put water and paper scraps in a blender. Add the pulpy substance and a few drops of water to a slide and observe.

Patron PicksOver July and August, we received hundreds of book reviews through the Teen and Adult Summer Reading Challenge. Some books fared better than others, according to Wellington County readers. Here are a few of the ones that made the cut!

287


Planning Committee

Minutes

September 13, 2018



Councillor Allan Alls (Chair) Councillor Andy Lennox Councillor Don McKay Councillor Shawn Watters

Staff:

Kim Courts, Deputy Clerk Danielle De Fields, Manager of Policy Planning Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Linda Dickson, Emergency Manager - CEMC Jameson Pickard, Planner Aldo Salis, Director, Planning and Development Scott Wilson, CAO

Also Present:

Dave Guilbault, Fire Chief, Wellington North Fire Services Mike Givens, CAO, Wellington North

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order




291

Planning Minutes September 13, 2018

2

3. Planning Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 1/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lennox Seconded by: Councillor Watters That the Planning Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 be received for information.

Carried 4. Delegation:

4.1 Grand River Conservation Authority Natural Heritage System in Wellington

County Presentation 2/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Lennox The Grand River Conservation Authority (GRCA) Natural Heritage System in Wellington County Presentation by Ms. Crystal Allan, Supervisor of Natural Heritage and Mr. Fred Natolochny, Supervisor of Research Planning be received for information.

Carried 4. Wellington County Natural Heritage System Final Report

3/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Watters Seconded by: Councillor Lennox That the Wellington County Natural Heritage System Final Report be received for information; and That the report be distributed to member municipalities in Wellington County and the Wellington Federation of Agriculture; and That the Wellington County Natural Heritage System mapping be used as an information support tool.

Carried

292

Planning Minutes September 13, 2018

3

6. 2018 Emergency Management Programme Status Report 4/7/18 Moved by: Councillor McKay Seconded by: Councillor Watters That the Council for the County of Wellington receives and accepts the annual status report on the County’s Emergency Management Programme for 2018.

Carried

7. Wellington County Fire Paging Upgrades – New Mount Forest Transmitter Site 5/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Lennox Seconded by: Councillor Watters That Council for the County of Wellington authorizes MRC Wireless to install a paging transmitter site during the fourth quarter of 2018 at the Mount Forest Water Tower at a cost of $60,000 net of taxes to be funded from the General Capital Reserve.

Carried


_________________________ Allan Alls

Chair Planning Committee

293

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Planning Committee

From: Danielle De Fields, MCIP, RPP, Manager of Policy Planning Date: Thursday, September 13, 2018

Subject: Wellington County Natural Heritage System- Final Report (PD2018-21)

Background: In October, 2016 County Council initiated the process to develop a Wellington County Natural Heritage System. Since then, County and Grand River Conservation Authority (GRCA) staff have worked in collaboration with stakeholders to develop a Natural Heritage System using a made in Wellington approach. GRCA staff have prepared a final report and mapping product. The final report is available on the Wellington County website at the following link: https://www.wellington.ca/en/resident-services/pl-naturalheritagesystem.aspx . If members of Council wish to receive a printed copy of the report prior to the next Council meeting, please contact Danielle De Fields ([email protected]). In terms of community engagement, a public open house, social media posts, an interactive online mapping site, and a dedicated County website were established as part of the Natural Heritage System review. The project team also presented the proposed Natural Heritage System to the Board of the Wellington Federation of Agriculture in April 2018. Public responses and copies of the community engagement material is contained within the Final Report. The final recommended Wellington County Natural Heritage System is composed of natural heritage components and stewardships components. Natural heritage components consist of features such as wetlands, woodlands, and aquatic habitat. Stewardship components include enhancement areas that have the potential to connect and enhance the ecological and hydrological functions of the system. The Wellington County Natural Heritage System (excluding enhancement linkages) is 59, 343 Ha, or 23% of Wellington County’s total area. The final report provides a comparative analysis of the total coverage and coverage by natural feature in the Wellington County Natural Heritage System compared to the Natural Heritage System prepared by the Province for the Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe. The Growth Plan maps 78,519 Ha, or 30 % of the County’s land base in its Natural Heritage System. The Growth Plan Natural Heritage System is 46% non-natural cover; comparatively, the Wellington County Natural Heritage System is 8% non-natural cover. The difference is due to the methodologies used to map each system. Table 12 on page 57 of the final report provides a summary of the quantity of individual natural heritage features included in each system. The Wellington County Natural Heritage System can be used as an information support tool. The final report identifies some of the potential ways that the Natural Heritage System can be used for this purpose, for example, to support stewardship activities. The final reports outlines that the County Natural Heritage System may be used as the basis for refinements to the Natural Heritage System for the Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe. To date, no determination has been made whether the County Natural Heritage System will be used to refine the Growth Plan Natural Heritage System, or whether it will be used as the basis for future

294

https://www.wellington.ca/en/resident-services/pl-naturalheritagesystem.aspx


policy development in the Official Plan. Consideration of options to incorporate the Wellington County Natural Heritage System into the Official Plan will be made during the next Official Plan update. Staff from the GRCA will provide a presentation at Planning Committee to accompany this report.

Recommendation:

That this report be received for information; That this report be distributed to member municipalities in Wellington County; and That the Wellington County Natural Heritage System mapping be used as an information support tool. Respectfully submitted,

Danielle De Fields, MCIP, RPP Manager of Policy Planning

295

Mapping of a

Natural Heritage System

in the County of Wellington

Presentation to

County of Wellington Planning Committee

September 13th, 2018

296

Overall Goal

This project is striving

to identify a natural

heritage system that

best reflects the

County of Wellington's

natural heritage with a

'made in Wellington'

approach that respects

the balance between

natural systems and

the importance of

agriculture and

other land uses on the

County landscape 297

A Multi-Purpose NHS

298

Developing a Wellington County NHS

Project kick-off with Steering Committee

Review of NHS literature, methodologies and models

NHS Criteria & Methodology Technical Workshop

Acquire data and process in GIS to create mapping,

Comparison to Growth Plan NHS

Stakeholder sessions to present draft Wellington NHS

Mapping refinements and final report

299

The system was built in two steps

Step 1: Identification of Natural Heritage

Components

• Natural Heritage Components for the Wellington

County NHS were selected using science-based

criteria.

• The best available data from Conservation

Authorities and the Province were used to map

natural features.

• Ecologically important components that could not

be mapped due to insufficient data were included

in the Wellington County NHS as text. 300

The system was built in two steps

Step 2: Identification of Stewardship Components

• Enhancement Linkages were mapped using an

objective, automated software tool (Linkage

Mapper*) in a Geographic Information System

(GIS).

• Enhancement Woodlands were selected using

science-based criteria. If enhanced through

voluntary stewardship action these woodlands

could increase the overall woodland cover in

Wellington County.

301

Wellington County NHS

302

Natural Heritage System

303

Stakeholder Engagement

Steering Committee and Technical

Workshop participants

Dedicated NHS page on County

website with Q&A and interactive

maps

Public Open House

Presentation to Wellington

Federation of Agriculture Board

Members

Social media posts 304

Outcome of Stakeholder Input

• Overall public comments were supportive of the

County’s initiative to identify a NHS that balances

the conservation and stewardship of natural areas

with the importance of agriculture on the landscape.

• As a result of consultation and feedback, the County

removed Environmentally Sensitive Areas as a

mapped component of the Wellington County NHS.

• Floodplains were reviewed and determined to be an

appropriate surrogate for significant valleylands at

this time.

305

A Comparison of NHS Mapping

306

A Comparison of NHS Mapping

Feature

Amount in

County (ha or

km)

Amount

captured in

Wellington

County NHS (ha

or km)

Amount

captured in

Wellington

County NHS

expressed as a

percent

Amount

captured in

Growth Plan

NHS (ha or km)

Amount

captured in

Growth Plan

NHS expressed

as a percent

Wetlands 30,267 ha 30,267 ha 100% 22,852 ha 76%

Woodlands 45,556 ha 44,864 ha 99% 31,160 ha 68%

Valleylands 29,859 ha 29,859 ha 100% 19,169 ha 64%

Waterbodies 5,056 ha 4,736 ha 94% 1,547 ha 31%

Watercourses 3,512 km 3,512 km 100% 1,549 km 44%

Life Science

ANSIs 8,482 ha 8,482 ha 100% 8,372 ha

99%

County NHS = 59,343ha (23% of the County’s area)

GPGGH NHS = 78,519ha (30% of the County’s area)

When overlaid there are 40,442ha captured similarly

by both the Wellington County NHS and GPGGH NHS

307

A Tool for Stewardship

Wellington County and its Stewardship Partners have

a long history of working with residents to protect and

improve natural heritage in the County through

voluntary stewardship programs such as:

The Green Legacy Programme

Trees for Mapleton

Trees for Minto

Wellington Rural Water Quality Program

CVC Landowner Action Fund

Halton Watershed Stewardship Program

Reforestation and Tree Planting Programs

offered by your local Conservation Authority

…and more! 308

Thank

You!

Photo: Grand River Conservation Authority/Shari Lovell 309

COMMITTEE REPORT


From: Linda Dickson, Emergency Manager/CEMC Date: Thursday, September 13, 2018

Subject: 2018 Emergency Management Programme Status Report

Background:

The following outlines the municipal requirements as set out in the Emergency Management and Civil Protection Act and how the municipality has fulfilled these requirements for 2018.

Programme Committee: The County has an Emergency Management Programme Committee (Committee). There were no changes to the Committee Structure in 2018. The County’s Committee met on March 27, 2018 to review the Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment, Emergency Response Plan, Training needs, proposed annual exercise and Public Education. A copy of the minutes of the Committee meeting are attached.

Emergency Response Plan: There are no changes proposed to the Emergency Response Plan for 2018. A full review and update of the plan will be undertaken during the fourth quarter of 2018 and first quarter of 2019. The revised plan will be brought forward to Council in 2019 for consideration and adoption.

Training: For 2018 the Office of the Fire Marshall and Emergency Management (OFMEM) set out certain prescribed training requirements. These requirements include completion of a number of Provincial courses for the CEMC. These training requirements are recommended but not mandatory for alternate CEMCs. The CEMC has completed all of the requirements as prescribed. In 2018, OFMEM prescribed training to ensure Municipal Emergency Control Group (MECG) members have an adequate level of training and knowledge of the following:

All components of a municipality’s Emergency Management Program

The Emergency Response Plan including roles and responsibilities of the members,

Procedures used to activate and operate under the Plan

The notification procedures used to notify the members when the Plan is activated

Location and telecommunications requirements of their Emergency Operation Centres

310

The Control Group Training for the County has been completed. In addition to the required training the following training was provided for control group members and support staff.

i) March 19 and 20, 2018 – Basic Emergency Management (BEM) Course

ii) June 15, 2018 – CANWARN Severe Weather Training – Environment Canada

iii) September 6, 2018 – Crisis Communication Workshop

iv) October 15 and 16 – BEM

v) October 17 and 18 – IMS 200

Annual Emergency Management Exercise: MECG members must participate in an annual exercise, which evaluates the Municipality’s Plan and procedures. The following is from the Executive Summary of this year’s Exercise After Action Report.

On May 16 and 17, 2018, members of the Municipal Emergency Control Groups, their alternates and support staff for the County of Wellington, and member municipalities of Centre Wellington, Erin, Guelph/Eramosa, Mapleton, Minto, Puslinch and Wellington North participated in Exercise Ice Cold.

Exercise Ice Cold was a functional exercise held in real time that required members to respond to messages/inputs from a variety of communication sources to simulate a county-wide response. The exercise simulated municipal EOC operations across the County. There were three main objectives of the exercise:

I. to conduct emergency notification drills, II. test the variety of communication tools/devices available, and

III. to test the IMS response system for their EOCs.

There were many observations and recommendations from the exercise but the main ones seem to involve the proper set up and use of the EM1 channel on the radio system, access and proper use of the Common Operating Picture, and the complexity and duplication of information on the IMS forms. Along with these observations, there were recommendations to include proper written procedures and to provide additional training for staff. Several of the noted observation and recommendations were included in Control Group training. A copy of the Exercise After Action Report is attached.

Public Education: Emergency management information was made available at the Wellington County Libraries and municipal office during Emergency Preparedness Week. A draw for 72 hour kits was held throughout the County of Wellingtons 14 Library Branches, each of the Municipal Offices and at special events during EP Week. Emergency Management staff attended the many events during the year including Minto Safe Kids Day, Mapleton Safety Day, Fergus Lions Home Show, Rockwood Fire Emergency Preparedness Day, Wellington North showcase, and will be attending Puslinch Fire Anniversary Open House in September.

311

Winter Weather material was handed out at the Wellington County Libraries throughout the winter months. Winter Driving Safety information was made available at Car/Tire businesses throughout Wellington County The County page in the Wellington Advertiser regularly contains emergency public information.

Critical Infrastructure: During the summer the Common Operating Picture mapping which includes information on the Critical Infrastructure throughout the County was reviewed and updated with the assistance of County and member municipal staff.

Service Continuity: The County’s Service Continuity Committee met in March and meet again in October. Department Plans are complete and under review by Senior Staff and/or Department heads for approval. Committee is in the process of developing a training and exercise programme to ensure plans remain current and staff are aware of their roles and responsibilities.

Recommendation:

That the Council for the County of Wellington receives and accepts the annual status report on the County’s Emergency Management Programme for 2018. Respectfully submitted,

Linda Dickson, MCIP, RPP CMMIII Emergency Manager/CEMC

312

WELLINGTON COUNTY EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME COMMITTEE MEETING

March 27, 2018

County Museum & Archives: Nicolas Keith room March 27, 2018

13:30 hrs. (1:30pm) MINUTES

Present: Michele Richardson, Assistant Human Resource Director Scott Lawson, Wellington OPP Kayla-Wray Amy, Communications Manager Doug Waram, IT Director Scott Wilson, CAO Shawn Zentner, Wellington Dufferin Guelph Public Health (WDGPH) Dennis Lever, Warden Ken DeHart, Treasurer Eddie Alton, Social Services Administrator Leanne Swantko, Guelph Wellington Emergency Medical Services (GWEMS) Drew Maddison, OFMEM Field Officer Aldo Salis, Planning Director Nicola Mercer, Medical Officer of Health Matthew Tenenbaum, WDGPH Laura Holtom, Terrace Administrator Don Kudo, Director of Engineering Linda Dickson, Emergency Manager/CEMC, Chair Bridgette Francis, Emergency Management Programme Coordinator Not Present Alex Post, Emergency Management Assistant Call to order – Meeting called to order by Chair at 1:35 pm

1. Adoption of Minutes for March 7, 2017

Moved by: Eddie Alton Seconded by: Laura Holton That the Committee minutes of March 7, 2017 be approved as circulated. Carried

2. Business Arising from Minutes

a. Provincial Emergency Management Review – Committee reviewed report from Emergency Manager/CEMC. Some discussion on recommendations including use of ICS versus IMS and the effect of the Incident Command recommendation for Wellington and member municipalities. It was noted that the Emergency

313


March 27, 2018

Management and Civil Protection Act (EMCPA) would not open for review until after the Provincial election. EM Programme Committee supported the report going to Planning Committee and Council for information.

i. Public Health suggested sharing of resources with respect to identifying vulnerable populations.

b. County Dashboard will be an ongoing document for Emergency Management projects.

3. 2018 Work Plan

a. Enhanced Level Work Plans – Reviewed timelines and with it being an election year. Requested that legislative requirements and programme review be complete no later than September.

i. Suggested to investigate online training. CEMC will discuss with IT Director. b. Enhanced Program projects

i. Debris Management to be completed end of 2019 ii. EOC Software tool been narrowed down to two vendors. Further vendor

demonstrations needed. iii. Emergency Response Plan will be reviewed late 2018/2019 and be in line

with any Provincial changes that may occur. iv. Emergency Social Services review 2018/2019 and will incorporate needs of

vulnerable populations.

4. HIRA reviewed and approved Moved by: Scott Lawson Seconded by: Laura Holtom That the HIRA be approved as circulated. Carried

5. Emergency Response Plan (ERP)

Committee supports no further recommended changes to the ERP for this year.

6. Exercises a. 2017 After Action Report

IMS Planning Refresher course and reduced forms that are electronically available were recommendations from last year’s exercise and will be included in the 2018 exercise.

b. 2018 Exercise i. Scenario will be an ice and snow event. Exercise conducted virtually over 2

days and in real time. An EOC notification and activation expected for initial incident briefing and action planning.

314


March 27, 2018

ii. Discussion on BBM joining/leaving the chat. IT will discuss with CEMC about new BB options.

iii. Good feedback with the use of the IMS Forms used in the February Thaw event. Preferred reading form in body of the email. Including timing of next update in the reports was helpful.

iv. Public Health suggested a pre-populated email list. CEMC will discuss with WDGPH and will provide copies of the reports sent during the February thaw.

7. Public Education Plan for 2018

a. Emergency Preparedness Week is May 6-12. Displays in all County Libraries and Municipal offices. Wellington Advertiser and County Social media messages delivered throughout the year.

b. Flood Guide Booklet joint project with County of Wellington, Dufferin and Public Health taking lead. Hoping to have booklet complete by May.

c. Developing two posters for floodwaters targeting Safety and Hazard information messages. Public Health has a School Liaison connection with Upper Grand District School Board for promotion and education. CEMC to discuss further with Public Health.

8. Training Plan 2018 a. New prescribed training requirements for members of the Control Group has

removed the 4-hour minimum training and replaced with training for specific competencies. CEMC in the process of developing a lesson plan for this training and hope to have all control group members complete by end of August.

b. IMS 200 course being conducted for Hospitals in June – Public Health asked if there would be space for health partners. CEMC will investigate.

c. Scribe Training – Public Health and Terrace have staff needing training. d. CANWARN Training planned for June 15 for staff. Public Health would like to

attend. e. Crisis communications workshop – anyone interested in attending to contact

Emergency Manager/CEMC. f. Elected Officials course for next year. Suggested all new officials receive this

training. g. Exercise Design Course – extend invite to Public Health

9. Service Continuity

Approvals from Departments Heads in progress. Non-essential departments (Library, Museum, Planning) currently developing plans. Some departments will be participating in the County/Municipal exercise to test plans. Emergency Management Training offered to Service Continuity committee leads. Annual Reviews start in August/September and approvals no later than November.

315


March 27, 2018

10. New Business

a. Wireless Public Alerting Report reviewed with Committee. Committee supports report proceeding to Council for information.

i. EM staff to put Alert Ready.ca link on website. b. Draft Winter Weather Shelter policies reviewed. c. Discussion brought forward about investigating wiring 133 Wyndham facility for

potential generator in the future.

11. Information and Correspondence a. Critical Infrastructure is ongoing with aim to complete data entry. b. Emergency Operations Centre binders and procedures are up to date. Testing radios

prior to exercise. CEMC to discussion radio needs with County Engineer.

12. Adjournment by chair at 3:02 Minutes prepared by Bridgette Francis, Emergency Management Programme Coordinator

316

EXERCISE ICE COLD

AN EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT EXERCISE

2018

FOR THE

COUNTY OF WELLINGTON AND MEMBER MUNICIPALITIES

Prepared July 18, 2018

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DIVISION

317

Exercise Ice Cold After Action Report – July 2018 Page 1

Executive Summary: On May 16 and 17, 2018, members of the Municipal Emergency Control Groups (MECG), their alternates and support staff for the County of Wellington, and member municipalities of Centre Wellington, Erin, Guelph/Eramosa, Mapleton, Minto, Puslinch and Wellington North participated in Exercise Ice Cold. Exercise Ice Cold was a functional exercise held in real time that required members to respond to messages/inputs from a variety of communication sources. The exercise was a functional exercise using a variety of communication devices internally and amongst municipalities to provide a virtual EOC operation across the County. There were three main objectives of the exercise

I. to conduct emergency notification drills, II. test the variety of communication tools/devices available, and

III. to test the IMS response system for their EOCs. There were many observations and recommendations from the exercise but the main ones seem to involve the proper set up and use of the EM1 channel on the radio system, access and proper use of the Common Operating Picture, and the complexity and duplication of information on the IMS forms. Along with these observations, there were recommendations to include proper written procedures and to provide additional training for staff. Several of the noted observation and recommendations will be included in the upcoming 2018 mandatory control group training being held during the summer and early fall months.

318


Contents

Executive Summary: ........................................................................................................................ 1

Background: ................................................................................................................................ 3

Exercise Overview: ...................................................................................................................... 3

The Scenario: ............................................................................................................................... 3

Exercise Objectives: .................................................................................................................... 3

Observations and Recommendations: ........................................................................................ 4

Emergency Notifications: ........................................................................................................ 4

Telecommunication Systems: ................................................................................................. 4

Incident Management System: ............................................................................................... 5

Summary: .................................................................................................................................... 6

319


Background: In accordance with the Emergency Management and Civil Protection Act, R.S.O., 1990, the County of Wellington and Member Municipalities conducted an exercise as required by Regulation 380/04 Section 12 (6) of the Emergency Management and Civil Protection Act.

Exercise Overview: On May 16-17, 2018, the County of Wellington and Member Municipalities jointly held an Operations based – Functional exercise. Exercise Ice Cold was held over one and half days in real time. Municipal Emergency Control Group members, their alternates and support staff participated in the exercise.

In 2017, a discussion based – workshop exercise was held in June and November for the County and Member Municipal Emergency Control Groups. The purpose of the exercise was to encourage members to apply their specific IMS functions based upon specific training provided. The exercise encouraged members to use specific IMS forms for an EOC and to practice using the forms applicable to their roles. Exercise Ice Cold built on the exercise and training from 2017 and applied in a virtual EOC situation with all municipalities operating from their own municipalities. The exercise also involved a communication component.

The Scenario: The scenario was a spring storm event including freezing rain and snow. Severe weather events (winter and summer) are on all municipal Hazard Identification and Risk Assessments as a high community risk with the potential to require a complex municipal emergency response.

The amount of inputs and requirement for regular circulation of briefings was extensive and took more time than staff was prepared for. Stretching over two days was difficult to manage while balancing regular operations yet the functional exercise provided a real time practiced response for many municipal staff who have not had the experience of a major community emergency in recent years.

Using multiple methods of messaging (BBM/Cell/Email) created some confusion when trying to disseminate and track the updates.

Exercise Objectives: The following objectives were identified for Exercise Ice Cold.

320


1. Control Group Notification procedures and Emergency Operation Centre (EOC) Activation Procedures – Member Municipalities were encouraged to implement their emergency notification procedures as set out in Section 4 of the Emergency Response Plan (ERP) and Addendum 1 of the Emergency Operation Centre Procedures.

2. Test telecommunications systems and procedures – Teleconferencing, telephones, faxes, radios, emails, and BBM were the forms of communication used and tested during Exercise Ice Cold. Section 8.1 of the ERP identifies the Telecommunications Plan for emergency response.

3. Test Incident Management System (IMS) functions – Section 7 of the ERP contains policies for the use of the Incident Management System. In addition to the establishment of specific IMS functions, the exercise encouraged the establishment of a planning cycle including the creation of Incident Action Plans and Incident Status Summaries. Exercise Ice Cold was developed and implemented to test the use of specific IMS documentation rather than the overall response to a situation. The following forms were used during the exercise.

i. EOC Check-in-list ii. Incident Briefing (IMS 201)

iii. Incident Action Plan (IMS 1001) iv. Incident Status Summary (IMS 209-G)

Observations and Recommendations: The following observations and recommendations were received from the individual municipal debriefs and complied into an overall exercise evaluation synopsis.

Emergency Notifications: Some municipalities noted changes to their notification call out procedures which will be reviewed and updated. Notification lists among members was not consistent. Most up-to-date version should be contained in the EOC procedures. This point will be reviewed and discussed during Control Group Training sessions.

Telecommunication Systems: Some observed that using multiple methods of messaging (BBM/Cell/Email) created some confusion when trying to disseminate and track the updates. Some municipalities have made decisions on which form of communication they will use internally for local emergencies.

321


1. Radios a. Portable Radios are not typically used by Administrative staff and it would be helpful

to arrange a training session with Fire Services. It was also suggested that operational instructions be created. The mandatory Control Group Training will include a training component on the use of the County Radios (Portables and Mobiles) using the EM1 channel. Procedures have been developed and are included in the EOC Procedures for each municipality.

b. It was suggested that more inputs using the radio communications would have been helpful to better understand the functionality of the units.

2. Common Operating Picture:

a. The Common Operating Picture (COP) yielded an error message when being loaded by some users. County GIS staff found restarting the computer displaying the error resolved the issue.

b. Many control group members did not have their log-in credentials for the Common Operating Picture (COP). There is a section in the EOC Procedures that contains the log-in information and credentials. This will be re-affirmed during the Control Group Training.

c. It was recommended that the procedures also identify who is able to edit the COP and how to access the resource during an emergency.

3. Telephone Systems: a. Some EOC main phone lines were not active when called. EOC Procedures should

include information as to the active telephone numbers available and these lines should be tested at least annually. Emergency Management Staff will ensure equipment in the EOCs is tested when updating supplies and documentation or at least annually.

Incident Management System:

1. IMS Forms:

a. Fillable PDF forms were created for use during the exercise. However, the forms did not always work properly and several municipalities requested word versions instead.

b. Some of the information contained in the IMS forms were repetitive. A better understanding of the purpose of each form is requested. More training required on how to complete and formatting is required. Additional training is planned for the mandatory Control Group Training in 2018. Specific training for users of the forms should be scheduled for 2019.

c. Request for a central electronic location to access forms. The County EM Division is in the process of exploring options for an EOC software solution that could be accessed by all municipalities and could act as repository for this type of information.

322


d. Some found that the IMS forms were extensive and time consuming to complete. There were noted differences between status reports circulated from County. Would like to have seen more cross-communication between municipalities and the County.

4. IMS Roles/Responsibilities

a. Additional dedicated staff is needed to fill roles in the Planning section for Scribes,

Duty Officers and documentation/completion of IMS Forms. More training for the Planning Section functions is necessary.

b. For the purposes of IMS some municipalities observed that having all control group members representing operations for the municipality was not feasible or functional. Moving forward, certain Control Group members may serve a specific role to represent the Operations Section in the EOC. They will serve as each others back-up during emergencies so some cross training may be necessary.

c. Some members observed that during such extensive events it is not possible to continue normal day to day activities. Having a suitable back-up to ensure continuity of municipal services is necessary.

d. Internally, communication amongst the IMS functions/roles were generally good but there needs to be continued improvement in communications amongst all municipalities and particularly in the development and posting of external communications. A major update to the Emergency Response Plan is being considered for later this year and into 2019. The Telecommunications/Emergency Information Section of the plan needs considerable updating. A working group made up of Emergency Information representation from all municipalities will be formed to review and revise the policies in this section of the Plan.

Summary:

Exercise Ice Cold was a culminating functional exercise, built on the past few years of training and testing to the IMS response set out in the Emergency Response Plan. The exercise as designed and conducted did meet the objectives of the exercise. Many good recommendations were taken from the exercise to improve the response and the tools used to include communication devices, and the forms. Ongoing training is a focus, but the exercise outcomes will assist in targeting specific control group and support staff training in the coming years. It will also form some recommendations to consider as EM staff and municipal emergency management program committees conduct a major review of the Emergency Response Plan beginning at the end of 2018

323

COMMITTEE REPORT


From: Linda Dickson, Emergency Manager/CEMC

Date: Thursday, September 13, 2018

Subject: Wellington County Fire Paging Upgrades – New Mount Forest Transmitter Site

Background:

In May of 2018, Council for the County of Wellington authorized MRC Wireless to undertake a Site Audit of the Mount Forest Water Tower. The site audit was required to evaluate the effectiveness of this location for an additional paging transmitter as part of the County Fire Paging System. MRC completed the site audit on the Mount Forest Water Tower on June 26 2018. The site was found to be a viable location. The audit did note some additional work required at the site before the transmitter could be installed and this work has been addressed. As noted in the May Planning Committee report, this will be a new paging site providing additional paging coverage and redundancy for the existing Conn Tower site. An additional site is considered appropriate to ensure emergency communications are maintained for the Wellington North Fire Department.

New Site Costs:

The County has received a quote from MRC to complete the site expansion. The total estimated cost for a new paging transmitter exclusive of tax is approximately $51,000. The antenna lines for the paging site need to be routed through a conduit from the tower to the existing building on site were the transmitter will reside. However, there is not sufficient space in the existing conduit for the new transmission lines. New conduits need to be installed which will cost an additional $5800. Total cost of this project would be $56,800 plus 13% HST. As noted in the June 2018 report, additional annual operating cost considerations for the new site would be $1800 per year and would be included in the 2019 EM operating budget. Options:

1. Include costs for the new site in the 2019 EM Capital Budget. This would defer installation until early spring of 2019. Costs may increase for the installation and transmitter for the site.

2. Approve the funds from the General Capital Reserve for 2018 to install the transmitter in 2018.

324

Need for Additional Sites - Update

Planning Committee passed a motion requesting “that the current paging coverage be reviewed with the Wellington County Fire Chiefs for a report back to Planning Committee on the need to increase the number of paging sites” across the County. Paging coverage was discussed at the June Fire Chief’s Association Meeting and MRC was requested to review possible coverage gaps in the current system. The following locations were identified by MRC as areas were additional coverage would support redundancies for the system.

1. Palmerston is covered utilizing towers from Harriston and Moorefield; a failure of either of these two towers would affect pages being received in Palmerston as well as their respective towns. If a paging site were to be added in Palmerston, it would provide redundancy to Palmerston itself, as well as neighboring towns. A site in Palmerston would also improve coverage for Mapleton and increase redundancies for Moorefield Station.

2. Rockwood is primarily covered by the Erin and Fergus sites and falls into the same situation as Palmerston. Adding an additional site in Rockwood would provide redundancy to the town itself, as well as adjacent municipalities of Erin and Puslinch.

3. Town of Erin is primarily covered by one paging site. Should it fail, the Town and in particular the urban areas of Erin and Hillsburgh would not be covered very well by any other existing site. It should also be note that should the Puslinch Tower fail and a site was added in Rockwood, Puslinch would have some additional coverage from it and it would also be covered by Fergus.

The Emergency Manager/CEMC has provided a copy of MRC’s report to the Chief’s in Minto, Mapleton, Erin, Guelph Eramosa and Puslinch. A meeting will be arranged for the fall to discuss the report with the applicable Departments.

Recommendation:

That Council for the County of Wellington authorizes MRC Wireless to install a paging transmitter site during the fourth quarter of 2018 at the Mount Forest Water Tower at a cost of $60,000 to be funded from the General Capital Reserve. Respectfully submitted,

Linda Dickson, Emergency Manager/CEMC

325


Economic Development Committee

Minutes

September 18, 2018

Governor's Residence Boardroom Lower Level


Councillor George Bridge (Chair) Councillor Doug Breen

Regrets:

Councillor Pierre Brianceau Councillor Kelly Linton

Staff:

Donna Bryce, County Clerk Jana Burns, Director, Economic Development Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Scott Wilson, CAO

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order




326

Economic Development Minutes

September 18, 2018

2

3. Economic Development Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 1/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Breen That the Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 for Economic Development be approved.

Carried

4. September 2018 Economic Development Update 2/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Breen That the Economic Development Committee approve the Economic Development September Report.

Carried

5. County BR+E Fund Request - Puslinch 3/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Breen That the Economic Development Committee approve the 2018 BR+E Municipal Implementation Fund for the Township of Puslinch.

Carried

327

Economic Development Minutes

September 18, 2018

3


_________________________ George Bridge

Chair Economic Development Committee

328

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Economic Development Committee

From: Jana Burns, Director of Economic Development


Subject: Economic Development – September Report

Standards and Poor’s Credit Review Three representatives from Standard and Poor’s Global Ratings visited the County on July 10 for the financial and economic presentations as part of the annual credit review. The resulting rating for the County remains AA+ with an outlook that remains stable. The corresponding link provides the updated rating report https://www.wellington.ca/en/government/Credit-Rating.aspx and the economic development presentation can be found attached herein. The assessment indicates a very strong economy for Wellington County, however, encourages diversification of the local economy. Community Improvement Programme The Invest Well programme is a strategic planning tool designed to assist the County and its member municipalities in achieving shared objectives related to economic growth. The Ministry of Municipal Affairs were pleased with the programme, especially its clarification that all financial incentives from the County are delivered by the member municipality. I have met with our two Community Futures organizations over the summer to develop an additional feature to the programme. The programme will now also include a partnership with the Wellington Waterloo Community Futures and the Saugeen Economic Development Corporation where businesses can receive additional financial support. The support from both organizations will be in the form of a low interest loan to provide 50% of the matching funds required for a commercial or industrial revitalization project. Details and terms of the additional support will be presented to committee. The Town of Erin is the first community to include the County’s Invest Well programme in their Community Improvement Plan. As such, the Erin CIP will be used as an example for member municipalities in how they can integrate the County programme into their local CIP. The next steps for the programme include:

1. County circulates the final Invest Well Programme to member municipalities. 2. Member municipalities revise their Community Improvement Plans. 3. Member municipalities provide their revised CIP to the Ministry for comment. 4. Member municipalities host Public Meeting. 5. Member municipalities receive Council approval. 6. County to support marketing efforts.

Municipal Agriculture Economic Development and Planning Forum Wellington County Economic Development and OMAFRA hosts the Ontario Agriculture Economic Development and Planning Forum on October 3-4, 2018 at the Wellington County Museum and Archives. Day one is composed of a tour featuring five agriculture related businesses. The tour stops include Angelstone International Show Jumping Tournaments, Rootham Gourmet Preserves, Strom's Farm and Bakery, Mapleton's Organic Dairy, and Elora Brewing Company. Day two features a lineup of fifteen

329

https://www.wellington.ca/en/government/Credit-Rating.aspx

speakers on topics including revitalizing rural economic development, local economic development initiatives that support agriculture and local food, newcomers in rural communities, planning for agri-food businesses, and legalizing cannabis and emerging opportunities. Day one can accommodate approximately 50 participants and day two a maximum of 120 participants. Registration is now open online at www.wellington.ca/agforum. Smart Cities Challenge - Circular Food Economy in Guelph Wellington Guelph Wellington is currently preparing its bid for the Smart Cities $10 million prize. The project is branded as “Our Food Future, Guelph-Wellington – Canada’s first food smart community”. The project vision includes three goals by 2025:

50% increase access to affordable, nutritious food.

50 new circular businesses and collaborations.

50% increase in economic revenues by reducing or transforming food waste.

The Smart Cities Challenge Finalist Guide was received in August and it indicates there will be a community visit in November and final proposal due on March 5, 2019. In addition to the written proposal, a summary video and an in-person pitch will be presented to the Smart Cities jury. The final winners will be announced in Spring 2019. To prepare the final proposal a project governance structure has been established. This includes an advisory committee, steering committee, communications and engagement group and three workstream groups: Circular Jobs and Business, Nutritious Foods and Waste as a Resource. On July 27 a stakeholder update meeting was held including members of the committees, workstreams and additional community stakeholders. Workstream group meetings have commenced and community engagement activities will begin shortly. Jenna Morris from the Wellington Waterloo Community Futures will be acting as the project lead for Wellington County, a project and job description has been created. Senior staff from County IT, Roads and Social Services have been engaged in various stakeholder groups to ensure Wellington County is appropriately represented. Transportation Staff from economic development, social services and treasury are working with Dillon Consulting to design a service delivery model, with the Pilot project set to launch April 2019. Through continued conversations with employers and community partners, we are working to ensure a collaborative effort is met in determining the final service delivery model. We are developing a workplan and will host a meeting with employers and community partners to share the concept design for feedback. With support from Committee, the County will continue conversations with the City of Owen Sound corridor service.

Signage Directional Tourism Signage: 19 tourism signs and 26 business panels were installed across the county over the summer. Due to vehicle maintenance and construction of the Teviotdale roundabout, we have delayed the install of signs at CR 7 and CR 109. These four effected businesses will be pro-rated for 2019. All tourism signs for the 2019 installation year are due November 30. We have so far received six applications for 12 signs. It is important to note that some of these applications do not currently meet the eligibility requirements, but staff are using it as an opportunity to discuss ways in which a business could become eligible, by for example, enhancing their business offerings with local products. We recognize the importance of including small, single business “tab” signs, in order to ensure that we complete signing to the destination, as recommended by Roger Brooks as well. These tab signs fall under

330

http://www.wellington.ca/agforum

the same programme requirements and would only be used in instances that we needed to complete the sign destination. In order to keep administration to a minimum, businesses would be charged the same as a large sign ($250 per year, per sign) and would be held to the same three-year agreement period. With Committee approval, staff will continue to work with the Road Division to design a preferred concept for the tab signs moving forward. Gateway Signage: Forestell has been engaged to complete a design-build for the nine primary gateway entrances as identified in the Wellington Signage Strategy. This includes the design, materials and installation as well as a budget and expected timeline. Staff continue to work with the MTO to receive approval on the Highway 6 Mount Forest, Highway 89 Wellington North, Highway 7 Rockwood and Highway 7 Waterloo gateway signs. Once the design and landscaping material are confirmed, staff will re-submit the MTO applications for approval of installation. Community Signage: we are working with communications to create a tourism sign for the Rockwood Conservation Area. This sign will be placed near the entrance of the park and will include a map, as well as identify businesses and events happening in downtown Rockwood. The County is supporting the initial design work, with Guelph/Eramosa Township providing the financial contribution and maintenance for the sign. The installation date is set for late October. Downtown Development Downtowns thrive and bustle when there is a dynamic interchange between public space, civic/social uses and commercial activity, making interesting places for residents and visitors to experience. Over the summer, County staff partnered with ReNew Northern Wellington, Wellington Waterloo Community Futures, Minto Chamber of Commerce and the Elora Fergus Tourism centre to complete over 1,250 customer origin surveys. A customer origin survey intercepts people in the downtown core, requesting postal code, reason for the visit and stores they would like to see, but are currently missing in the downtown. To balance the tourism season numbers, staff are continuing surveys, having completed an additional 145 surveys in Elora over a half day this week. The discussions with people from all over the world are interesting, finding out why they are visiting and what they enjoy seeing and where they would like to shop. While there are some themes across Wellington County, such as the need for kids clothing stores, each community is different. For example, Arthur would like a discount grocer, Fergus would like more outdoor patios, Mount Forest would like a bakery. The data will next be collected and analyzed, then used to create the trade area for the downtown core. It will support in identifying business gaps, business opportunities and will inform economic development on the market threshold for business attraction efforts. Housing Increasingly we are hearing from our employers that the lack of affordable housing is becoming a major issue in their workforce attraction efforts. Through speaking with local realtors, we understand that many new residents are coming to Wellington from the GTA. Financial gains in selling their previous home creates a pressure on the local market as existing landlords are cashing in on the selling trend, again lowering the number of rental units locally. From an employer perspective, this means that the market can no longer support the employees in the area. Low rental numbers are causing some employers to be creative in their search for accommodation for their employees. Employers are exploring the option of purchasing homes and acting as the landlord, signing leases on behalf of employees or housing employees in larger centres and paying to transport them to and from work.

331

Wellington Agri-Food Sector Development Staff are working with Mallot Creek Strategies on a sector development and marketing strategy for the food processing sector. This includes an inventory of food processing and value chain businesses, as well as a survey to understand opportunities and challenges. The information collected will enhance our knowledge of the local sector and develop strategies to support local business growth and investment attraction.

Taste Real Local Food Fest: The festival took place on Sunday, June 24 on the grounds of Ignatius Jesuit Centre, Guelph/Eramosa. Despite the heavy rain, over 800 people attended the event, eager to eat, learn and connect around Local Foods. This represents approximately half of the attendance of a fair weather event. Highlights were the re-invented children’s area, as well as the food skills workshop area lead by Minga Skill Building Hub. The event increased its sustainable initiatives, including re-usable plates and cutlery, re-usable beer and cider mugs, drinking water station (no plastic bottles), an additional shuttle bus stop and a composting/recycling station. We are pleased to report that the overall waste at the event was reduced to two small garbage bags. We are thankful for partnerships with the University of Guelph, Hillside Festival and Morton Wholesale who contributed in kind and financially to the festival. E-commerce: An effort is underway to provide Taste Real partners with easy access to Taste Real merchandise. In a collaborative effort with County IT and Treasury, an e-commerce portal will be available shortly for online orders of branded jute shopping bags, farmers’ market bags and Taste Real ball caps. This will generate additional revenue for the initiative, support local food businesses and increase brand awareness throughout the county. Local Food Map: Based on feedback received by the Roger Brooks Destination Development initiative, we are suggesting a re-design of the Taste Real Local Food Map towards a more user-friendly and comprehensive guide to local food in Wellington County. Due to the amount of information on the map we are suggesting to implement the following changes:

New smaller format and cross referencing on map side – for ease of usability

More concise partner listings

Eliminate additional colour advertising to create space for additional businesses

More direction to visit the new Taste Real website for more in depth information

The Local Food Map has been the flagship local food publication for Wellington County and Guelph and is well liked and used. Suggested edits would reflect the changing marketing standards and practices, as well as the feedback we received from our business partners and the public. Based on a recent partner survey, 76% of respondents would welcome a re-orientation of the map to better suit the current user base. Where people previously looked at the map for detailed information, we now know people use our website to find specific products for example. In order to proceed with the changes, any additional paid colour advertising will removed. This impact map revenue by approximately $8,000. The loss of revenue will be offset by printing the map every two years instead of annually, as well as additional merchandise sales. Harvest Home Festival: Taste Real is collaborating with the Museum and Archives to provide a local food market at the upcoming Harvest Home Festival on September 23.

332

Fall Rural Romp: The 12th Annual Fall Rural Romp will take place in Southern Wellington County on September 29. A record number of 17 locations are participating. They include farms, beverage locations (brewery, cidery, distillery), farmers’ markets, an agriculture research lab and the County’s Green Legacy site in Puslinch. Toque Magazine Features: The quarterly Toque Magazine Taste Real feature includes Mapleton’s Organic Farm, a recipe from Strom’s farm and a seasonal to-do list in Wellington County. Crystal and Christina were invited to write a guest feature article for a Weekend Outing in Wellington County featuring local businesses and sights. New Taste Real Partners this month:

• Heartwood Farm and Cidery, Erin • Fox Poultry, Erin • Tailwinds B and B, Erin

Following our direction, the Butter Tarts and Buggies group has also eliminated membership fees. The result is the ability to choose the most appropriate participating businesses due to criteria, provide better coaching and marketing. Most recently they are receiving a feature of the Westjet inflight magazine.

Talent Attraction Filipino Newspaper: Tom has written a newspaper article about the Filipino community in Minto. The piece is a component of the “Municipal Immigration Model” initiative intended to support the growth of the Filipino community in the area. The article outlines the advantages of settling in rural communities, the support provided by municipal stakeholders and the perspective of Filipino immigrants who live in the area. The article will be submitted to Filipino newspapers - the Philippine Reporter and Balita Balita - based in Toronto. The goal of the article is to increase the profile of Minto to the Filipino communities in the GTA and by extension to attract new residents and workers. We will share the article as soon as it is published. Tom provided immigration support and advice to two businesses in Wellington County over the summer and has been working with a local MP and County settlement workers to ensure new immigrant hires are appropriately integrated into the community. Tom is meeting with his cousin next week, an immigration lawyer in the United States. Our goal is to market the jobs available in Wellington County given that US legislation is becoming more stringent for internationals gaining access to the US economy. MCI grant/toolkit: As part of one of our Ministry of Citizenship and Immigration grants, Tom is developing a toolkit for employers that will outline principles and strategies by which employers can attract and retain newcomer/immigrant workers. Initially the goal of this project was to develop a toolkit for the manufacturing sector but due to some staffing challenges at the partner agency Immigrant Services Guelph-Wellington and input from our corporate partner Danby Inc., the decision was made to produce a more general toolkit that would be useful to all employers in Guelph and Wellington County. The toolkit will also catalogue various practices employed by businesses in Guelph and Wellington County that support the attraction and retention of newcomers/immigrant workers. Peel Newcomer Centre support letter: As our department has already started to collaborate with representatives from the NCP’s Global Business Centre to connect their clients with business opportunities in Wellington County, we are supporting their application request for an Immigration, Refugee and

333

Citizenship Canada grant for a “Rural Business Development Initiative.” This initiative would develop resources/supports designed to help newcomer/immigrant entrepreneurs purchase businesses in rural areas. In addition, conversations with NCP staff have suggested that newcomer/immigrant entrepreneurs are primarily interested in succession opportunities when purchasing a business in a rural community. Economic Development data gathering activities have confirmed that there are business owners in the county planning on retiring and selling their business. From this perspective, the RBDI could be one way to connect these owners to interested parties amongst regional cultural communities. Other activities:

55 enquires including: BR+E, Broadband, Brochures, Business Directory, Business Newsletter, Business Support, CIP, Data, Festivals and Events, Job Board, Land, Local Food Map, Roger Brooks, Signage, Strategic Plan, Taste Real Events, Taste Real Programme, General Tourism, Transportation and Website.

The Three Year Ec Dev Plan is complete in draft, will be shared with the municipalities and then presented to Committee in October.

2018 BR+E Municipal Implementation Fund is now open to municipalities. Five applications received to date.

In Business News e-newsletter sent out on July 10 and September 6.

Experience Wellington e-newsletter sent out July 9 and August 28.

Taste Real’s Local Food News e-newsletter sent out August 2.

Mandy received her certificate in Economic Development from the University of Waterloo.

OMAFRA suggested to Lanark County and Valley Heartland CFDC to reach out to Wellington County as an example of a successful implementation of the BR+E Programme.

The member municipalities, chambers, BIA’s and community partners continue to use the Destination Development Association as a resource for downtown and business development.

Recommendation: That the Economic Development Committee approve the Economic Development September Report. Respectfully submitted,

Jana Burns Director of Economic Development

334


Credit Review 2018

Economic Deve lopment

Presenta t ion to S tandard and Poor ’s

Ju ly 10 , 2018

335

Credit Review 2018 Welcome

Economic Development Highlights 2017/2018

Socio Economic Update

Top Employers

Municipal Investments

Development Activity

County Infrastructure Investments


336

Project Funding Source

Fergusson Place (55 units affordable senior housing

$8.1 million Federal/Provincial Investment in Affordable Housing (IAH) Programme

Opened2017

Palmerston affordable housing (11 units)

$1.5 million Federal/Provincial Investment in Affordable Housing (IAH) Programme

2018

3 Electric vehicle charging stations $215,000 Government of Ontario's Electric Vehicle Grant Programme (EVCO).

2017

Supporting the Economic Integration of Immigrants and International Students in Rural Labour Markets

$98,574 Ministry of Citizenship and Immigration: Municipal Immigration Programs

2017/2018 programme

Promoting Youth Inclusion in Rural Labour Markets

$63,500 Ontario 150 Partnership Program 2017 programme

Ease into Canada: A Manufacturing Toolkit

$35,000 Ministry of Citizenship and Immigration: Municipal Immigration Programs

2018

Source: County Treasury Department

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHTS

Successful Funding in Wellington County

338

Wellington County Business Retention and Expansion (BR+E)

• 2017 BR+E project

• Focus on downtown/retail businesses

• Foreign owned business

• 147 businesses interviewed

• Roger Brooks local community assessment

• 2018 downtown customers origins survey

Business Retention and Expansion Local Municipal Implementation Fund

• $175,000 annually

• Provides member municipalities the opportunity to access funding for the direct execution of BR+E activities to enhance the local economy

• Fund began in 2014 and in 4 years produced a total investment of approximately $1.5 million dollars in Wellington County with a 58% return on investment and dollars leveraged against the County investment


339

Source: Municipal EDOs

LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

INVESTMENT VIA COUNTY BR+E FUND

Municipality Project Description BR+E Fund Leverage

Minto LaunchIt Minto Business Incubator

$25,000 25% funding

Wellington North Youth for North Community Resiliency Worker

$13,000 25% fundingLeveraging $39,000contribution from Minto, Mapleton and Mount Forest Family Health Team

Wellington North Destination Development

20 ingredients for an outstanding downtown

$10,000 17% fundingLeveraging $48,185 Main StreetRevitalization Fund (OMAFRA/AMO)

Centre Wellington EconomicDevelopment Strategic Action Plan

Action plan for the next 5 years

$25,000 40% fundingLeveraging $35,000 OMAFRA RED Funding

Community Improvement Plan (CIP)

Puslinch, WellingtonNorth, Mapleton, Erin

Development of CIP and implementation

$100,000 $55,000 leveraged

340

Investment Attraction: Wellington as a place to invest

Ontario Food Cluster

County member of the Ontario Food Cluster (OFC). The OFC is a cost-sharing

partnership of government and economic development organizations in southern

Ontario that pool their resources together to attract agri-food company investment to the

participating Ontario communities. Members attend international agri-food tradeshows

and meet with international business interested in investing in Ontario.

SIAL Canada, May 2017

Collaborating with the City of Guelph and the University of Guelph to showcase local

food businesses at SIAL Canada in Toronto, Ontario. An opportunity to promote agri-

food in Wellington County, showcase local business and build networks and markets for

the local agri-food sector.


341

http://ontariofoodcluster.com/

Community Improvement Programme

• Incentives for businesses that invest according to County goals and priorities

• Ie: improve buildings and infrastructure, attract key industries, increase number of rental housing units and diversify the economy.

• Works as flow through funding via township CIPs to be revised next

• MAH “well planned document that effectively puts the impetus with the member municipalities to achieve countywide objectives while at the same time supporting member municipal priorities and contexts.”


342

Southwest Integrated Fibre Technology (SWIFT)

• In 2011, the Western Wardens’ initiated the SWIFT project with

the goal of providing 3.5 million people across 350 Ontario

communities with high-speed internet service.

• Today SWIFT includes 20 partners who have contributed $17

million in funding in addition to $180 million in financial support

from the Provincial and Federal governments.

• The County of Wellington is one of these partners, having

committed to $880,000 over a five-year period in the Economic

Development budget.

• Wellington County is actively working at strengthening internet

service, gathering data and engaging the community to help solve

connection challenges in the years to come.

• Meeting with local internet providers to better understand their

business, learn about possible solutions and solve connectivity

issues.


343

Western Ontario Wardens Caucus (WOWC) Economic Development Strategic Plan• Councillor Bridge, Chair of the County Economic

Development Committee, led the creation of a

regional Economic Development Strategic Plan for

Southwestern Ontario.

• The Strategy was completed in 2017 and showed

many shared challenges and opportunities. These

include infrastructure investment, workforce

planning and regional marketing.

• As Chair of the WOWC Economic Development

Committee, Councillor Bridge championed the

creation of a fund to hire an Executive Director to

lead the implementation of the Plan.

• The project has connected many leaders across the

province and is also working with the Western

Ontario Community Futures Development

Association to advocate for a $2M fund for regional

economic development initiatives.


344

Talent Attraction Initiative• Workforce supply is a concern across the

province

• Wellington County talent attraction initiative is a proactive to help ease workforce challenges

• We aim to better understand the current labourmarket and better prepare businesses and job seekers for work in rural Wellington County.

• Millennials, newcomers, immigrants and international students are invaluable additions to help grow and maintain our rural communities. Research and awareness to grow these demographics in the County.

• The Wellington County Job Board was launched to support business and reach out to new employees, by bringing together a resource of available jobs in the region.


345

Wellington Promotion

Festivals and Events Guide

• An annual guide showcasing the hundreds of festivals and events in Wellington County.

• Each year in partnership with Wellington seven member municipalities, the economic development division produces the Festivals and Event Guide.

• Top events include Hillside Music Festival, Fergus Scottish Festival and Highland Games, Mount Forest Fireworks Festival, Erin Fall Fair, Eden Mills Writers’ Festival and RiverfestElora.

• 2017: 20,000 guides

• 2018: 60,000 guides

E-Newsletters

• Experience Wellington and InBusiness News

• InBusiness: 1230 subscribers, 357 to 370 readers are engaging with a open rate 10% higher than the industry average


346

Taste Real Local Food: Launched in 2011, Taste Real started out as the

new branding initiative of Guelph Wellington Local Food developed to support local businesses, farms and producers who are passionate about the way local food is grown, prepared, presented and enjoyed, and how real it tastes! Taste Real is now a County of Wellington initiative and continues to support the same local businesses, farms and producers.

Taste Real Programming:• Taste Real Local Food Map• Local Food B2B Networking and Learning Workshops• Local Food Fest, award winning festival celebrating food, drink and agriculture • Spring Rural Romp, Self-Guided Farm Tour in Northern Wellington County • Fall Rural Romp, Self-Guided Farm Tour in Southern Wellington County • Taste Real Experiences, highlighting local food options in the “off-season”NEW in 2018, elimination of partnership fees to allow the programme to be more inclusive and representative of local offerings

Membership in 2017• 108 business partners• 4 brewery/distillery partners• 10 supporter partners


Membership to date 2018• 127 business partners • 5 brewery/distillery partners• 11 supporter partners

347

Hillsburgh LibraryThe new Hillsburgh Branch of the Wellington County Library, officially open in June 2018.

The new library space includes:• Barrier-free for all to enjoy• Unique design, stunning setting, attached to a

heritage home, located along the Cataract Trail• Public computer access and Wi-Fi• Flexible public event space available within the

library• Commercial community kitchen and public

meeting space

The Economic Development department designed and coordinated the kitchen at Hillsburgh library to ensure the space will be suitable as a community and business space. The inclusion of a commercial kitchen space will encourage recreation and tourism opportunities at the new library site.


348

This Way to Wellington Signage Programme

• Initiative designed to promote greater awareness of Wellington’s boundary communities, to generate new investments, attract tourism and strengthen County pride.

• First ever signage plan approved in February 2016

• Gateway signage installed in 2017

• Tourism signage installation in 2018


349


Rural Transportation• The County received $499,950 in MTO funding to develop and

administer a demand-based public ridesharing system to service the urban and rural parts of the county, using a mobile app. A call centre will also be available for residents that do not have a mobile phone.

• Scheduled to launch April 2019 • Four-year period• Results in decision whether to make a permanent service. • Staff from Economic Development, Social Services, Treasury and

Dillon Consulting. • The intent is also to explore potential partnerships with

community care agencies and for the taxi industry to act as casual drivers, should they wish.

• Provincial gas tax cannot fund the pilot programme. However, it can be used the fund the service should there the programme continue. To be eligible for provincial gas tax, the service must:

• Be accessible• Charge a passenger fare• Receive municipal contributions (e.g. from property tax)• Be a permanent service

• Spoken with the CAO of Owen Sound, amenable to our plugging into their roundtrip to Guelph service seven days a week.

350

Partnerships Prime Minister announces Guelph Wellington as finalist in Smart Cities competition

Project: Guelph Wellington Circular Food Economy

• 50x50x50 by 2025 - increase access to affordable, nutritious food by 50%, create 50 new circular businesses and collaborations and increase circular economic revenues by 50% by recognizing the value of “waste” — all by 2025.

Surprise opportunity: Ellen MacArthur Foundation global thinktank interest and commitment. Announced as first of four global city projects.

• Timeline: Given $250,000 to develop Business Case due Dec 2018

• Benefit to Wellington County –connections and knowledge for business, global exposure to Wellington County, fit with existing projects, region recognized as global food leader.


351

Wellington County Economic Profile

Population: 98,400

7 municipalities - 2,610km²

Assessment Base ($M): 15,997

3.8 unemployment rate (2016) 4.27 unemployment rate (2017)

34,050 households

3,418 businesses

Labour Force: 57,381

Employment: 45,726

Local GDP (real, $M) 3,768

Value of Building Permits ($M): 418

Housing Starts: 5512017 Source: Manifold Data Mining, Watson & Associates, Wellington Planning, Wellington ED

ECONOMIC PROFILE

352

MunicipalityPopulation

2017

Population

2041

Households

2017

Households

2041

Centre Wellington 31,520 52,310 11,410 18,690

Erin 12,51015,865 to

18,9054,180

5,385 to

6,340

Guelph Eramosa 13,750 14,575 4,540 4,940

Mapleton 10,850 14,060 3,110 4,235

Minto 9,220 12,810 3,360 4,610

Puslinch 7,960 9,655 2,760 3,335

Wellington North 12,590 17,685 4,690 6,590

Wellington County 98,400 140,000 34,050 48,740

Source: County Planning Department ,2017 estimates and 2041 forecasts

WELLINGTON COUNTY DEMOGRAPHICS

353

2018

Average Household Income

Centre Wellington $111,443.17

Erin $137,202.50

Guelph Eramosa $131,793.96

Mapleton $101,401.22

Minto $83,041.87

Puslinch $179,385.55

Wellington North $85,052.18

Wellington County $115,572.66

Ontario $106,524.04

2017

Average Household Income

Centre Wellington $109,048.41

Erin $133,286.45

Guelph Eramosa $128,969.77

Mapleton $99,144.48

Minto $81,124.63

Puslinch $174,729.58

Wellington North $83,198.19

Wellington County $112,628.65

Ontario $103,290.93

Source: Environics Analytics DemoStats 2017, DemoStats 2018

WELLINGTON COUNTY INCOME

354

$135,360$127,913

$115,573$110,658 $106,524

$92,644 $90,399

$0

$20,000

$40,000

$60,000

$80,000

$100,000

$120,000

$140,000

$160,000

Halton Region WaterlooRegion

WellingtonCounty

DufferinCounty

Ontario Perth County Grey County

2018 Average Household Incomes Compared

For more accurate comparisons, urban centres have been removed for Halton Region (excludes Oakville and Burlington) and Waterloo Region (excludes Kitchener, Cambridge and Waterloo).

AVERAGE HOUSEHOLD INCOMES COMPARED

Source: Environics Analytics: DemoStats 2017 355

Labour Force 2017 : 57,381 vs 2016: 53,863 2016 – 2017 increase in workforce of 6.1%

Municipality Labour force 2017 % of County Labour force

Centre Wellington 17,211 30%

Erin 7,862 14%

Guelph/ Eramosa 8,686 15%

Mapleton 6,446 11%

Minto 7,614 13%

Puslinch 4,961 9%

Wellington North 6,976 12%

County of Wellington 57,381 100%

Source: Manifold Data Mining

WELLINGTON COUNTY LABOUR FORCE

356

Wel l ington County Job Growth

WellingtonCounty

GreyCounty

DufferinCounty

Perth County

HaltonRegion Excluding: Oakville,

Burlington

Waterloo Region

Excluding Kitchener, Waterloo, Cambridge

2011: 39,601

2018: 47,215

2011: 43,907

2018: 46,557

2011: 22,680

2018: 25,782

2011: 46,617

2018: 50,939

2011: 57,396

2018: 70,035

2011: 34,660

2018: 40,500

19.2% 6.0% 13.7% 9.3% 22.0% 16.8%

MunicipalityJobs

2017

Jobs

2018

Business #

2017

Centre Wellington 12,112 13,643 1,445

Erin 3,877 4,023 368

Guelph/ Eramosa 5,512 6,069 346

Mapleton 4,854 5,366 238

Minto 3,865 4,369 299

Puslinch 5,344 5,775 187

Wellington North 7,195 7,970 535

County of Wellington 42,759 47,215 3,418

Sources: EMSI analyst, County Economic Development357

Wellington County

Employment by Industry

DescriptionEmployed in Industry Group

Change 2016-2017

% Change (2016-2017)

% of Total Jobs in Industry Group

(2017)2011 2016 2017

Trades, transport and equipment operators and related occupations

7,698 8,365 9,700 1335 16% 20.8%

Sales and service occupations 6,951 7,395 8,069 674 9% 17.3%Management occupations 6,255 5,608 6,118 510 9% 13.1%Business, finance and administration occupations

4,637 5,315 5,724 409 8% 12.3%Occupations in manufacturing and utilities

3,578 4,199 4,379 180 4% 9.4%Occupations in education, law and social, community and government services

3,247 3,514 3,504 -10 0% 7.5%

Health occupations 2,119 2,485 2,706 221 9% 5.8%Natural and applied sciences and related occupations

1,859 2,401 2,452 51 2% 5.3%

Natural resources, agriculture and related production occupations

1,704 1,761 2,102 341 19% 4.5%

Occupations in art, culture, recreation and sport

1,018 1,187 1,228 41 3% 2.6%

Unclassified 536 528 647 119 23% 1.4%

Source: EMSI358

Wellington County – Sectors of Employment 2017 Jobs 2018 Jobs2017 - 2018

Change% of Total

EmploymentManufacturing 7,362 7,395 33 16.02%Construction 5,168 5,232 64 11.33%

Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting 4,090 3,953 (137) 8.56%

Health care and social assistance 4,063 4,137 74 8.96%

Transportation and warehousing 3,597 3,692 95 8.00%

Retail trade 3,251 3,278 27 7.10%

Wholesale trade 2,805 2,869 64 6.21%

Professional, scientific and technical services 2,369 2,393 24 5.18%

Accommodation and food services 2,171 2,221 50 4.81%

Other services (except public administration) 2,161 2,167 6 4.69%

Administrative and support, waste management and remediation services 1,979 1,993 14 4.32%

Educational services 1,769 1,805 36 3.91%

Public administration 1,079 1,106 27 2.40%

Arts, entertainment and recreation 878 877 (1) 1.90%

Information and cultural industries 799 824 25 1.78%

Finance and insurance 732 742 10 1.61%

Real estate and rental and leasing 688 709 21 1.54%

Unclassified 553 561 8 1.21%

Utilities 149 152 3 0.33%

Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction 58 58 0 0.12%

Management of companies and enterprises <10 <10 Insf. Data

45,726 46,169 443 99.99%

Source: EMSI

MAJOR SECTORS OF EMPLOYMENT

359

TOP 20 CORPORATE TAXPAYERS IN 2018Municipality Owner Business Type

Puslinch Nestle Canada Inc. Food Processing Plant

Puslinch Morguard Brock McLean Warehousing

Centre Wellington Jefferson Elora Corporation Automotive Parts Plant

Minto TG Minto Corporation Standard Industrial

Mapleton Wallenstein Feed & Supply Grain Handling

Wellington North 1236757 Ontario Inc. (Musashi) Standard Industrial

Centre Wellington RMM Fergus Property Inc. Big Box

Puslinch Con-Cast Pipe Inc. Other Industrial

Puslinch Royal Canin Canada Company Food Processing Plant

Centre Wellington Nexans Canada Inc. Standard Industrial

Guelph Eramosa Coldpoint Properties Ltd. Standard Industrial

Puslinch 2354084 Ontario Limited Standard Industrial

Mapleton Darling International Canada Heavy Manufacturing

Centre Wellington Riocan Holdings Inc. Neighbourhood Shopping

Centre Wellington Riokim Holdings (Ontario II) Neighbourhood Shopping

Puslinch 1056469 Ontario Inc. Standard Industrial

Wellington North Sligo Road Limited Standard Industrial

Wellington North Golden Valley Farms Inc. Standard Industrial

Puslinch Russel Metasl Inc. Trustee Heavy Manufacturing

Wellington North Vintex Inc. Heavy Manufacturing

Source: County Treasury Department

WELLINGTON COUNTY TOP RATEPAYERS

360

Business Municipality Employees Sector

County Of Wellington Wellington County 880 GovernmentTG Minto Minto 600 ManufacturingJefferson Elora Corporation Centre Wellington 500 Manufacturing of Automotive Parts

Musashi Auto Parts Canada Inc Wellington North 500 Manufacturing of Automotive PartsNestle Waters Canada Puslinch 400 Manufacturing of Soft Drinks

Mammoet Crane Puslinch 400 Crane Rental, Heavy Lifting, Transport Specialist

Schneider National Puslinch 300 TransportationDana Long Corp Wellington North 300 Manufacturing of Thermal Products

Walmart Supercenter Centre Wellington 280 Retail

Wallenstein Feed & Supply Ltd Mapleton 240 Agriculture

Zehrs Centre Wellington 220 RetailCascade Canada Ltd Puslinch 220 Manufacturing of Material Handling Equipment

Concast Inc Puslinch 220 Manufacturing of Concrete PipingNexans Canada Inc. Centre Wellington 215 Manufacturing of Electrical Cables

Groves Memorial Community Hosp Centre Wellington 210 Health Care

Louise Marshall Hospital Wellington North 200 Health Care

Walinga Inc Guelph Eramosa 200 TransportationRoyal Canin Canada Puslinch 200 Manufacturing of Dog And Cat Food

Slots At Grand River Raceway Centre Wellington 180 CasinoEast Gen / Semex Guelph Eramosa 175 Agriculture

Capital Paving Inc Puslinch 160 Paving ContractorPolycorp Limited Centre Wellington 160 Manufacturing of Engineered Polymer Products

WELLINGTON COUNTY TOP EMPLOYERS

Source: Info Canada Data, County and Municipal EDOs

361

Business Municipality Employees Sector

UGDSB - Minto Minto 158 EducationLlewelly Security Puslinch 150 Security Systems And Technology

Danby Products Ltd Guelph Eramosa 149 Manufacturing of ApplicancesDrexler Construction Ltd Guelph Eramosa 140 Construction

Quality Engineered Homes Wellington North 140 Design and Manufacturing of Homes and CottagesDenny Bus Lines Erin 140 Transportation

Maple Leaf Food Puslinch 140 Food Storage

Pike Lake Golf & Country Club Minto 140 Recreation

Cherry Forest Products Puslinch 135Manufacturing of Lumber, Hardwood And Softwood Pallets, Skids and Crates

Vintex Inc Wellington North 130 Manufacturing Of Coated Textile Fabrics

RR Donnelly Centre Wellington 130 Business Forms PrintingPentalift Equipment Corp Puslinch 120 Manufacturing of Loading Dock, Materials Handling Equipment

Rothsay - Darling International Mapleton 120 Agricultural RecyclingCaressant Care Harriston Minto 120 Health Care

Centre Wellington High School Centre Wellington 120 EducationGolden Valley Farms Inc Wellington North 115 Food Processing

Wightman Telecom Ltd Minto 106 TelecommunicationPuresource Inc Guelph Eramosa 105 Manufacturing and Distribution of Natural Wellness Products

Centre Wellington Centre Wellington 100 GovernmentMurray Group Ltd Mapleton 100 Paving Contractor

Edward Jones Puslinch 100 Financial

Source: Info Canada Data, County and Municipal EDOs

WELLINGTON COUNTY TOP EMPLOYERS

362

Municipal Efforts

Minto • Certified Site Designation, Ontario Investment Ready Programme. 14.2 acres Industrial Vacant Land with full municipal services in Palmerston.

• Servicing another 5 acres in Palmerston• Plans for expansion of services in the Harriston

Industrial Park.• 57% increase in per acre price.

Wellington North • Redeveloping 6 acres into 7 lots, 3 serviced in 2019.• 40% increase in per acre price. Urban DCs increase.• Completion of Community Growth Plan.

Centre Wellington • Employment Lands Business Case going to Council this year.

• Jobs and Investment Incentive program.• New Small Business Centre in Fergus.

Erin • EA for sewer and wastewater treatment.

Puslinch • Water and wastewater feasibility study.Source: Municipal EDOs

LOCAL MUNICIPAL ECDEV EFFORTS

363

2017 RECORD YEAR for Development:• 10% increase in permits than 6 year average

• $355.7M in total construction values, 22% higher than 2016

• Highest ever ag construction $81.3M, 43% higher than 6 year average

• Highest ever residential construction values $223.7M

• Highest ever institutional construction values $22.6M

DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY

364

MunicipalitySingle

DetachedSemi

DetachedRow

HouseApartment Total

Centre Wellington 204 2 79 3 288

Erin 33 0 0 0 33

Guelph-Eramosa 54 0 8 0 62

Mapleton 18 2 0 0 20

Minto 27 10 0 17 54

Puslinch 57 0 0 0 57

Wellington North 17 2 18 0 37

Wellington County 410 16 105 20 551

Source: County of Wellington Planning Department

Year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

New Residential Permits 205 326 431 665 551

Overall, 80% of building permits issued for new residential units in Wellington County in 2017 took place in settlement areas

2017 NEW RESIDENTAL PERMITS ISSUED

365

MunicipalityResidential

Construction Values 2013

Residential Construction Values 2014




Centre Wellington $23,818,880 $43,395,868 $52,311,270 $108,938,000 $100,840,192

Erin $13,204,531 $15,927,481 $19,458,000 $24,725,950 $5,782,000

Guelph/Eramosa $11,077,700 $15,482,615 $20,784,203 $34,043,193 $25,939,150

Mapleton $10,859,998 $11,911,460 $12,126,450 $12,946,700 $12,066,000

Minto $7,209,000 $7,251,000 $8,983,000 $14,068,000 $16,782,000

Puslinch $22,065,325 $19,635,450 $29,000,000 40,043,377 $50,714,481

Wellington North $9,330,700 $8,550,000 $8,077,969 $14,995,550 $11,534,170

Total $97,566,134 $122,153,874 $98,429,622 $209,717,393 $223,657,993


2017 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT IV ITY

366

MunicipalityResidential



Centre Wellington $108,938,000 $100,840,192

Erin $24,725,950 $5,782,000

Guelph/Eramosa $34,043,193 $25,939,150

Mapleton $12,946,700 $12,066,000

Minto $14,068,000 $16,782,000

Puslinch 40,043,377 $50,714,481

Wellington North $14,995,550 $11,534,170

Total $209,717,393 $223,657,993

While permits were down 17%, construction values increased 6% YOY 2017

367

MunicipalityAgricultural


Agricultural Construction Values 2014





Erin $2,603,700 $1,801,750 $1,523,700 $2,078,500 $18,237,500

Guelph/Eramosa $1,630,000 $2,528,000 $4,141,700 $2,273,428 $5,835,700

Mapleton $8,817,927 $11,882,835 $22,428,515 $17,945,062 $35,903,023

Minto $2,662,000 $1,045,000 $6,655,000 $3,293,000 $4,752,000

Puslinch $0 $0 $922,000 $215,000 $720,000

Wellington North $3,181,000 $6,880,600 $5,207,000 $8,511,353 $10,632,500

Total $45,677,627 $29,731,685 $48,691,715 $43,254,893 $81,318,723

• HIGHEST AG CONSTRUCTION VALUES EVER.• Mapleton (largest ag community) and Erin (equine) lead the way.


2017 AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT ACT IV ITY

368

RECORD YEAR FOR MAPLETON

AND WELLINGTON COUNTY

Mapleton

• 36 million in agriculture permits

• Dairy operation on 16th line with a 4 million investment in new barn

• 4.5 million new poultry barn

Erin

• 18.2 million in agriculture permits

• Dairy, equine, 2 million new calf barn

Wellington North

• 7 new/additions to dairy barns

• Cattle, pig, goat new barn/additions


2017 AG DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHTS

369

MunicipalityIndustrial


Industrial Construction Values 2014




Centre Wellington $420,000 $6,633,900 $9,136,000 $2,442,000 $3,972,000

Erin $1,655,700 $1,472,000 $656,000 $3,621,000 $0

Guelph/Eramosa $1,791,000 $4,000,000 $3,930,000 $1,475,500 $505,000

Mapleton $5,512,384 $1,609,000 $17,674,200 $1,097,500 $7,887,000

Minto $3,208,000 $3,138,000 $1,500,000 $950,000 $5,172,000

Puslinch $265,000 $1,152,397 $553,000 $0 $0

Wellington North $4,465,980 $1,200,500 $2,848,990 $926,000 $1,439,000

Total $17,318,064 $19,205,797 $27,162,190 $10,512,000 $18,975,000

Same number of permits as last year, 81% increase in construction values.


2017 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT IV ITY

370

Town of Minto8 industrial lots sold in Minto:• Shrimp Canada – Canada’s first

hatchery, construction this year.• Krosinski Medical Marijuana,

construction this year. 15,000sf cultivating, 5,000sf processing, 100 jobs.

• Ag Business and Crop Inc.

Mapleton

• Drayton Holdings 1 million addition

• CanArm $850,000 addition, one of Canada’s best managed companies

• Wallenstein Feed Mill, $800,000 cooling tower

Centre WellingtonBig and small, all significant:• Wellington Perforated

$2.5M 30,000sf building

• Motion Electrical New 5,100 sf shop worth $1M5 to 10 new jobs$24,000 Jobs and Investment Fund$17,000 in extra tax base

Source: Municipal EDOs, Wellington Advertiser

2017 HIGHLIGHTS

MANUFACTURING DEVELOPMENT

371

Commercial Construction Values 2012






Centre Wellington $8,914,370 $3,154,000 $2,751,400 $7,946,533 $14,497,000 $5,441,533

Erin $51,000 $1,405,000 $2,014,000 $215,778 $60,000 $0

Guelph/Eramosa $200,000 $6,175,000 $12,725,000 $2,246,000 $1,782,000 $786,000

Mapleton $372,000 $100,000 $202,000 $2,717,800 $487,000 $31,600

Minto $427,000 $1,306,000 $2,343,000 $400,000 $605,000 $247,000

Puslinch $37,597,000 $13,526,000 $4,020,000 $1,315,000 $1,964,095 $1,778,000Wellington North $461,391 $212,690 $846,000 $1,204,800 $3,630,800 $875,975

Total $48,022,761 $25,878,690 $24,901,400 $6,894,578 $23,025,895 $9,160,108

2017 permit numbers (84) higher than 6 yr avg (83) mainly additions and renos instead of new.


2017 COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT ACT IV ITY

372

• Broadline Rentals – new construction 22,000 sf Mount Forest

• New food establishments including A&W, the Vault Coffee Shop, North Shore Lounge, Clifford take-out

• North Wellington Co-op (farm supply, fuels) $2.2M expansion

• $750,000 Andy Crane Auto Service

• Several new self storage units built across Wellington County

• New dentist office Rockwood


2017 HIGHLIGHTS

COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT

373

MunicipalityInstitutional Construction Values 2013

Institutional Construction Values 2014





Erin $1,400,000 $433,000 $0 $25,000 $30,000

Guelph/Eramosa $7,038,000 $11,589,750 $5,509,865 $132,000 $101,561

Mapleton $720,000 $6,000 $679,702 $9,500 $350,000

Minto $705,000 $581,000 $6,062,000 $2,476,000 $1,583,000

Puslinch $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Wellington North $659,550 $305,000 $825,000 $1,939,000 $13,254,500

Total $18,738,550 $18,707,600 $16,977,567 $6,081,500 $22,447,061


2017 INST ITUT IO NAL DEVELO PM ENT ACTIV ITY

29% higher construction value compared to the 6 year average

374

Wel l ing ton County: A look ahead…

Non-Res ident ia l Cons t ruc t ion

• Elora Mill Hotel and Spa opening last week. New inn ($600 to $1,200 per night) spa with infinity pool, banquet facilities and condominiums next. 100 jobs filled. Changing Wellington County! Business stimulant – ie: Riverbug, destination escapism capital!

• New Groves Memorial Community Hospital$127.5 million construction underway.

• Musashi Auto Parts expressed plans to maximize current location with two potential expansions (20,000sf and 40,000sf).

• Canadian Tire Corp new location in Mount Forest construction this year Mount Forest

• Maple Lane Farm Equipment 17,000sf expansion 2019.

• Early Childhood Education Centre Rockwood –beginning consultations.

Source: Municipal EDOs375

Wel l ing ton County In f ras t ruc tu re

Inves tments 2017

2017 Top Capital Expenditures

Drayton Road Garage $6.0 M

Hillsburgh Library $5.0 M

Palmerston AffordableHousing Units (11)

$3.2M

Aboyne Shared Services Renovations (Library and Private Home Childcare)

$1.7 M

Webster Place AffordableHousing 55 units

$13.8M

Wellington Rd. 7 passing lane and resurfacing

$5.2M

Source: County Treasury Department 377

Jana Burns BA, MSc

Director of Economic Development


74 Woolwich Street

Guelph, ON N1H 3T9

Tel: 519.837.2600 ext. 2525

Mobile: 519.830.9969

Fax: 519.837.0285

www.wellington.ca/business

THANK YOU

378

http://www.wellington.ca/business

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Economic Development Committee

From: Jana Burns, Director of Economic Development


Subject: BR+E Municipal Implementation Fund

Background: The Business Retention and Expansion (BR+E) Local Implementation Fund provides member municipalities with the opportunity to access funding for the direct execution of BR+E activities to enhance the local economy. A request for the 2018 BR+E municipal fund has been received from the Township of Puslinch. Township of Puslinch The Township of Puslinch requests $25,000 to cover 22% funding for an Industrial and Commercial Sector Municipal Servicing Study. The original feasibility study for municipal water and sewage servicing in the Township had a study area was bounded by Maltby Road to the north, Victoria Road South to the east, Hwy 401 to the south, and Hwy 6 to the west, plus the settlement area of Morriston south of Hwy 401. Puslinch Council has requested that the scope of the study be reduced to the properties located in the industrial and commercial lands in the vicinity of Brock Rood and Hwy 401. There are major industrial and commercial water users such as Royal Canin, Con-Cost Pipe, Maple Leaf Foods, Morguard Brock McLean Limited, Nestle Canada, etc. in the Township of Puslinch. The initial feasibility study included a survey issued to industrial and commercial property owners and it found that 63% of survey respondents were in favour of municipal water servicing and 68% were in favour of municipal sewage servicing. Pending results of this work, there is potential for an increase of industrial/commercial growth and intensification opportunities with the addition of serviceable lots.

County Economic Development staff are in favour of this application. This project investigates servicing for much needed employment lands in Wellington County and promotes future economic growth in the Township of Puslinch.

Recommendation: That the Economic Development Committee approve the 2018 BR+E Municipal Implementation Fund for the Township of Puslinch. Respectfully submitted,

Jana Burns Director of Economic Development

379


Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee

Minutes

September 18, 2018



Councillor Chris White (Chair) Councillor George Bridge

Regrets:

Councillor Neil Driscoll Councillor Kelly Linton

Staff:

Donna Bryce, County Clerk Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Andrea Lawson, Director of Human Resources Scott Wilson, CAO

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Call to Order




3. Administration 3.1 Code of Conduct - County Councillors

1/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That the Code of Conduct - County Councillors Policy be approved.

Carried

380

AF & HR Minutes

September 18, 2018

2

3.2 Temporary Replacement, Member of Upper Tier Council (Alternate Members) 2/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That the policy regarding Alternate Members on County Council be approved.

Carried

4. Finance

4.1 City of Guelph Budget Letter

3/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the correspondence from the City of Guelph regarding its Budget Process and Guidelines be received for information.

Carried

4.2 2018 Supplementary Taxes and Weighted Assessment Report 4/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the 2018 Supplementary Taxes and Weighted Assessment Report be received for information.

Carried

381

AF & HR Minutes

September 18, 2018

3

4.3 Cash Holdings and Investment Portfolio as of July 31, 2018 5/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That the County Treasurer’s report regarding Cash Holdings and Investment Portfolio as of July 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried

4.4 2018 Credit Rating Update – Standard & Poor’s 6/7/18 Moved by: Warden Lever Seconded by: Councillor Bridge That the County Treasurer’s report regarding Standard and Poor’s 2018 Credit Rating Update be received for information.

Carried

4.5 Financial Statements as of August 31, 2018 7/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the Corporate Financial Statements for the County of Wellington as of August 31, 2018 be approved.

Carried

382

AF & HR Minutes

September 18, 2018

4

5. Human Resources 5.1 Downtown Guelph Welcoming Streets Initiative

8/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the Downtown Guelph Welcoming Streets Initiative report be received for information.

Carried

5.2 OMERS Comprehensive Plan Review 9/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the OMERS Comprehensive Plan Review report be received for information.

Carried

6. Closed Meeting

10/7/18 Moved by: Councillor Bridge Seconded by: Warden Lever That the Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee move into a closed meeting for the purposes of considering personal matters about an identifiable individual (including municipal employees).

Carried

383

AF & HR Minutes

September 18, 2018

5

7. Adjournment At 1:49 pm, the Chair adjourned the meeting until October 16, 2018 or at the call of the Chair.

_________________________ Chris White

Chair Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee

384

COUNTY OF WELLINGTON POLICY AND PROCEDURE

DEPARTMENT:

COUNCIL POLICY NUMBER:

DIVISION:

EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY, 2019

SUBJECT: CODE OF CONDUCT – COUNTY COUNCILLORS

AUTHORITY:

SECTION 223 OF THE MUNICIPAL ACT, 2001, AS AMENDED BY Bill 68, MODERNIZING ONTARIO’S MUNICIPAL LEGISLATION ACT, 2016; ONTARIO REGULATION 55/18

PURPOSE: To ensure that the conduct of members of Wellington County Council complies with the terms of the Municipal Act, 2001 and Ontario Regulation 55/18. The Wellington County Library Board and Police Services Board are exempt from the legislation. CODE OF CONDUCT:

1. Members shall deposit with the Museum Curator all non-perishable gifts of appreciation for disposal or inclusion in the Museum collection.

2. Members shall not accept hospitality outside functions related to the discharge of their duties as a County Councillor.

3. Members shall treat in a respectful manner each other and all officers and staff of the Corporation of the County of Wellington during all formal meetings, and social exchanges.

4. Members shall keep information and materials obtained during “in camera” sessions of County Council and County Committees confidential until such time as public discussion is permitted by the lapsing of privilege established by the Municipal Act’s closed meetings provisions.

5. Members shall not use property of the County unless permitted/required by the natural course of their duties.

COMPLAINTS TO INTEGRITY COMMISSIONER: Requests may be made to the Integrity Commissioner by Council, a member of Council or a member of the public about whether a member of Council has contravened the code of conduct.

385

PENALTIES: The municipality may impose either a reprimand and/or suspension of the remuneration paid to the member of Council for a period of up to 90 days.

386

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of the Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee

From: Donna Bryce, County Clerk Date: Tuesday, June 19, 2018

Subject: Temporary Replacement, Member of Upper Tier Council (Alternate Members)

Background: Bill 68, Modernizing Ontario’s Municipal Legislation Act, 2017, recently amended the Municipal Act to allow the council of a local municipality to appoint an alternate member to attend the upper tier council. This alternate member would act in the place of a person who is a member of the councils of the local municipality and upper-tier municipality, when the person is unable to attend a meeting of the upper-tier council for any reason. With respect to the County of Wellington, this would apply to the Mayors of our seven member municipalities. It would be up to each member municipality to determine if it wishes to appoint an alternate member to County Council. Staff are recommending that Alternate attendance and representation is limited to County Council meetings only, excluding Inaugural Meetings. The legislation does not authorize the appointment of more than one alternate member during the term of council, or the appointment by the local municipality of an alternate head of the council of the upper-tier municipality. Other vacancies as defined by the Municipal Act are not included in this policy. This includes Section 259 (seat declared vacant); Section 267 (Temporary Vacancy – period exceeding one month). Attached to this report is the policy for alternate members should a member municipality appoint one to County Council.

Recommendation:

That the policy regarding Alternate Members on County Council be approved. Respectfully submitted,

Donna Bryce County Clerk

387

COUNTY OF WELLINGTON POLICY AND PROCEDURE

DEPARTMENT:

COUNCIL POLICY NUMBER:

DIVISION:

EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 2019

SUBJECT:

TEMPORARY REPLACEMENT, MEMBER OF UPPER TIER COUNCIL (ALTERNATE

MEMBERS)

AUTHORITY:

SECTION 268 OF THE MUNICIPAL ACT, 2001, AS AMENDED BY Bill 68, MODERNIZING ONTARIO’S MUNICIPAL LEGISLATION ACT, 2016 ONTARIO REGULATION 55/18

Purpose: To outline the policies and procedures with respect to Alternate Members of County Council (Alternate), if appointed by the member municipalities. Background: Section 268 of the Municipal Act provides that the council of a local municipality may appoint one of its members as an alternate member of the upper-tier council, to act in place of a person who is a member of the councils of the local municipality and its upper-tier municipality, when the person is unable to attend a meeting of the upper-tier council for any reason. Section 268 does not allow:

The appointment of more than one alternate member during the term of council

The appointment of an alternate member to act in place of an alternate member appointed under Subsection 267 (Temporary Vacancy of member for a period exceeding one month)

The appointment of an alternate head of council of the upper-tier municipality. Policy:

1. Each of the seven member municipalities of Centre-Wellington, Erin, Guelph/Eramosa, Mapleton, Minto, Puslinch and Wellington North, may choose to appoint one (1) of their local councillors to act as an Alternate only if the mayor is unable to attend a County Council meeting.

388

2. In accordance with the Act, only one Alternate may be appointed by each member municipality. The Alternate would be appointed for the entire term of Council. If the seat of an Alternate becomes vacant, another Alternate may be provided by the member municipality.

3. An Alternate may only substitute when the County Council permanent member is unable to attend a meeting.

4. Written notice is required from the member municipality once an Alternate has been appointed.

5. Alternate attendance and representation is limited to County Council meetings only (Inaugural meeting excluded).

6. When the County Council permanent member knows they will not be able to attend a County Council meeting, written notification (by email) to the County Clerk should be provided. Upon receipt of notification, all relevant council material will be forwarded to the Alternate.

7. Prior to an Alternate attending a County Council meeting, the County Clerk will administer the declaration of office, as required by the Municipal Act.

8. While in attendance at County Council meetings, the Alternate will have all the same powers

and duties of a permanent member to speak, move motions and vote, with the exception of submitting Notices of Motions.

9. The Alternate will be allowed to attend closed meeting sessions.

10. An Alternate, while attending County Council meetings, shall be governed by the all applicable policies of the Council.

11. Mileage expenses will be provided by the County to the Alternate.

389

July 5, 2018 County of Wellington Wellington Dufferin Guelph Public Health The Elliott Community

Downtown Board of Management Grand River Conservation Authority Re: 2019 Budget Process Guideline Established The City of Guelph’s Executive Team has provided City departments with the following guideline for the 2019 Budget Process:

Staff are to develop a budget that addresses how the City will finance its plan to achieve Guelph’s vision and mission while strengthening services and keeping taxes affordable for residents.

Budgets are to be developed in line with an all-inclusive expenditure target Any requests outside of the expenditure target should be submitted for review by

the Executive Team and Council. Additionally staff have been requested to bring forward any recommended

reductions to expenses or to service levels including an explanation of benefits and risks of the full effect of such reductions.

The gross expenditure change we are targeting is not more than 3%.

Notification is being sent to all outside boards and agencies to provide you this information and request that you use this as guidance during the development of your 2019 budgets and expansion requests. Please see the attached schedule of budget presentations to Council. Staff would appreciate your draft budget information by September 28, 2018 at the latest. Please advise as soon as possible if you plan to participate/submit a presentation. Presentations will be PowerPoint format and submitted to Ron Maeresera, Senior Corporate Analyst of Finance, Client Services, Corporate Services by email: [email protected] T519-822-1260 x 2231. The Procedural By-law allows for presentations to be 10 minutes in length. Should you require time in excess of this please notify the City Clerk’s office at 519-837-5603 at least 3 days prior to submission deadlines given above so that adjustments to Council Agendas can be made. If you have any further questions please don’t hesitate to call Ron Maeresera at the number listed above.

390

Thank you for your continued cooperation. Sincerely,

__________________________ Tara Baker, GM Finance & City Treasurer, Corporate Services, Financial Services T 519-822-1260 x 2084 E [email protected] TB/tt Encl. 2019 Budget Schedule c. Mayor Cam Guthrie, CAO Derrick Thomson, City of Guelph Executive Team, City Clerk, Stephen O’Brien

391

2019 Budget Schedule

Week Event

Presentation Required

10 JAN, 2019 6pm

Presentation & Delegations for 2019 Non-Tax Supported Operating Budget (City of Guelph and Grand River Conservation Authority) (City of Guelph, Guelph Police Services Board and Guelph Public Library Board)

20 Dec, 2018

16 JAN, 2019 6pm

Presentation & Delegations for 2019 Capital Budget and Forecast (City of Guelph, Guelph Police Services Board and Guelph Public Library Board)

20 Dec, 2018

23 JAN, 2019 4pm

Approval of 2019 Non-Tax Supported Operating Budget (City of Guelph and Grand River Conservation Authority)

4 Jan, 2019

30 JAN, 2019 4pm

Approval of 2019 Capital Budget and Forecast (City of Guelph, Guelph Police Services Board and Guelph Public Library Board)

11 Jan, 2019

7 FEB, 2019 4pm

Presentation of the 2019 Tax Supported Operating Budgets (City of Guelph)

18 Jan, 2019

13 FEB, 2019 4pm

Presentation of 2019 Local Board Budgets and Shared Services (Operating) Budgets (Co. of Wellington, Downtown Board of Management, Guelph Police Services Board, WDGPH, Guelph Public Library Board and The Elliott Community

25 Jan, 2019

20 FEB, 2019 6pm

Public Delegation Night - Council

5 & 7 FEB, 2019 2pm

Budget Deliberation & Approval of 2019 Tax Supported Operating Budget

15 Feb, 2019

All meetings take place in Guelph City Hall, Council Chambers

392

COMMITTEE REPORT

To: Chair and Members of Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee

From: Ken DeHart, County Treasurer Date: Tuesday, September 18, 2018

Subject: 2018 Supplementary Taxes and Weighted Assessment Report

Background:

This report provides an update on the status of supplementary and omitted assessments processed by the Municipal Property Assessment Corporation (MPAC) since the last roll return. Runs have been scheduled for the 1st day of each month, May through November. The May through August extracts are expected to produce revenue totals as shown on the attached Schedule A, Table 1. Supplementary assessments relate to 2018 while omitted assessments can go back two years covering 2016 and 2017. Supplementary and omitted assessment values of $286 million are expected to generate revenue for County purposes of $1,324,145 resulting from the first four supplementary runs. This would indicate that we have surpassed our annual targeted budget amount of $1 million. There are still three additional extracts remaining in 2018. This figure does not take into account the effect of write-offs and other adjustments made during the year. Notable supplementary and omitted assessment includes:

Rural estates and Heritage lake condos in Puslinch Over $27 million in subdivisions and new condominiums in Guelph/Eramosa Estate homes and secondary structures in Erin $91 million in newly built condominiums, apartments and subdivisions in Centre Wellington $6 million in newly created subdivisions and townhomes in Wellington North A $1 million industrial addition in Mapleton

As of August 24, the 2018 the in-year weighted assessment roll used for tax rate setting purposes has increased by 1.13% as shown in Schedule A, Table 2. Staff will continue to work with MPAC to identify and target properties to be added to the roll before year-end. The most recent Municipal Status Report released by MPAC dated March 1, 2018 shows a significant number of building permits remain outstanding within Wellington County.

393

Included in the above figures are 2,251 permits issued two years ago or longer. MPAC initially informed the County that come early 2018 all permits would be visible on Municipal Connect 2.0. At this time, permits are still not visible, but when they become available, it will be a priority for staff to work with MPAC to remove old permits, which have been assessed, and to target the inspection of properties at risk of losing taxation years. A primary focus of the Assessment Base Management programme is to monitor and actively participate in assessment appeals when deemed necessary. All 46 gravel pit appeals have commenced, as well as the following properties that the County has identified as priority:

Appellant Municipality

TG Minto Corporation Minto

Morguard Brock McLean Limited Puslinch

Cherry Forest Products Limited Puslinch

Nexans Canada Inc. Centre Wellington

Skyline Real Estate Holdings Inc. Centre Wellington/Wellington North

1056469 Ontario Inc. (Pentalift) Puslinch

Flochem Properties Limited Guelph/Eramosa

Pier Property Inc. Puslinch

As the proceedings continue to progress the County will begin submitting Responses to the Statement of Issues (RSOI) and requesting property inspections where deemed appropriate. The County will work alongside the Municipal Tax Advisory Group (MTAG) and Lerner’s LLP to participate in any appeals that pose a significant risk to the assessment base and/or present any potential trends for loss in the future.

Recommendation:

That the 2018 Supplementary Taxes and Weighted Assessment Report be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Ken DeHart, CPA, CGA

County Treasurer

Major

+$10,000

Minor

-$10,000 Total 2+ years

Puslinch 357 125 482 175

Guelph/Eramosa 629 264 893 370

Erin 372 218 590 200

Centre Wellington 1391 760 2151 672

Mapleton 610 313 923 345

Minto 289 269 558 193

Wellington North 432 278 710 296

COUNTY 4080 2227 6307 2251

OUTSTANDING BUILDING PERMITS

394

TABLE 1: MAY-AUGUST 2018 - SUPPLEMENTARY REVENUE ESTIMATE

County Township Education TOTAL

PUSLINCH 126,370$ 32,810$ 45,353$ 204,534$

GUELPH ERAMOSA 277,905$ 114,901$ 83,541$ 476,348$

ERIN 131,103$ 56,075$ 52,855$ 240,033$

CENTRE WELL 532,633$ 243,908$ 183,396$ 959,936$

MAPLETON 93,727$ 69,732$ 65,590$ 229,049$

MINTO 79,707$ 68,308$ 43,146$ 191,161$

WELL NORTH 82,699$ 64,266$ 22,711$ 169,676$

-$

COUNTY 1,324,145$ 650,000$ 496,592$ 2,470,737$

TABLE 2: SUMMARY OF WEIGHTED ASSESSMENT GROWTH

2018 and 2019 PHASED-IN CVA

MUNICIPALITY

2018 Wtd Roll

CVA

In Year Wtd CVA

Growth 2018 % Change

2019 Wtd Roll

Return

2018 to 2019

Roll %

Change

Year End

to 2019

Phase In

Yr End only

changes for

Jan 1, 2019

PUSLINCH WTD CVA 2,248,425,537 2,276,340,690 1.24% 2,360,466,094 4.98% 3.70% 0.05%

GET WTD CVA 2,456,215,238 2,486,269,606 1.22% 2,582,074,876 5.12% 3.85% 0.05%

ERIN WTD CVA 2,265,266,765 2,283,996,466 0.83% 2,363,309,435 4.33% 3.47% 0.03%

CTR WELL WTD CVA 4,313,761,824 4,387,613,623 1.71% 4,545,655,314 5.38% 3.60% 0.06%

MAPLETON WTD CVA 1,515,817,488 1,527,326,217 0.76% 1,624,784,331 7.19% 6.38% 0.05%

MINTO WTD CVA 900,548,977 904,842,621 0.48% 944,722,277 4.91% 4.41% 0.02%

W NORTH WTD CVA 1,443,254,712 1,447,291,984 0.28% 1,521,756,532 5.44% 5.15% 0.01%

WELLINGTON COUNTY 15,143,290,540 15,313,681,208 1.13% 15,942,768,859 5.28% 4.11% 0.08%

SCHEDULE A

Supplementary Taxes and Weighted Assessment Report

AF&HR - September 18, 2018

395

COMMITTEE REPORT



Subject: Cash Holdings and Investment Portfolio as of July 31, 2018

Background: The County’s Cash and Investment Management Policy states that the “goals and objectives for the investing of surplus funds are as follows, in priority order:

Adherence to statutory requirements; Preservation of capital; Maintenance of liquidity; and Competitive rate of return.”

The policy also requires that a semi-annual report be provided to the Committee and Council with respect to the status of short and long term investments. This report provides a summary of the status of the County’s cash holdings and investment portfolio as of July 31, 2018. Cash Holdings The County had a total cash holding of $30,499,998 as of July 31, 2018 in the following accounts:

$30,233,386 in Canadian Dollar general bank accounts and investment cash accounts maintained at RBC Dominion Securities, BMO Nesbitt Burns, CIBC Wood Gundy and National Bank Financial

$235,768 in Investment Savings Accounts at Meridian Credit Union

$30,834 (CAD) in a U.S. Dollar bank account Portfolio Summary The attached schedules outline the County’s investment holdings by type and provide a complete listing of individual securities and the portfolio performance as measured by the weighted average yield to maturity. The portfolio is summarized as follows:

Cash holdings

Short term investments

Long term investments

Face value at 7/31/18 $30,499,998 $6,952,206 $ 75,815,153

% of portfolio 26.92% 6.14% 66.94%

Number of securities n/a 10 84

Funds invested Short term cash requirements

Short term cash requirements

Reserves and reserve funds

Investment strategy Designed to meet general cash flow requirements

Investments maturing within one year aligned with the cash forecast needs

Maturities to coincide with expected use of reserves and reserve funds

Yield as of 7/31/2018 1.25% 3.9% 3.17%

Weighted Average Term to Maturity: 0.53 years 4.57 years

396

The overall change in the portfolio since the last report is summarized as follows:

Cash Holdings Short term investments Long term investments

Face value at 12/31/17

$20,052,762 $8,924,664 $74,248,054

Face value at 7/31/18

$30,499,998 $6,952,206 $ 75,815,153

$ change $10,457,236 ($1,972,458) $1,567,099

Change attributable to:

Seasonal cash flow variations and excess

funds from Spring debt issue not yet invested in

longer term securities

Investments maturing within one year aligned with the

cash forecast needs

Additional investment in 5 to 7 year maturities as returns began to improve in 2018

Historical short-term (ST) and long-term (LT) face values are as follows:

12/31/2013 12/31/2014 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 7/31/2018 ST $5,864,522 $9,917,347 $11,676,853 $11,712,966 $8,924,664 $6,952,206

LT $70,073,454 $65,050,818 $66,757,311 $68,024,513 $74,248,054 $75,815,153

TOTAL $75,937,976 $74,968,165 $78,434,164 $79,737,479 $83,172,718 $82,767,359

% LT 92.3% 86.8% 85.1% 85.3% 89.3% 91.6%

Investment in the County’s own Securities In accordance with the County’s Cash Management and Investment Policy, a record of the date of each transaction in or disposal of the County’s own securities must be made, including a statement of the purchase and sale price of the County’s own securities. There have been three purchases of the County’s own securities in 2018, the details of which are in the below chart. In addition, the County purchased debt from the Town of Minto in 2018 and the details of this were included in a report to AFHR committee in June of this year. The purchase of this debt issue is treated the same as the above purchases of County own securities.

Purchase Date

Description Maturity Date

Face Value Purchase Price

Book Value Coupon Yield

1/16/18 County of Wellington

6/3/27 $ 65,000 117.76 $76,545 5.25% 3.07%


6/3/26 $74,000 115.96 $85,807 5.25% 3.12%


6/3/28 $50,000 118.64 $59,321 5.30% 3.20%

6/3/18 County of Wellington (Minto)

6/3/28 $ 557,000 100.00 $557,000 2.05% to 3.2%

2.76%

397

The total face value of the County’s current investments in its own and its member municipality’s securities is $3,246,000 and represents 4.3% of its total long-term investment portfolio. The County’s investment policy allows for the County to invest up to 25% of its long-term investments in its own securities. As required by Ontario Regulation 488/97 (as amended), it is confirmed that all investments contained in the County Portfolio meet or exceed the ratings and financial indicators as prescribed in the regulation. Commentary The County’s total investment portfolio is just under $83 million which is almost the same as the balance as of December 31, 2017. However, the County’s short-term investment holdings have decreased by close to $2.0 million from December 2017 as a greater focus has been made toward longer-term investments based on improving returns for maturities in the 5 to 7 year range and ensuring maturities align with forecast use of reserve and reserve funds. The chart below shows long-term maturities by year as of July 31, 2018.

Recommendation: That the County Treasurer’s report re: Cash Holdings and Investment Portfolio as of July 31, 2018 be approved. Respectfully submitted,

Ken DeHart, CPA, CGA County Treasurer

$0

$2,000,000

$4,000,000

$6,000,000

$8,000,000

$10,000,000

$12,000,000

$14,000,000

2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028

County of WellingtonLong Term Investment Maturities by Year

as of July 31, 2018

398

MATURITY FACE BOOK YIELD TO YEARS TONO. ISSUER DATE VALUE VALUE COUPON MATURITY MATURITY

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

a) Bankers Accceptances, Term Deposits and GICs

Meridian Term Deposit - GIC 20 18-Jul-18 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.00% 2.00% 0.04- Subtotal : 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 1.00% 0.04-

b) Investment Pools & 1 year or less MaturitiesOne Money Market Fund N/A 22,259.26 22,930.12 1.12% N/A

W174 Municipality of Muskoka 15-Nov-18 80,000.00 80,000.00 2.55% 2.55% 0.29 W134 Province of Quebec 1-Dec-18 1,000,000.00 1,003,212.50 4.50% 3.76% 0.34 W117 Province of British Columbia 18-Dec-18 750,000.00 751,500.00 4.65% 4.17% 0.38 W133 City of Toronto 18-Dec-18 800,000.00 805,529.41 5.60% 3.97% 0.38 W112 Ontario Hydro 27-May-19 750,000.00 725,333.25 N/A 4.54% 0.82 W116 Province of Ontario 2-Jun-19 1,000,000.00 965,788.97 N/A 4.72% 0.84 W118 Province of Ontario 2-Jun-19 500,000.00 500,320.00 4.40% 4.32% 0.84 W121 Province of British Columbia 18-Jun-19 1,049,947.00 1,014,336.91 N/A 4.36% 0.88

Subtotal : 5,952,206.26 5,868,951.16 4.22% 0.63

Total Short-term Investments: 6,952,206.26 6,868,951.16 3.90% 0.53 % of Investment Portfolio: 8.40% 8.63%

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTSOne Bond Fund N/A 412,347.69 450,519.79 2.81% N/AOne Universe Corporate Bond Fund N/A 3,452,201.87 3,477,152.84 2.58% N/A

W170 Bank of Nova Scotia 18-Oct-19 1,000,000.00 1,000,921.43 3.04% 2.97% 1.22 W171 Bank of Nova Scotia 18-Oct-19 493,000.00 494,165.24 3.04% 2.86% 1.22 W195 Bank of Nova Scotia 18-Oct-19 1,067,000.00 1,091,967.80 3.04% 2.61% 1.22 W192 HSBC Bank of Canada 4-Nov-19 500,000.00 500,000.00 2.05% 4.10% 1.26 W175 Municipality of Muskoka 15-Nov-19 185,000.00 184,924.68 2.70% 2.73% 1.29 W128 City of Montreal 1-Dec-19 1,000,000.00 1,016,563.16 5.45% 4.12% 1.34 W145 Province of Quebec 1-Dec-19 700,000.00 709,357.35 4.50% 3.47% 1.34 W230 Meridian 31-Jan-20 1,030,116.16 1,030,116.16 2.85% 2.85% 1.50 W113 Ontario Hydro 6-Feb-20 1,300,000.00 1,224,124.09 N/A 4.65% 1.52 W203 HSBC Bank 6-Feb-20 1,000,000.00 1,001,981.90 2.05% 2.00% 1.52 W184 Bank of Nova Scotia 6-Feb-20 500,000.00 500,000.00 2.21% 2.21% 1.52 W131 Province of New Brunswick 2-Jun-20 750,000.00 758,175.00 4.50% 3.85% 1.84 W164 Ontario Savings Bond 21-Jun-20 507,000.00 518,090.63 4.25% 3.01% 1.89 W124 Regional Municipality of York 30-Jun-20 800,000.00 803,168.00 4.50% 4.26% 1.92 W126 Province of P.E.I. 2-Sep-20 800,000.00 798,400.00 3.70% 3.80% 2.09 W130 Province of Manitoba 5-Sep-20 1,473,730.00 1,367,926.21 N/A 4.01% 2.10 W189 Bank of Montreal 9-Sep-20 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 N/A 2.21% 2.11 W191 Bank of Nova Scotia 2-Nov-20 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.25% 4.50% 2.26 W135 Province of Quebec 1-Dec-20 500,000.00 503,998.75 4.50% 4.11% 2.34 W129 Canada Housing Trust 15-Dec-20 1,000,000.00 998,214.29 3.35% 3.37% 2.38 W137 Province of Nova Scotia 1-Jun-21 800,000.00 798,500.57 4.10% 4.10% 2.84 W139 B.C Municipal Financing Authority 1-Jun-21 700,000.00 697,160.00 4.15% 4.35% 2.84 W143 City of Laval 29-Jun-21 250,000.00 249,430.00 3.95% 3.95% 2.92 W144 Regional Municipality of York 30-Jun-21 700,000.00 699,724.90 4.00% 4.02% 2.92 W151 Quebec City 26-Aug-21 500,000.00 498,617.50 3.60% 3.69% 3.07 W213 City of Laval 18-Oct-21 1,000,000.00 990,363.63 2.05% 2.34% 3.22 W138 Region of Waterloo 19-Nov-21 750,000.00 777,956.25 6.25% 4.42% 3.31 W136 Ontario Hydro 26-Nov-21 1,000,000.00 882,766.44 N/A 4.40% 3.33 W152 Regional Municipality of Peel 1-Dec-21 1,395,000.00 1,393,009.80 3.50% 3.43% 3.34 W140 Province of Quebec 1-Dec-21 800,000.00 798,727.27 4.25% 4.31% 3.34 W161 Province of New Brunswick 3-Dec-21 1,000,000.00 1,009,100.00 3.35% 3.05% 3.35 W160 Ottawa- Carleton CDSB 22-Mar-22 538,000.00 591,692.40 6.50% 3.55% 3.64 W155 Province of Ontario 2-Jun-22 800,000.00 799,476.36 3.15% 3.17% 3.84 W158 Province of Ontario 2-Jun-22 1,000,000.00 1,002,019.05 3.15% 3.09% 3.84 W209 Bank of Nova Scotia 2-Jun-22 1,270,958.00 1,190,459.64 N/A 1.66% 3.84 W141 Province of New Brunswick 3-Jun-22 1,123,559.00 966,757.72 N/A 4.63% 3.84 W168 County of Wellington 30-Oct-22 1,000,000.00 999,811.00 3.21% 3.20% 4.25 W186 County of Wellington 30-Oct-22 1,500,000.00 1,569,820.31 3.20% 2.07% 4.25 W150 Region of Waterloo 1-Dec-22 300,000.00 307,935.65 4.75% 4.02% 4.34 W157 Province of Quebec 1-Dec-22 750,000.00 753,157.16 3.50% 3.39% 4.34 W166 Province of Alberta 15-Dec-22 1,000,000.00 998,285.71 2.55% 2.54% 4.38

COUNTY OF WELLINGTONINVESTMENT LISTING AS OF JULY 31, 2018

399

MATURITY FACE BOOK YIELD TO YEARS TONO. ISSUER DATE VALUE VALUE COUPON MATURITY MATURITY

COUNTY OF WELLINGTONINVESTMENT LISTING AS OF JULY 31, 2018

W162 Quebec Hydro 15-Feb-23 1,448,225.00 1,257,257.61 N/A 3.46% 4.55 W156 Province of Ontario 2-Jun-23 1,188,530.00 1,022,754.55 N/A 3.49% 4.84 W180 Province of New Brunswick 2-Jun-23 626,000.00 608,785.00 2.85% 3.50% 4.84 W181 Province of British Columbia 8-Sep-23 1,657,890.00 1,377,224.30 N/A 3.71% 5.11 W172 Municipality of Muskoka 15-Nov-23 208,000.00 207,810.72 3.40% 3.42% 5.30 W149 Region of Waterloo 1-Dec-23 300,000.00 310,150.80 4.85% 4.07% 5.34 W147 Province of British Columbia 18-Dec-23 850,000.00 696,759.02 N/A 4.29% 5.39 W153 Ontario Hydro 11-Apr-24 1,000,000.00 824,563.63 N/A 3.89% 5.70 W183 Ontario Hydro 26-May-24 1,589,595.00 1,305,079.41 N/A 3.62% 5.82 W193 Province of Alberta 1-Jun-24 699,000.00 732,305.29 3.10% 2.23% 5.84 W196 First Nations Finance Authority 26-Jun-24 750,000.00 783,030.00 3.40% 2.58% 5.91 W227 Bank of Nova Scotia 28-Jun-24 500,000.00 487,250.00 2.29% 2.75% 5.92 W229 Bank of Nova Scotia 28-Jun-24 1,000,000.00 966,300.00 2.29% 2.91% 5.92 W190 TD Bank 24-Jul-24 758,000.00 782,149.88 3.23% 2.63% 5.99 W148 Province of Ontario 2-Dec-24 500,000.00 504,788.33 4.30% 4.11% 6.35 W219 Royal Bank of Canada 4-Dec-24 1,500,000.00 1,500,000.00 2.15% to 3.25% 2.58% 6.35 W226 Province of NewFoundland 5-Feb-25 600,000.00 501,900.00 N/A 2.73% 6.52 W216 Province of NewFoundland 27-Feb-25 882,000.00 735,087.44 N/A 2.64% 6.58 W210 Province of Saskatchewan 5-Mar-25 410,000.00 340,537.45 N/A 2.69% 6.60 W211 Ontario Hydro 26-May-25 635,000.00 526,355.28 N/A 2.74% 6.82 W185 Province of NewFoundland 2-Jun-25 500,000.00 499,000.00 2.30% 2.33% 6.84 W188 Royal Bank of Canada 15-Jul-25 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.6% to 3.25% 2.73% 6.96 W198 CIBC 14-Aug-25 411,000.00 411,000.00 2.2% to 4.5% 2.78% 7.04 W194 City of Montreal 1-Sep-25 1,000,000.00 1,009,375.00 3.00% 2.86% 7.09 W154 Province of Manitoba 5-Sep-25 800,000.00 850,657.14 4.40% 3.35% 7.10 W177 Province New Brunswick 3-Dec-25 1,500,000.00 1,174,365.02 N/A 3.58% 7.35 W163 Alberta Capital Finance Authority 15-Dec-25 1,300,000.00 1,400,982.14 4.45% 3.18% 7.38 W218 B.C Municipal Financing Authority 19-Apr-26 833,000.00 831,432.00 2.50% 2.53% 7.72 W207 Province of Saskatchewan 5-Mar-26 300,000.00 240,186.83 N/A 2.84% 7.60 W208 Royal Bank of Canada 19-May-26 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.0% to 4.0% 2.39% 7.81 W222 County of Wellington 3-Jun-26 74,000.00 85,112.19 5.25% 3.12% 7.85 W214 City of Toronto 24-Jun-26 500,000.00 492,488.89 2.40% 2.61% 7.90 W224 Regional Municipality of Durham 2-Jul-26 500,000.00 514,117.65 3.55% 3.15% 7.93 W197 National Bank 27-Jul-26 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.38% to 2.63% 2.47% 7.99 W212 Bank of Montreal 8-Aug-26 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.4% to 4.0% 3.06% 8.03 W202 City of Montreal 1-Sep-26 1,000,000.00 1,002,040.00 2.75% 2.72% 8.09 W205 Province of Manitoba 5-Sep-26 350,000.00 275,024.34 N/A 2.90% 8.10 W199 Royal Bank of Canada 23-Sep-26 750,000.00 750,000.00 2.38% to 2.63% 2.45% 8.15 W200 Province of New Brunswick 26-Sep-26 1,384,000.00 1,093,156.09 N/A 2.86% 8.16 W217 Province of Saskatchewan 5-Mar-27 664,000.00 524,369.87 N/A 2.66% 8.60 W206 Province of Nova Scotia 1-Jun-27 678,000.00 521,282.01 N/A 3.00% 8.84 W225 City of Toronto 7-Jun-27 500,000.00 473,710.53 2.40% 3.08% 8.86 W221 County of Wellington 3-Jun-27 65,000.00 75,937.65 5.25% 3.07% 8.85 W220 Royal Bank of Canada 6-Dec-27 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 2.4% to 4.75% 3.07% 9.36 W201 Province of British Columbia 18-Dec-27 674,000.00 523,951.94 N/A 2.73% 9.39 W215 Province of Manitoba 5-Mar-28 675,000.00 508,653.37 N/A 2.87% 9.60 W223 County of Wellington 3-Jun-28 50,000.00 58,877.14 5.30% 3.20% 9.85 W228 County of Wellington 3-Jul-28 557,000.00 557,000.00 2.05 to 3.2% 2.76% 9.93

Subtotal Long-term Investments: 75,815,152.72 72,747,347.19 3.17% 4.57 % of Investment Portfolio: 91.60% 91.37%

Total Investments: 82,767,358.98 79,616,298.35 100.00% 100.00%

400

CREDITSECTOR / ISSUER RATING FACE VALUE Policy Actual Policy Actual

COUNTY OF WELLINGTONLONG TERM INVESTMENTS BY SECTOR AND ISSUER

As of JULY 31, 2018

SECTOR/CREDIT EXPOSURELIMITATION (MAXIMUM)

Portfolio Limit Individual Issuer Limit

FEDERALCanada AAA - 100% 0%

Subtotal Canada: - 100% 0%

Federal GuaranteesCanada Housing Trust AAA 1,000,000.00 25% 1%

Subtotal Federal Guarantees: 1,000,000.00 50% 1%

Federal Total: 1,000,000.00 100% 1%

PROVINCIALProvinces & TerritoriesRating: AAAProvince of British Columbia AAA 3,181,890.00 25% 4%Province of Saskatchewan AAA 1,374,000.00 25% 2%

Subtotal Rating: AAA 4,555,890.00 50% 6%

Rating: AAProvince of Alberta AA+ 1,699,000.00 25% 2%Province of Manitoba AA 3,298,730.00 25% 4%Province of Newfoundland AA- 1,982,000.00 25% 3%Province of New Brunswick AA 6,383,559.00 25% 8%Province of Nova Scotia AA 1,478,000.00 25% 2%Province of Ontario AA 3,995,530.00 25% 5%Province of Prince Edward Island AA 800,000.00 25% 1%Province of Quebec AA 2,750,000.00 25% 4%

Subtotal Rating: AA 22,386,819.00 50% 30%

Rating: A10% 0%

Subtotal Rating: A - 20% 0%

Provincial & Territorial GuaranteesRating: AAA

10% 0%Subtotal Rating: AAA - 25% 0%

Rating: AAAlberta Capital Finance Authority AA+ 1,300,000.00 10% 2%Ontario Hydro AA 5,524,595.00 10% 7%Quebec Hydro AA 1,448,225.00 10% 2%


Rating: ASubtotal Rating: A - 10% 0%

Provincial Total: 35,215,529.00 75% 46%

401



As of JULY 31, 2018



MUNICIPAL AND SCHOOL BOARDSCounty of Wellington AA+ 3,246,000.00 25% 4%

Subtotal County of Wellington: 3,246,000.00 25% 4%

Municipalities & School BoardsRating: AAAB.C Municipal Financing Authority AAA 1,533,000.00 10% 2%Region of Durham AAA 500,000.00 10% 1%Region of Peel AAA 1,395,000.00 10% 2%Region of Waterloo AAA 1,350,000.00 10% 2%Region of York AAA 1,500,000.00 10% 2%

Subtotal Rating: AAA 6,278,000.00 25% 8%

Rating: AACity of Laval AA 1,250,000.00 5% 2%City of Montreal AA 3,000,000.00 5% 4%City of Toronto AA 1,000,000.00 5% 1%City of Quebec AA 500,000.00 5% 1%District of Muskoka AA 393,000.00 5% 1%


Rating: AOttawa- Carleton CDSB A+ 538,000.00 5% 1%First Nations Finance Authority A+ 750,000.00 5% 1%

Subtotal Rating: A 1,288,000.00 10% 2%

Municipal and School Board Total: 16,955,000.00 40% 22%

MUNICIPAL INVESTMENT POOLSMunicipal Investment PoolsOne Bond Fund* 412,347.69 20% 1%One Universe Corporate Bond Fund* 3,452,201.87 10% 5%

Municipal Investment Pools Total: 3,864,549.56 25% 5%

402



As of JULY 31, 2018



BANKSSchedule 1 Banks/Guarantees: Big 6Rating: AABank of Montreal AA 3,000,000.00 25% 4%Bank of Nova Scotia AA 6,830,958.00 25% 9%Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce AA 411,000.00 25% 1%National Bank AA 1,000,000.00 25% 1%Royal Bank of Canada AA 4,250,000.00 25% 6%Toronto Dominion Bank AA 758,000.00 25% 1%


Rating: A25% 0%

Subtotal Rating: A - 25% 0%

Other Schedule 1 Banks/GuaranteesRating: AA 5% 0%

Subtotal Rating: AA - 15% 0%

Rating: A 5% 0%Subtotal Rating: A - 5% 0%

Schedule 2 Banks/GuaranteesAA 2% 0%

Subtotal Schedule 2 Banks: - 5% 0%

Schedule 2 Banks/GuaranteesHSBC Bank A 1,500,000.00 2% 2%

Subtotal Schedule 2 Banks: 1,500,000.00 5% 2%

Loan or Trust CorporationsAA 2% 0%

Subtotal Loan or Trust Corporations - 5% 0%

Credit UnionsMeridian 1,030,116.16 2% 1%

Subtotal Credit Unions 1,030,116.16 5% 1%

Bank Total: 18,780,074.16 40% 25%

TOTAL LONG TERM INVESTMENTS: 75,815,152.72

403

COMMITTEE REPORT



Subject: 2018 Credit Rating Update – Standard & Poor’s

Background:

A credit rating is an independent opinion of an issuer’s financial capacity to meet its debt payment obligations. A credit rating is not an audit of the issuer, nor is the rating agency acting as a financial advisor. The investment community uses credit ratings in order to differentiate credit quality when considering various investment options. Generally speaking, the higher the credit rating, the lower the credit risk to investors and the lower interest rate the County will be need to pay on debt issued.

Update:

Standard and Poor’s (S&P) Global Ratings announced on July 24, 2018 that it was maintaining the County of Wellington’s credit rating at ‘AA+’ with a stable outlook (Attachment: S&P Research Update). The County’s credit rating history with S&P is as follows:

Date Rating Outlook

September 2002 (initial rating) A+ Stable

April 2004 A+ Positive

August 2005 AA- Stable



October 2008 AA- Positive

April 2010 AA Stable

June 2011 AA Stable

August 2012 AA Stable

August 2013 AA Positive

August 2014 AA+ Stable




July 2018 AA+ Stable

Wellington currently shares the highest credit rating of any County in Ontario rated by S&P with Essex and Oxford. Our rating reflects S&P’s belief that the County will produce robust operating budget balances and positive after-capital balances, supported by prudent financial management practices. Wellington’s healthy liquidity will allow the County to advance on its capital needs while maintaining a minimal debt burden over 2018-2020. A very predictable and well-balanced institutional framework for Canadian municipalities also supports the ratings.

404

County Rating Outlook

County of Lambton AA- Stable

County of Norfolk AA- Stable

County of Haldimand AA Stable

County of Simcoe AA Stable

County of Essex AA+ Stable

County of Oxford AA+ Stable

County of Wellington AA+ Stable

Outlook: The report indicates that the County’s stable outlook reflects S&P’s expectations that, in the next two years, Wellington will post after-capital surpluses of about 5% of total revenues on average in 2018-2020. S&P also expects the County will maintain tax-supported debt well below 60% of operating revenues while preserving a healthy liquidity position. S&P indicates that although unlikely, the County’s outlook could be revised to negative if deteriorating financial management practices lead to aggressive capital spending that pushed the County’s tax supported debt to more than 60% of operating revenues couple with weaker operating performance resulting in sustained after-capital deficits of over 10% of total revenues. The rating could be revised to positive if, all else equal, Wellington’s economy expanded and diversified significantly in line with that of some of its higher-rated peers. S&P views this scenario as unlikely in the next two years. The County benefits from a very strong and largely stable economy as well as an advantageous location, close to the Greater Toronto Area and the cities of Hamilton and Guelph, and along the Highway 401 corridor. S&P indicates that Wellington’s credit profile benefits from strong financial management practices and an economy that relies largely on manufacturing, construction and agriculture sectors. Although the County remains less diversified than some of its peers, it is focusing on diversifying its economy, particularly in advanced health care, creative professional sectors, and higher education (as supported by the County’s investment in its three local hospitals and planned investment in fibre optics).

Attachment:

Attachment: S&P Research Update

Recommendation:

That the County Treasurer’s report re: Standard and Poor’s 2018 Credit Rating Update be received for information. Respectfully submitted,

Ken DeHart, CPA, CGA County Treasurer

405

Research Update:

County of Wellington Rating AffirmedAt 'AA+'; Outlook Remains Stable

Primary Credit Analyst:

Siddharth R Maniyar, Toronto (1) 416-507-2567; [email protected]

Secondary Contact:

Adam J Gillespie, Toronto (1) 416-507-2565; [email protected]

Research Contributor:

Ekta Bhayani, CRISIL Global Analytical Center, an S&P Global Ratings affiliate, Mumbai

Table Of Contents

Overview

Rating Action

Outlook

Rationale

Key Statistics

Ratings Score Snapshot

Key Sovereign Statistics

Related Criteria

Ratings List

WWW.STANDARDANDPOORS.COM/RATINGSDIRECT JULY 24, 2018 1406

Research Update:

County of Wellington Rating Affirmed At 'AA+';Outlook Remains Stable

Overview

• We believe the County of Wellington will produce robust operatingbalances and positive after-capital balances in the outlook horizon,supported by prudent financial management practices.

• Wellington's healthy liquidity cushion will allow the county to advanceon its capital needs while maintaining a minimal debt burden over2018-2020.

• We are affirming our 'AA+' long-term issuer credit and senior unsecureddebt ratings on the county.

• The stable outlook reflects our expectation that, in the next two years,the county's robust budgetary performance results will help it maintain ahealthy liquidity position and a minimal debt burden.

Rating Action

On July 24, 2018, S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'AA+' long-term issuercredit and senior unsecured debt ratings on the County of Wellington, in theProvince of Ontario. The outlook is stable.

Outlook

The stable outlook reflects our expectation that, in the next two years,Wellington will post after-capital surpluses of about 5% of total revenues onaverage in 2018-2020. We also expect the county will maintain tax-supporteddebt well below 60% of operating revenues through 2020 while preserving ahealthy liquidity position.

Downside scenario

Although unlikely, we could take a negative action in the next two years ifdeteriorating financial management practices lead to aggressive capitalspending that pushed Wellington's tax-supported debt to more than 60% ofoperating revenues coupled with weaker operating performance resulting insustained after-capital deficits of over 10% of total revenues.

Upside scenario

We could take a positive rating action if, all else equal, Wellington's


economy expanded and diversified significantly in line with that of some ofour higher-rated peers. However, we view this scenario as unlikely in the nexttwo years.

Rationale

Wellington is a largely rural municipality whose credit profile benefits fromwhat we view as strong financial management practices and whose economy relieslargely on manufacturing, construction, and agriculture sectors. Although thecounty remains less diversified than some of its peers, it is focusing onexpanding its economy, particularly in advanced health care, creativeprofessional sectors, and higher education. In our updated base-case scenariofor 2018-2020, we estimate Wellington will maintain stable operating balancesand positive after-capital balances. We expect the county will issue aboutC$28 million of debt in 2019 and 2020, resulting in a debt burden of about 36%of operating revenues by 2020. We also expect that Wellington will continue tobenefit from a supportive institutional framework, solid financial management,and healthy liquidity. Similar to many other Canadian municipalities, webelieve that the county's constrained ability to materially cut expendituresmitigates these strengths somewhat.

High wealth, strong management, and a stable and predictable institutional framework underpin theratings.

We believe Wellington, like other Canadian municipalities, benefits from avery predictable and well-balanced institutional framework that hasdemonstrated a high degree of institutional stability. Although provincialgovernments mandate a significant proportion of municipal spending, they alsoprovide operating fund transfers and impose fiscal restraint throughlegislative requirements to pass balanced operating budgets. Municipalitiesgenerally have the ability to match expenditures well with revenues, exceptfor capital spending, which can be intensive. Any operating surplusestypically fund capital expenditures and future liabilities (such aspostemployment obligations and landfill closure costs) through reservecontributions.

Wellington benefits from a largely stable economy and an advantageouslocation, close to the Greater Toronto Area and the cities of Hamilton andGuelph, and along the Highway 401 corridor. Although municipal GDP data areunavailable, we estimate that for 2016-2018, the county generated GDP percapita above the threshold of US$38,000, as per our criteria, based on itsincome levels. Wellington's population is estimated to be about 99,700 in2018, up 3.4% since 2016.

We believe Wellington's financial management is strong. The county's counciland staff demonstrate stable, experienced, and effective leadership, andWellington has prudent financial policies and practices that ensure a gooddegree of transparency and fiscal discipline. The county now releases 10-yearoperating budgets and tax rate projections, approved annually, and uses


Research Update: County of Wellington Rating Affirmed At 'AA+'; Outlook Remains Stable

408

realistic underlying assumptions, in our view. It also produces a 10-yearcapital budget with the corresponding funding sources. We believe thatmanagement shows relevant expertise, through good planning and monitoring,continuous financial policies updates, and prudent debt and liquiditymanagement.

The county has healthy operating balances and a minimal debt burden.

In our base-case scenario for 2016-2020, we expect modifiable revenues andoperating balances to average about 75% and 16% of adjusted operatingrevenues, respectively. Considering capital expenditures of about C$33million, or 17% of total expenditures on average, we estimate the county willpost an after-capital surplus of about 4.5% of total revenues on average in2016-2020.

In our opinion, Wellington's limited ability to materially cut operatingexpenditures somewhat constrains its budgetary flexibility. While thesignificant capital spending suggests some ability to defer unessentialcapital projects, we believe that the county's operating expenditureflexibility is somewhat limited, similar to that of many Canadianmunicipalities, primarily due to provincially mandated service levels andcollective agreements with employees.

We expect the county's tax-supported debt burden (including the lower-tiermunicipalities debt) to remain at about 36% of operating revenues by 2020.Wellington plans to issue new debt mainly for aging infrastructure purposes.At the same time, we expect interest costs to remain very modest at less than1.5% of operating revenues in the outlook horizon. The county's debt profileis boasted, owing to an exceptionally high operating balance.

In addition to the modest debt burden, Wellington has exceptional liquidity.By our liquidity calculations, the county's average free cash and liquidassets will total about C$107 million in fiscal 2019 and represent more than10x the estimated debt service for the same period. In addition, the countybenefits from strong internal cash flow generation, which boosts ourassessments of its liquidity profile. Similar to that of its domestic peers,Wellington's access to external liquidity is satisfactory, in our view.

The county's contingent liabilities are modest, consisting mainly of standardemployee benefits and landfill postclosure liabilities. They represented 6% ofoperating revenues in 2017.

Key Statistics



409

Table 1

County of Wellington--Selected Indicators

--Fiscal year ended Dec. 31--

(Mil. C$) 2015 2016 2017bc 2018bc 2019bc 2020bc

Operating revenues 169.03 174.50 182.29 188.67 193.64 201.66

Operating expenditures 144.48 143.15 154.70 159.19 164.00 169.31

Operating balance 24.55 31.35 27.59 29.48 29.64 32.35

Operating balance (% of operating revenues) 14.53 17.97 15.13 15.63 15.31 16.04

Capital revenues 9.71 12.20 11.82 19.13 7.10 10.48

Capital expenditures 24.88 35.63 33.03 31.64 30.82 34.56

Balance after capital accounts 9.39 7.92 6.37 16.98 5.91 8.27

Balance after capital accounts (% of total

revenues)

5.25 4.24 3.28 8.17 2.95 3.90

Debt repaid 5.58 5.70 6.37 7.57 7.23 9.70

Gross borrowings 3.14 8.91 0.00 11.91 9.82 18.90

Balance after borrowings 6.95 11.14 0.00 21.32 8.51 17.47

Modifiable revenues (% of operating revenues) 74.67 74.89 74.88 74.65 75.15 74.59

Capital expenditures (% of total expenditures) 14.69 19.93 17.60 16.58 15.82 16.95

Direct debt (outstanding at year-end) 58.45 62.78 56.41 60.75 63.35 72.55

Direct debt (% of operating revenues) 34.58 35.98 30.95 32.20 32.71 35.98

Tax-supported debt (outstanding at year-end) 58.45 62.78 56.41 60.75 63.35 72.55

Tax-supported debt (% of consolidated

operating revenues)

34.58 35.98 30.95 32.20 32.71 35.98

Interest (% of operating revenues) 1.50 1.36 1.29 1.23 1.23 1.35

National GDP per capita (single units) 55,673 56,129 58,440 59,985 61,845 63,611

Note: The data and ratios above result in part from S&P Global Ratings' own calculations, drawing on national as well as international sources,

reflecting S&P Global Ratings' independent view on the timeliness, coverage, accuracy, credibility, and usability of available information. The

main sources are the financial statements and budgets, as provided by the issuer. bc--Base case. Base case reflects S&P Global Ratings'

expectations of the most likely scenario. Downside case represents some but not all aspects of S&P Global Ratings' scenarios that could be

consistent with a downgrade. Upside case represents some but not all aspects of S&P Global Ratings' scenarios that could be consistent with an

upgrade. bc--Base case.

Ratings Score Snapshot

Table 2

County of Wellington--Ratings Score Snapshot

Key Rating Factors Assessment

Institutional Framework Very predictable and well-balanced

Economy Very strong

Financial Management Strong

Budgetary Flexibility Strong

Budgetary Performance Very strong

Liquidity Exceptional

Debt Burden Very low



410

Table 2

County of Wellington--Ratings Score Snapshot (cont.)

Key Rating Factors Assessment

Contingent Liabilities Very low

Note: S&P Global Ratings bases its ratings on local and regional governments on eight main rating factors listed in the table. Section A of S&P

Global Ratings' "Methodology For Rating Non-U.S. Local And Regional Governments" summarizes how the eight factors are combined to derive

the foreign currency rating on the government.

Key Sovereign Statistics

Sovereign Risk Indicators, July 5, 2018. Interactive version available athttp://www.spratings.com/sri

Related Criteria

• Criteria - Governments - International Public Finance: Methodology ForRating Non-U.S. Local And Regional Governments, June 30, 2014

• Criteria - Governments - International Public Finance: Methodology AndAssumptions For Analyzing The Liquidity Of Non-U.S. Local And RegionalGovernments And Related Entities And For Rating Their Commercial PaperPrograms, Oct. 15, 2009

• General Criteria: Use Of CreditWatch And Outlooks, Sept. 14, 2009

In accordance with our relevant policies and procedures, the Rating Committeewas composed of analysts that are qualified to vote in the committee, withsufficient experience to convey the appropriate level of knowledge andunderstanding of the methodology applicable (see 'Related Criteria AndResearch'). At the onset of the committee, the chair confirmed that theinformation provided to the Rating Committee by the primary analyst had beendistributed in a timely manner and was sufficient for Committee members tomake an informed decision. After the primary analyst gave opening remarks andexplained the recommendation, the Committee discussed key rating factors andcritical issues in accordance with the relevant criteria. Qualitative andquantitative risk factors were considered and discussed, looking attrack-record and forecasts. The committee's assessment of the key ratingfactors is reflected in the Ratings Score Snapshot above. The chair ensuredevery voting member was given the opportunity to articulate his/her opinion.The chair or designee reviewed the draft report to ensure consistency with theCommittee decision. The views and the decision of the rating committee aresummarized in the above rationale and outlook. The weighting of all ratingfactors is described in the methodology used in this rating action (see'Related Criteria And Research').



411

Ratings List

Ratings Affirmed

Wellington (County of)Issuer credit rating AA+/Stable/--Senior unsecured AA+

Certain terms used in this report, particularly certain adjectives used toexpress our view on rating relevant factors, have specific meanings ascribedto them in our criteria, and should therefore be read in conjunction with suchcriteria. Please see Ratings Criteria at www.standardandpoors.com for furtherinformation. Complete ratings information is available to subscribers ofRatingsDirect at www.capitaliq.com. All ratings affected by this rating actioncan be found on S&P Global Ratings' public website atwww.standardandpoors.com. Use the Ratings search box located in the leftcolumn.



412


STANDARD & POOR’S, S&P and RATINGSDIRECT are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC.

S&P may receive compensation for its ratings and certain analyses, normally from issuers or underwriters of securities or from obligors. S&P reserves the right to disseminateits opinions and analyses. S&P's public ratings and analyses are made available on its Web sites, www.standardandpoors.com (free of charge), and www.ratingsdirect.comand www.globalcreditportal.com (subscription), and may be distributed through other means, including via S&P publications and third-party redistributors. Additionalinformation about our ratings fees is available at www.standardandpoors.com/usratingsfees.

S&P keeps certain activities of its business units separate from each other in order to preserve the independence and objectivity of their respective activities. As a result,certain business units of S&P may have information that is not available to other S&P business units. S&P has established policies and procedures to maintain theconfidentiality of certain non-public information received in connection with each analytical process.

To the extent that regulatory authorities allow a rating agency to acknowledge in one jurisdiction a rating issued in another jurisdiction for certain regulatory purposes, S&Preserves the right to assign, withdraw or suspend such acknowledgment at any time and in its sole discretion. S&P Parties disclaim any duty whatsoever arising out of theassignment, withdrawal or suspension of an acknowledgment as well as any liability for any damage alleged to have been suffered on account thereof.

Credit-related and other analyses, including ratings, and statements in the Content are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact.S&P’s opinions, analyses and rating acknowledgment decisions (described below) are not recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or to make anyinvestment decisions, and do not address the suitability of any security. S&P assumes no obligation to update the Content following publication in any form or format. TheContent should not be relied on and is not a substitute for the skill, judgment and experience of the user, its management, employees, advisors and/or clients when makinginvestment and other business decisions. S&P does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor except where registered as such. While S&P has obtained information fromsources it believes to be reliable, S&P does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Rating-related publications may be published for a variety of reasons that are not necessarily dependent on action by rating committees, including, but not limited to, the publicationof a periodic update on a credit rating and related analyses.

No content (including ratings, credit-related analyses and data, valuations, model, software or other application or output therefrom) or any part thereof (Content) may bemodified, reverse engineered, reproduced or distributed in any form by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission ofStandard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC or its affiliates (collectively, S&P). The Content shall not be used for any unlawful or unauthorized purposes. S&P and any third-partyproviders, as well as their directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents (collectively S&P Parties) do not guarantee the accuracy, completeness, timeliness oravailability of the Content. S&P Parties are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, for the results obtained from the useof the Content, or for the security or maintenance of any data input by the user. The Content is provided on an “as is” basis. S&P PARTIES DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL EXPRESSOR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, FREEDOMFROM BUGS, SOFTWARE ERRORS OR DEFECTS, THAT THE CONTENT’S FUNCTIONING WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR THAT THE CONTENT WILL OPERATE WITH ANYSOFTWARE OR HARDWARE CONFIGURATION. In no event shall S&P Parties be liable to any party for any direct, indirect, incidental, exemplary, compensatory, punitive,special or consequential damages, costs, expenses, legal fees, or losses (including, without limitation, lost income or lost profits and opportunity costs or losses caused bynegligence) in connection with any use of the Content even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

Copyright © 2018 by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC. All rights reserved.

413

THE COUNTY OF WELLINGTON

ADMINISTRATION, FINANCE AND HUMAN RESOURCES

COMMITTEE

August 31, 2018

CORPORATE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

414


Statement of Operations as of

Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining

BudgetActual $ Actual %Actual $

August

General Revenue & Expenditure

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

50% $48,842,378 Property Taxation $96,761,600 $7,035 $47,919,222

75% $443,550 Grants and Subsidies $1,774,200 $0 $1,330,650

0% $18,000 Sales Revenue $18,000 $0 $0

43% $1,756,279 Other Revenue $3,066,000 $156,047 $1,309,721

57% $18,314 Internal Recoveries $42,400 $2,939 $24,086

Total Revenue $101,662,200 $166,021 $50,583,679 50% $51,078,521

Expenditures

19% $30,791 Supplies, Material & Equipment $38,200 $(12,108) $7,409

72% $600,692 Purchased Services $2,162,000 $86,521 $1,561,308

20% $1,008,496 Insurance & Financial $1,256,600 $1,520 $248,104

Total Expenditures $3,456,800 $75,933 $1,816,820 53% $1,639,980

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$(98,205,400) $(90,089) $(48,766,859) 50% $(49,438,541)

Transfers

100% $0 Transfers from Reserves $(200,000) $0 $(200,000)

6% $3,066,000 Transfer to Reserves $3,266,000 $0 $200,000

Total Transfers $3,066,000 $0 $0 0% $3,066,000

NET COST (REVENUE) $(95,139,400) $(90,089) $(48,766,859) 51% $(46,372,541)

415



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

County Council

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

82% $3,543 Other Revenue $19,200 $1,576 $15,657

Total Revenue $19,200 $1,576 $15,657 82% $3,543

Expenditures

60% $307,015 Salaries, Wages and Benefits $762,600 $57,807 $455,585

38% $54,572 Supplies, Material & Equipment $88,200 $2,356 $33,628

63% $80,967 Purchased Services $219,500 $20,019 $138,533

78% $2,178 Insurance & Financial $9,700 $774 $7,522

Total Expenditures $1,080,000 $80,955 $635,267 59% $444,733

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,060,800 $79,379 $619,610 58% $441,190

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,060,800 $79,379 $619,610 58% $441,190

416



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Office of the CAO/Clerk

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

48% $309 User Fees & Charges $600 $63 $291

0% $(6,135)Sales Revenue $0 $1,464 $6,135

67% $597,392 Internal Recoveries $1,792,300 $149,364 $1,194,908

Total Revenue $1,792,900 $150,891 $1,201,334 67% $591,566

Expenditures

67% $1,160,032 Salaries, Wages and Benefits $3,550,300 $311,316 $2,390,268

45% $126,320 Supplies, Material & Equipment $229,200 $(29,700) $102,880

59% $545,726 Purchased Services $1,317,400 $64,310 $771,674

85% $9,926 Insurance & Financial $66,600 $5,349 $56,674

15% $1,872 Internal Charges $2,200 $37 $328


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$3,372,800 $200,421 $2,120,490 63% $1,252,310

Transfers

100% $0 Transfer to Capital $335,000 $0 $335,000

Total Transfers $335,000 $0 $335,000 100% $0

NET COST (REVENUE) $3,707,800 $200,421 $2,455,490 66% $1,252,310

417

Capital Work-in-Progress Expenditures By Departments


LIFE-TO-DATE ACTUALS

Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August

All Open Projects For The Period Ending August 31, 2018

04-September-2018

Office of the CAO/Clerk

$130,000 $0 $20,606 $96,418 $117,024 90 % $12,976Records Management

$75,000 $0 $11,383 $46,686 $58,068 77 % $16,932WiFi Unit Replacement 2016

$65,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $65,000Integrated Housing System

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000Fire Suppression Data Centre

$130,000 $0 $667 $116,070 $116,737 90 % $13,263Planning Software Replacement

$100,000 $8,570 $8,570 $58,113 $66,683 67 % $33,317Network Replacement 2017

$70,000 $0 $11,361 $4,751 $16,111 23 % $53,889Firewall and VPN Replacement

$30,000 $0 $0 $17,143 $17,143 57 % $12,857Back up Server Replacement

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000Advanced Malware Security

$160,000 $146,494 $146,494 $0 $146,494 92 % $13,506Storage Replacement

$100,000 $0 $87,930 $0 $87,930 88 % $12,070Server Replacement

$35,000 $36,027 $36,027 $0 $36,027 103 % -$1,027Archive Storage Replacement

$370,000 $0 $0 $323,750 $323,750 87 % $46,250JD Edwards Upgrade

Total Office of the CAO/Clerk $1,365,000 $191,091 $323,037 $662,930 $985,967 $379,033 72 %

418



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Treasury

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

0% $(806)Other Revenue $0 $806 $806


Total Revenue $513,900 $43,630 $343,398 67% $170,502

Expenditures

66% $560,335 Salaries, Wages and Benefits $1,629,800 $143,044 $1,069,465



135% $(32,494)Insurance & Financial $92,200 $4,303 $124,694

25% $4,126 Internal Charges $5,500 $211 $1,374

Total Expenditures $2,131,900 $172,256 $1,387,380 65% $744,520

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,618,000 $128,626 $1,043,981 65% $574,019

Transfers

0% $(74,800)Transfers from Reserves $(74,800) $0 $0

100% $0 Transfer to Reserves $75,000 $0 $75,000

Total Transfers $200 $0 $75,000 37,500% $(74,800)

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,618,200 $128,626 $1,118,981 69% $499,219

419



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Human Resources

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

61% $419,246 Internal Recoveries $1,086,000 $71,427 $666,754

Total Revenue $1,086,000 $71,427 $666,754 61% $419,246

Expenditures




43% $40,000 Transfer Payments $70,000 $0 $30,000


63% $700 Internal Charges $1,900 $121 $1,200


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,361,600 $81,708 $912,181 67% $449,419

Transfers

57% $(188,015)Transfers from Reserves $(438,500) $0 $(250,485)

Total Transfers $(438,500) $0 $(250,485) 57% $(188,015)

NET COST (REVENUE) $923,100 $81,708 $661,696 72% $261,404

420



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Property Services

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

77% $254,167 Licenses, Permits and Rents $1,088,500 $93,997 $834,333

62% $61,884 User Fees & Charges $165,000 $25,997 $103,116

0% $(2,878)Other Revenue $0 $426 $2,878


Total Revenue $1,981,300 $181,035 $1,425,246 72% $556,054

Expenditures





15% $99,593 Minor Capital Expenses $117,300 $0 $17,707

94% $21,629 Debt Charges $334,300 $56,587 $312,671


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$499,900 $38,478 $254,595 51% $245,305

Transfers

26% $(50,093)Transfers from Reserves $(67,800) $0 $(17,707)

80% $161,000 Transfer to Reserves $811,000 $0 $650,000

Total Transfers $743,200 $0 $632,293 85% $110,907

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,243,100 $38,478 $886,888 71% $356,212

421




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Property Services

$150,000 $1,844 $160,549 $6,205 $166,753 111 % -$16,753116 Woolwich St Interior

$100,000 $0 $0 $58,443 $58,443 58 % $41,557Asset Management and BCA

$30,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $30,000Admin Centre: Heating Replace

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000County Space Needs Study

$45,000 $0 $15,265 $15,265 $30,529 68 % $14,471Court House: Elevator System

$50,000 $4,013 $38,306 $0 $38,306 77 % $11,694Replace Maintenance Pickup

$32,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $32,000Badenoch: Facility Improvement

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000Gaol: Facility Improvement

$550,000 $42,739 $42,739 $0 $42,739 8 % $507,261Court / Gaol: Roofing Systems

$30,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $30,000Court House: HVAC Equipment

$2,800,000 $0 $2,899,224 $0 $2,899,224 104 % -$99,224Property Purchase 133 Wyndham

$875,000 $9,847 $110,481 $496,012 $606,493 69 % $268,507Guelph Office Relocation

Total Property Services $4,812,000 $58,444 $3,266,564 $575,924 $3,842,488 $969,512 80 %

422



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Grants & Contributions

31 Aug 2018

Expenditures


Total Expenditures $57,600 $0 $49,500 86% $8,100

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$57,600 $0 $49,500 86% $8,100

NET COST (REVENUE) $57,600 $0 $49,500 86% $8,100

423




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Hospital Funding

$1,500,000 $500,000 $1,000,000 $500,000 $1,500,000 100 % $0Louise Marshall Hospital Grant

$1,760,000 $0 $0 $1,320,000 $1,320,000 75 % $440,000Palmerston Hospital Grant

Total Hospital Funding $3,260,000 $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,820,000 $2,820,000 $440,000 87 %

424



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

POA Administration

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

63% $90,792 Municipal Recoveries $243,900 $20,326 $153,108

Total Revenue $243,900 $20,326 $153,108 63% $90,792

Expenditures

94% $14,230 Debt Charges $256,400 $0 $242,170

Total Expenditures $256,400 $0 $242,170 94% $14,230

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$12,500 $(20,326) $89,061 712% $(76,561)

Transfers


Total Transfers $35,500 $0 $35,500 100% $0

NET COST (REVENUE) $48,000 $(20,326) $124,561 260% $(76,561)

425




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

POA Administration

$25,000 $0 $1,288 $14,234 $15,522 62 % $9,4782017 POA Replacements

$35,500 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $35,5002018 POA Replacements

Total POA Administration $60,500 $0 $1,288 $14,234 $15,522 $44,978 26 %

426



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Land Ambulance

31 Aug 2018

Expenditures

74% $1,082,124 Transfer Payments $4,214,400 $351,200 $3,132,276


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$4,214,400 $351,200 $3,132,276 74% $1,082,124

Transfers


Total Transfers $400,000 $0 $400,000 100% $0

NET COST (REVENUE) $4,614,400 $351,200 $3,532,276 77% $1,082,124

427




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Land Ambulance

$210,000 $0 $0 $182,144 $182,144 87 % $27,8562017 Replacement Ambulances

$100,000 $0 $16,078 $0 $16,078 16 % $83,922Amb Station Feasibility Study

$81,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $81,0002018 Ambulance Equipment

$119,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $119,0002018 Replacement Ambulances

$45,000 $0 $8,511 $0 $8,511 19 % $36,4892018 Amb IT Implementations

Total Land Ambulance $555,000 $0 $24,589 $182,144 $206,734 $348,266 37 %

428



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Public Health Unit

31 Aug 2018

Expenditures

75% $562,901 Transfer Payments $2,251,600 $0 $1,688,699

79% $70,847 Debt Charges $343,600 $0 $272,753

Total Expenditures $2,595,200 $0 $1,961,452 76% $633,748

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$2,595,200 $0 $1,961,452 76% $633,748

NET COST (REVENUE) $2,595,200 $0 $1,961,452 76% $633,748

429



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Roads and Engineering

31 Aug 2018

Revenue



70% $118,375 Sales Revenue $400,000 $9,329 $281,625

59% $913,823 Internal Recoveries $2,212,800 $85,194 $1,298,977

Total Revenue $3,579,400 $102,936 $2,121,476 59% $1,457,924

Expenditures


56% $2,579,561 Supplies, Material & Equipment $5,877,200 $205,937 $3,297,639

75% $466,289 Purchased Services $1,856,900 $125,853 $1,390,611


63% $349,650 Minor Capital Expenses $943,200 $404,324 $593,550

31% $298,521 Debt Charges $430,900 $0 $132,379

65% $626,604 Internal Charges $1,814,300 $76,754 $1,187,696

Total Expenditures $17,264,800 $1,252,412 $10,988,980 64% $6,275,820

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$13,685,400 $1,149,476 $8,867,504 65% $4,817,896

Transfers


100% $0 Transfer to Capital $10,559,500 $0 $10,559,500

85% $471,577 Transfer to Reserves $3,220,000 $0 $2,748,423

Total Transfers $13,482,700 $0 $13,307,923 99% $174,777

NET COST (REVENUE) $27,168,100 $1,149,476 $22,175,427 82% $4,992,673

430




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


05-September-2018


Roads General

$6,000,000 $563,882 $2,206,404 $1,098,449 $3,304,853 55 % $2,695,147Rebuild Drayton Shop

$270,000 $0 $9,283 $238,865 $248,148 92 % $21,852Drayton Shop Phase I

$2,020,000 $182,034 $1,107,949 $0 $1,107,949 55 % $912,051Roads Equipment 2018

$100,000 $0 $59,370 $0 $59,370 59 % $40,630Various Facility Repairs 2018

$850,000 $338,360 $372,321 $0 $372,321 44 % $477,679Drayton Garage Phase III

$125,000 $0 $0 $20,667 $20,667 17 % $104,333New Erin / Brucedale Shop

$9,365,000 $1,084,276 $3,755,326 $1,357,981 $5,113,307 55% $4,251,693Subtotal Roads General

Engineering

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 21, Inverhaugh, Storm Sewer

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 7, Concrete Rd at Ponsonby

$75,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $75,000WR 18, 21 and 29 Traffic Study

$25,000 $0 $4,986 $14,959 $19,945 80 % $5,055WR 2, Road Base Repair Inv

$25,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $25,000WR 44, Road Base Repair Inv

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 109, Bridge Work Strategy

$275,000 $0 $4,986 $14,959 $19,945 7% $255,055Subtotal Engineering

Growth Related Construction

$120,000 $0 $0 $39,455 $39,455 33 % $80,545WR 30 at Road 3, Intersection

$3,950,000 $0 $4,530 $3,834,764 $3,839,294 97 % $110,706WR 46, WR 34 to 401

$400,000 $23,612 $122,833 $100,039 $222,872 56 % $177,128WR 124, Bridge B124135

$2,450,000 $5,316 $85,598 $43,569 $129,168 5 % $2,320,832WR 124, PL B124135 to 4th Line

$2,000,000 $247,231 $525,189 $52,265 $577,454 29 % $1,422,546WR 109 AT WR 7 / WR 123 Inter

$50,000 $0 $0 $7,410 $7,410 15 % $42,590WR124 at Whitelaw Intersection

$250,000 $0 $203,520 $6,283 $209,804 84 % $40,196WR 124 at Guelph Rd 1 Inter

$50,000 $0 $0 $446 $446 1 % $49,554WR 18 at WR 26 Intersection

$3,950,000 $1,037,809 $1,393,821 $1,005 $1,394,826 35 % $2,555,174WR 124, at Kossuth, Roundabout

$1,100,000 $0 $420 $254,093 $254,513 23 % $845,487WR 46 Maltby to WR 34 2 km

$14,320,000 $1,313,967 $2,335,911 $4,339,330 $6,675,241 47% $7,644,759Subtotal Growth Related Constructi

431




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


05-September-2018


Roads Construction

$5,175,000 $36,378 $117,123 $3,973,448 $4,090,571 79 % $1,084,429WR 50, Third Line to WR 24

$3,650,000 $126,136 $439,327 $3,038,214 $3,477,541 95 % $172,459WR 10, McGivern St. Moorefield

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR123, 109 to 23 Traffic Study

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR86, COG to WR9 Traffic Study

$200,000 $0 $0 $18,332 $18,332 9 % $181,668WR 109 at WR 16 Intersection

$2,700,000 $35,086 $132,670 $172,129 $304,799 11 % $2,395,201WR 51, WR 7 to Hwy 6 2.3 km

$125,000 $0 $0 $22,881 $22,881 18 % $102,119WR18 Geddes St Elora, RtngWall

$250,000 $0 $0 $18,250 $18,250 7 % $231,750WR 29 at WR 22, Intersection

$50,000 $0 $3,460 $13,623 $17,083 34 % $32,917WR 32, Puslinch Lake Rd

$350,000 $66,658 $134,535 $107,927 $242,463 69 % $107,537WR 124, Guelph to WR 32

$50,000 $0 $0 $44,388 $44,388 89 % $5,612WR 50, Hwy 7 to Railway Tracks

$2,550,000 $0 $0 $343,682 $343,682 13 % $2,206,318WR 25, WR 52 to WR 42, 7 km

$150,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $150,000WR 32, WR 33 to Con 2, 2.5 km

$200,000 $0 $8,403 $8,231 $16,634 8 % $183,366WR 18, St. Andrews Conc Wall

$150,000 $21,698 $33,844 $53,710 $87,554 58 % $62,446WR 18, WR 7 to Avruskin 600 m

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000WR 52, WR 124 to 9th Line

$15,800,000 $285,957 $869,363 $7,814,815 $8,684,178 55% $7,115,822Subtotal Roads Construction

432




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


05-September-2018


Bridges

$125,000 $0 $432 $55,739 $56,172 45 % $68,828WR 36, Bridge B036122, Replace

$225,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $225,000WR 109,CR Bridge 6 B109132

$200,000 $0 $1,322 $42,840 $44,161 22 % $155,839WR 35, Paddock Bridge, B035087

$200,000 $0 $1,553 $65,319 $66,872 33 % $133,128WR 7, Bosworth Bridge, B007028

$150,000 $0 $882 $48,283 $49,164 33 % $100,836WR 16, Penfold Bridge, B016038

$75,000 $0 $508 $2,153 $2,661 4 % $72,339WR 36, Bridge B036086, Replace

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000WR 109, Mallet River B109129

$200,000 $0 $0 $5,604 $5,604 3 % $194,396WR 16, B016118 Rehabilitate

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 18, Carroll Creek B018090

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000WR 109, Maitland B109128 Rehab

$725,000 $6,019 $65,206 $552,013 $617,218 85 % $107,782WR 21,Badley Bridge,B021057

$793,000 $488,691 $491,933 $55,159 $547,092 69 % $245,908WR 36, Conc 1, 4 CSP B036150

$250,000 $14,336 $75,258 $111,028 $186,286 75 % $63,714WR 18, Salem Bridge B018050

$2,600,000 $700,430 $1,349,971 $232,395 $1,582,366 61 % $1,017,634WR 14, Gordonville B014005

$175,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $175,000Steel Bridge Condition Survey

$100,000 $0 $22,837 $55,487 $78,325 78 % $21,675WR 109, CR Bridge 5, B109123

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 17, Bridge B017114, Rehab

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 34, Bridge B034123, Rehab

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000WR 38, Bridge B038113, Replace

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 109, Bridge B109141, Rehab

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 7, Bridge B007071, Rehab

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 16, Bridge B016103, Rehab

$6,418,000 $1,209,476 $2,009,901 $1,226,021 $3,235,922 50% $3,182,078Subtotal Bridges

433




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


05-September-2018


Culverts

$350,000 $0 $0 $68,730 $68,730 20 % $281,270WR 18, Culvert C180210, Liner

$125,000 $0 $5,309 $59,365 $64,674 52 % $60,326WR 12, Culvert C12086, Replace

$175,000 $0 $0 $6,813 $6,813 4 % $168,187WR 5, Culvert C050780, Rehab

$390,000 $170,815 $178,739 $5,454 $184,193 47 % $205,807WR 7, Culvert C071270, Rehab

$500,000 $0 $19,284 $3,064 $22,347 4 % $477,653WR 7, Muni Drain Clvrt E SR12

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 11, Clvrt C110920, Rehab

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 109, Clvrt C109142, Replace

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 32, Culvert C321140 Replace

$200,000 $504 $8,184 $0 $8,184 4 % $191,8162018 Various Bridge and Culv

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 22, Clvrt C221110, Rehab

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 32, Culvert C320130, Liner

$1,990,000 $171,319 $211,515 $143,425 $354,940 18% $1,635,060Subtotal Culverts

County Bridges on Local Roads

$600,000 $0 $0 $62,661 $62,661 10 % $537,339E-W Luther TL Bridge B000101

$450,000 $0 $3,671 $272,866 $276,538 61 % $173,462E/W Luther TL Hays Bridge 0001

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000E-W Luther TL Bridge B000004

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000Armstrong Bridge 000070, Rehab

$1,150,000 $0 $3,671 $335,527 $339,198 29% $810,802Subtotal County Bridges on Local R

Roads Resurfacing

$3,730,000 $16,090 $40,189 $3,338,664 $3,378,854 91 % $351,146WR 7 Alma to Salem 7km

$2,937,500 $1,062 $28,038 $38,223 $66,261 2 % $2,871,239WR 86, WR 85 to SR 19, 4.1 km

$50,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $50,000WR 86, WR 11 to SR 6, (Perth)

$6,717,500 $17,152 $68,228 $3,376,887 $3,445,115 51% $3,272,385Subtotal Roads Resurfacing

Total Roads and Engineering $56,035,500 $4,082,146 $9,258,902 $18,608,945 $27,867,846 $28,167,654 50 %

434



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Solid Waste Services

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

27% $624,486 Grants and Subsidies $857,500 $8,170 $233,014

68% $2,426 Licenses, Permits and Rents $7,600 $0 $5,174

67% $1,043,207 User Fees & Charges $3,180,100 $277,794 $2,136,893

53% $413,367 Sales Revenue $883,400 $56,981 $470,033

42% $292,055 Internal Recoveries $502,700 $400 $210,645

Total Revenue $5,431,300 $343,345 $3,055,759 56% $2,375,541

Expenditures


37% $636,754 Supplies, Material & Equipment $1,004,000 $26,160 $367,246

54% $2,576,438 Purchased Services $5,586,200 $475,466 $3,009,762




NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$4,420,100 $382,178 $2,313,542 52% $2,106,558

Transfers



100% $0 Transfer to Reserves $1,000,000 $0 $1,000,000

Total Transfers $778,700 $0 $1,064,000 137% $(285,300)

NET COST (REVENUE) $5,198,800 $382,178 $3,377,542 65% $1,821,258

435




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Solid Waste Services

$1,300,000 $9,922 $24,805 $1,089,808 $1,114,613 86 % $185,387Elora Transfer clsd Nichol LF

$200,000 $0 $0 $165,580 $165,580 83 % $34,420Aberfoyle Closed Site

$100,000 $0 $0 $28,101 $28,101 28 % $71,899Site Impr - Rd Maint All Sites

$300,000 $1,282 $15,342 $65,906 $81,248 27 % $218,752Waste Management Strategy

$360,000 $1,369 $4,890 $79,922 $84,812 24 % $275,188Belwood Closed Site

$100,000 $0 $0 $36,664 $36,664 37 % $63,336Riverstown: New Cell Dev Ph I

$60,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $60,000Riverstown: Methane Syst Study

$850,000 $848 $591,955 $0 $591,955 70 % $258,0452018 SWS Equipment

Total Solid Waste Services $3,270,000 $13,420 $636,992 $1,465,981 $2,102,973 $1,167,027 64 %

436



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Planning

31 Aug 2018

Revenue



0% $500 Internal Recoveries $500 $0 $0

Total Revenue $334,800 $37,745 $246,301 74% $88,499

Expenditures




38% $526,714 Transfer Payments $848,000 $38,330 $321,286




NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$2,618,500 $196,030 $1,493,469 57% $1,125,031

Transfers



Total Transfers $(235,000) $0 $9,000 (4%) $(244,000)

NET COST (REVENUE) $2,383,500 $196,030 $1,502,469 63% $881,031

437




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Planning

$25,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $25,000Ariss Driveway Paving

$90,000 $0 $10,576 $0 $10,576 12 % $79,424Official Plan Update 2018

Total Planning $115,000 $0 $10,576 $0 $10,576 $104,424 9 %

438



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Green Legacy

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

355% $(1,275)Sales Revenue $500 $100 $1,775

100% $0 Other Revenue $1,500 $1,300 $1,500

Total Revenue $2,000 $1,400 $3,275 164% $(1,275)

Expenditures






Total Expenditures $798,300 $47,304 $490,669 61% $307,631

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$796,300 $45,904 $487,394 61% $308,906

NET COST (REVENUE) $796,300 $45,904 $487,394 61% $308,906

439



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Emergency Management

31 Aug 2018

Expenditures


35% $9,363 Supplies, Material & Equipment $14,400 $695 $5,037


40% $91,253 Transfer Payments $153,000 $27,080 $61,747


Total Expenditures $637,400 $37,052 $401,277 63% $236,123

NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$637,400 $37,052 $401,277 63% $236,123

NET COST (REVENUE) $637,400 $37,052 $401,277 63% $236,123

440




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Emergency Management

$80,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $80,000Emergency Management Software

Total Emergency Management $80,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 $80,000 0 %

441



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Police Services

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

32% $224,951 Grants and Subsidies $330,500 $0 $105,549

66% $39,150 Licenses, Permits and Rents $115,400 $9,525 $76,250

62% $20,899 Fines and Penalties $55,000 $3,598 $34,101


1155% $(10,547)Other Revenue $1,000 $17 $11,547

Total Revenue $586,900 $20,269 $285,248 49% $301,652

Expenditures




67% $5,404,741 Transfer Payments $16,269,000 $1,352,845 $10,864,259



54% $186,600 Debt Charges $404,600 $0 $218,000

40% $962 Internal Charges $1,600 $48 $638


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$16,849,300 $1,378,711 $11,255,544 67% $5,593,756

Transfers



Total Transfers $135,400 $0 $252,700 187% $(117,300)

NET COST (REVENUE) $16,984,700 $1,378,711 $11,508,244 68% $5,476,456

442




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Police Services

$25,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $25,000Aboyne OPP Snow Melt Boiler

Total Police Services $25,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 $25,000 0 %

443



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Museum & Archives at WP

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

0% $54,800 Grants and Subsidies $54,800 $0 $0

66% $16,782 Licenses, Permits and Rents $50,000 $(1,913) $33,218


62% $3,317 Sales Revenue $8,700 $284 $5,383

0% $(652)Other Revenue $0 $25 $652

Total Revenue $212,500 $3,700 $95,590 45% $116,910

Expenditures






NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,946,800 $181,277 $1,297,227 67% $649,573

Transfers


0% $25,000 Transfer to Reserves $25,000 $0 $0

Total Transfers $115,000 $0 $90,000 78% $25,000

NET COST (REVENUE) $2,061,800 $181,277 $1,387,227 67% $674,573

444




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Museum & Archives at WP

$3,882,000 $0 $1,287 $2,451,931 $2,453,219 63 % $1,428,781Groves Hospital Grant

$730,000 $0 $0 $218,900 $218,900 30 % $511,100WP& Artifact Storage Buildings

$100,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $100,000Commons Development

$65,000 $0 $58,824 $0 $58,824 90 % $6,176Archives Shelving

$25,000 $13,245 $13,245 $0 $13,245 53 % $11,755Farm Repairs

$65,000 $0 $75,106 $0 $75,106 116 % -$10,106WP Utility Corridor

$150,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $150,000Wellington Place Signage

Total Museum & Archives at WP $5,017,000 $13,245 $148,463 $2,670,831 $2,819,294 $2,197,706 56 %

445



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Library Services

31 Aug 2018

Revenue


50% $15,120 Municipal Recoveries $30,000 $0 $14,880

85% $5,900 Licenses, Permits and Rents $40,000 $1,352 $34,100


76% $1,934 Sales Revenue $8,100 $1,094 $6,166

0% $(22,493)Other Revenue $0 $262 $22,493

Total Revenue $325,600 $12,792 $156,240 48% $169,360

Expenditures






83% $124,544 Debt Charges $721,800 $3,381 $597,256

64% $900 Internal Charges $2,500 $400 $1,600


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$6,827,600 $557,950 $4,683,644 69% $2,143,956

Transfers



0% $(15,000)Transfer to Reserves $0 $0 $15,000

Total Transfers $(98,000) $0 $215,000 (219%) $(313,000)

NET COST (REVENUE) $6,729,600 $557,950 $4,898,644 73% $1,830,956

446




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


05-September-2018

Library Services

$5,105,000 $13,205 $1,212,896 $3,954,525 $5,167,421 101 % -$62,421New Hillsburgh Library

$75,000 $0 $58,789 $0 $58,789 78 % $16,211Courier Van Replacement

$75,000 $0 $27,568 $0 $27,568 37 % $47,432Lending Kiosks

$50,000 $10,141 $44,563 $0 $44,563 89 % $5,437Hillsburgh Collection Enhncmnt

$55,000 $3,425 $17,178 $0 $17,178 31 % $37,8232018 Branch Improvements FF&E

Total Library Services $5,360,000 $26,771 $1,360,994 $3,954,525 $5,315,519 $44,481 99 %

447



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Ontario Works

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

65% $8,474,685 Grants and Subsidies $24,545,600 $1,988,366 $16,070,915

59% $1,124,022 Municipal Recoveries $2,728,700 $216,249 $1,604,678

122% $(7,100)Other Revenue $32,000 $0 $39,100

128% $(3,026)Internal Recoveries $11,000 $0 $14,026

Total Revenue $27,317,300 $2,204,615 $17,728,719 65% $9,588,581

Expenditures




65% $7,139,443 Social Assistance $20,369,200 $1,613,438 $13,229,757

102% $(533)Transfer Payments $25,300 $0 $25,833


67% $470,450 Internal Charges $1,433,100 $118,638 $962,650


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,515,900 $144,614 $916,554 60% $599,346

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,515,900 $144,614 $916,554 60% $599,346

448



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Children’s Early Years

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

67% $7,359,288 Grants and Subsidies $22,278,600 $2,042,015 $14,919,312



0% $(1,890)Other Revenue $0 $1,430 $1,890


Total Revenue $26,081,900 $2,266,375 $17,162,924 66% $8,918,976

Expenditures






0% $10,000 Minor Capital Expenses $10,000 $0 $0

65% $252,192 Internal Charges $717,900 $58,043 $465,708


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,141,000 $66,491 $588,866 52% $552,134

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,141,000 $66,491 $588,866 52% $552,134

449



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Social Housing

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

85% $1,182,136 Grants and Subsidies $8,040,600 $584,708 $6,858,464


70% $1,573,827 Licenses, Permits and Rents $5,275,000 $474,504 $3,701,173


0% $(90,000)Other Revenue $0 $0 $90,000

Total Revenue $27,218,900 $2,012,632 $18,909,266 69% $8,309,634

Expenditures



54% $2,499,578 Purchased Services $5,450,700 $314,354 $2,951,122




65% $251,656 Internal Charges $726,600 $59,456 $474,944


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$3,035,900 $95,308 $1,164,959 38% $1,870,941

Transfers


118% $(271,822)Transfer to Reserves $1,512,000 $62,026 $1,783,822

Total Transfers $1,500,000 $62,026 $1,783,822 119% $(283,822)

NET COST (REVENUE) $4,535,900 $157,334 $2,948,781 65% $1,587,119

450



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

County Affordable Housing

31 Aug 2018

Revenue


67% $388,006 Licenses, Permits and Rents $1,182,900 $102,317 $794,894

0% $(1,690)User Fees & Charges $0 $525 $1,690

Total Revenue $1,386,200 $102,842 $951,477 69% $434,723

Expenditures




97% $730 Insurance & Financial $25,000 $91 $24,270

82% $52,613 Debt Charges $298,600 $0 $245,987


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$(266,000) $(54,912) $(299,084) 112% $33,084

Transfers

65% $266,000 Transfer to Reserves $766,000 $0 $500,000

Total Transfers $766,000 $0 $500,000 65% $266,000

NET COST (REVENUE) $500,000 $(54,912) $200,916 40% $299,084

451




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Social Services

Ontario Works

$90,000 $0 $0 $7,825 $7,825 9 % $82,175Fergus OW Exterior Cladding

$30,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $30,000129 Wyndham, Ext Stone Work

$120,000 $0 $0 $7,825 $7,825 7% $112,175Subtotal Ontario Works

Children's Early Years

$250,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $250,000Palmerston Child Care Grant

$1,000,000 $24,267 $36,998 $0 $36,998 4 % $963,002133 Wyndham, Office Space Reno

$3,650,000 $82,294 $205,623 $0 $205,623 6 % $3,444,377New WP Child Care Construction

$4,900,000 $106,562 $242,620 $0 $242,620 5% $4,657,380Subtotal Children's Early Years

Social Housing

$350,000 $4,808 $280,117 $21,268 $301,384 86 % $48,61632 Hadati Site Development

$310,000 $0 $279,751 $3,901 $283,652 92 % $26,348576 Woolwich Patio Door Replac

$480,000 $94,520 $161,688 $260,642 $422,331 88 % $57,669Parking Lots Various Locations

$265,000 $2,277 $20,821 $531 $21,352 8 % $243,648Marlb/Delhi Replace Water Main

$5,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $5,00014 Centre Kitchen Refurbishmnt

$160,000 $755 $1,803 $0 $1,803 1 % $158,197450 Albert Asbestos Removal

$2,400,000 $109,834 $277,912 $1,952,994 $2,230,905 93 % $169,095Social Housing Impr Programme

$180,000 $0 $10,984 $2,541 $13,525 8 % $166,475387 Waterloo Elevator Moderniz

$182,500 $0 $11,095 $2,541 $13,636 7 % $168,864130 Grange Elev Modernization

$325,000 $0 $534 $297,059 $297,593 92 % $27,407Site Impr Various Locations

$300,000 $0 $121,102 $103,903 $225,005 75 % $74,995Hadati Mountford Upgrades

$145,000 $0 $1,501 $6,767 $8,268 6 % $136,732411 Waterloo Make Up Air Unit

$10,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $10,000Applewood / Sunset Window Rep

$40,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $40,000263 Speedvale Security Cameras

$60,000 $0 $997 $0 $997 2 % $59,003576 Woolwich Suspended Ceiling

$945,000 $69,287 $533,328 $0 $533,328 56 % $411,6722018 Housing Building Retrofit

$40,000 $0 $13,885 $0 $13,885 35 % $26,115SHAIP Energy Audits

$90,000 $0 $3,409 $0 $3,409 4 % $86,591411 Waterloo Siding Replace

$65,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $65,000500 Ferrier Suspended Ceiling

$20,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $20,000500 Ferrier Corridor Lighting

$30,000 $0 $1,232 $0 $1,232 4 % $28,768450 Ferrier Corridor Lighting 452




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Social Services

$5,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $5,000Mohawk Delaware Windows

$50,000 $0 $7,663 $0 $7,663 15 % $42,33714 Centre St Make Up Air Unit

$110,000 $0 $2,279 $0 $2,279 2 % $107,721Edinburgh Fergus Siding Replac

$10,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $10,000Marlb/ Delhi Kitchen Refurbish

$70,000 $40,638 $41,579 $0 $41,579 59 % $28,42156 Mill Site Development

$220,000 $9,972 $14,821 $0 $14,821 7 % $205,179Algonquin/Ferndale Site Dev

$5,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $5,000Palmerston Irwindale Windows

$110,000 $0 $92,296 $0 $92,296 84 % $17,704Applewood / Dawson Site Imp

$2,210,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $2,210,000Green Ontario SH Fund (GOSH)

$9,192,500 $332,091 $1,878,799 $2,652,147 $4,530,946 49% $4,661,554Subtotal Social Housing

Affordable Housing

$13,940,000 $0 $108,827 $13,821,012 $13,929,839 100 % $10,161Webster Place 55 Units Affd Hs

$3,200,000 $11,517 $613,241 $2,353,931 $2,967,171 93 % $232,829Palmerston Affordable Housing

$15,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $15,000250 Daly 2018 Retrofits

$5,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $5,000182 George St 2018 Retrofits

$82,000 $7,581 $23,991 $0 $23,991 29 % $58,009165 Gordon St 2018 Retrofits

$68,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $68,000169 Gordon St 2018 Retrofits

$17,310,000 $19,099 $746,059 $16,174,943 $16,921,001 98% $388,999Subtotal Affordable Housing

Total Social Services $31,522,500 $457,751 $2,867,478 $18,834,915 $21,702,393 $9,820,107 69 %

453



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Long-Term Care Homes

31 Aug 2018

Revenue

68% $2,877,715 Grants and Subsidies $9,092,200 $789,687 $6,214,485

68% $1,446,402 User Fees & Charges $4,471,000 $384,968 $3,024,598

0% $(21,504)Other Revenue $0 $1,646 $21,504

Total Revenue $13,563,200 $1,176,301 $9,260,586 68% $4,302,614

Expenditures

68% $5,114,796 Salaries, Wages and Benefits $15,849,600 $1,389,932 $10,734,804

63% $484,502 Supplies, Material & Equipment $1,314,200 $117,082 $829,698



86% $262,845 Debt Charges $1,849,700 $924,855 $1,586,855

62% $501,910 Internal Charges $1,334,200 $92,118 $832,290


NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$8,161,800 $1,428,700 $5,552,738 68% $2,609,062

Transfers


Total Transfers $250,000 $0 $250,000 100% $0

NET COST (REVENUE) $8,411,800 $1,428,700 $5,802,738 69% $2,609,062

454




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Long-Term Care Homes

$75,000 $0 $65,714 $0 $65,714 88 % $9,286Wireless Phones

$60,000 $0 $13,100 $0 $13,100 22 % $46,9002018 Nursing Equip Replacement

$30,000 $1,189 $26,415 $0 $26,415 88 % $3,5852018 Servery Upgrades

$33,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $33,000Service Corridor Flooring Repl

$40,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $40,000WT Path Resurfacing

$25,000 $0 $0 $0 $0 0 % $25,000WT LED Retrofit Parking Lot

$320,000 $814 $122,303 $0 $122,303 38 % $197,697Terrace Scheduling Software

$100,000 $0 $32,012 $0 $32,012 32 % $67,988WT Dev Feasibility Study

$35,000 $0 $11,173 $0 $11,173 32 % $23,8272018 WT Building Retrofits

Total Long-Term Care Homes $718,000 $2,003 $270,717 $0 $270,717 $447,283 38 %

455



Annual

Budget

YTD YTD Remaining


August

Economic Development

31 Aug 2018

Revenue



0% $(3,325)Other Revenue $0 $0 $3,325

Total Revenue $138,800 $3,330 $41,360 30% $97,440

Expenditures


62% $7,744 Supplies, Material & Equipment $20,200 $944 $12,456





NET OPERATING

COST / (REVENUE)$1,070,900 $75,279 $724,912 68% $345,988

Transfers


Total Transfers $135,500 $0 $135,500 100% $0

NET COST (REVENUE) $1,206,400 $75,279 $860,412 71% $345,988

456




Approved

Budget Actual

Current

Year

Previous

Years Total

% of

Budget

Remaining

Budget

August


04-September-2018

Economic Development

$225,000 $1,643 $53,975 $98,165 $152,140 68 % $72,860Wellington Signage Strategy

$705,000 $0 $176,080 $528,240 $704,320 100 % $680SWIFT Rural Broadband

Total Economic Development $930,000 $1,643 $230,055 $626,405 $856,460 $73,540 92 %

457

COMMITTEE REPORT To: Administration, Finance and Human Resources Committee

From: Andrea Lawson – Director of Human Resources

Date:

Subject: Downtown Guelph Welcoming Streets Initiative

Background: Over the past year the downtown core has seen a significant increase in the street entrenched population. This has been attributed to the increase in undiagnosed/untreated mental health conditions and a large increase in drug use, especially opiods. This has resulted in a number of concerns for our downtown buildings and employees including:

1. More agitated clientele for our social services staff. 2. Maintenance staff exposure to hidden dirty needles and drug paraphanelia is now a daily

occurrence. 3. Increase in homeless people sleeping on our property and entering our buildings for social visits

or in an impaired state. In response to the above concerns Downtown Guelph started the Welcoming Streets Initiative. This programme puts a Peer Outreach Worker, Wendy Noll on the streets in the downtown core from 9:00am – 5:00pm. Wendy’s role will be to engage with the street entrenched population and build positive trusting relationships with vulnerable individuals and help connect the individual to the services they need. Wendy will provide education and support to downtown businesses. Wendy is available to assist us with a compassionate way to move a street person who may be interfering with our ability to conduct our business to another location. All Wellington County Administration buildings have been provided with the Wendy’s contact postcard and are encouraged to call her at any time during the day. The Welcoming Streets initiative has provided education on our downtown vulnerable population and all appropriate Administration Centre staff have attended. Further education regarding safe handling of drug paraphernalia will be provided to maintenance staff.

Recommendation: “THAT this report on the Downtown Guelph Welcoming Streets Initiative be received as information.” Respectfully submitted,

Andrea Lawson Director of Human Resources

458

COMMITTEE REPORT


From: Andrea Lawson – Director of Human Resources

Date: September 18, 2018

Subject: OMERS Comprehensive Plan Review

Background: The OMERS Sponsors Corporation Board of Directors has undertaken a Comprehensive Plan Review to look at the sustainability of the OMERS Plan over the long term.

The Review grew out of a discussion that started well over a year ago on the indexing of benefits. This discussion broadened at the request of our sponsors to look at all options.

The SC Board is made up of equal representation from employer and employee organizations and they are responsible for the design of the Plan, including both benefit and contribution levels.

Despite recent gains, the Plan remains underfunded and vulnerable to longer-term pressures that are beyond our immediate control.

While the Plan has had strong financial performance in the last couple of years, even with these gains, the Plan has not fully recovered from the 2008 financial crisis and is not yet fully funded.

Ten years after the fact, we still have a deficit (funding shortfall) of $5.4-billion. There is still work to be done – and challenges to overcome.

There are also longer-term realities that will increase the cost of the current Plan in the future – substantially in some cases – costs that are shouldered by the contributions of members and employers.

There will be consultation. Part of the Board’s consideration will include consultation with members, employers, unions and

sponsors. The Board is expected to vote in November on which changes, if any, will be made. They will also decide the timeline for any changes – there will be no changes implemented before the end of 2018 and we don’t expect to see changes before 2021.

The Review will have no impact on pension benefits accrued (earned) before the effective date of any change.

For retirees, any approved changes to the Plan will have no effect on their pension. For active members, any benefits accrued (earned) up to the effective date of any change will not be

impacted.

The proposed Plan options at a glance

Extensive analysis conducted by independent experts confirms that the current OMERS Plan is unsustainable

(and a little outdated) given the changing pension landscape. Specifically:

The cost of the Plan will continue to increase over time, which makes it more expensive and less

attractive for employers and members (current and future members).

The Plan currently includes some provisions that no longer work for the vast majority of members

because of changing career paths, improved life expectancies and changes to the Canada Pension Plan.

The intent of the Comprehensive Plan Review is to determine if there is a better way to deliver the pension

promise. As you will see, no benefits have been removed entirely from the Plan. Collectively, the proposed

options are designed to modernize the Plan; that is, to enhance sustainability and to keep pensions meaningful

and affordable for generations to come.

459

Following an intense eight-month review – including regular discussions with sponsors and other stakeholders –

the Sponsors Corporation (SC) Board has identified the following potential Plan options for further

consideration:

Indexing

Pension Formula

Early Retirement

Credited Service

Plan Eligibility

Recommendation: “THAT the OMERS Comprehensive Plan Review as submitted be approved for information purposes only. Respectfully submitted,

Andrea Lawson Director of Human Resources

460

eSCRIBE Agenda Package - Festivals & Events - Wellington ...

Documents

Transcript of eSCRIBE Agenda Package - Festivals & Events - Wellington ...